HealCircle.org

Category: Mental Wellness

  • What Vitamins Should I take? Interview with Dr. Nuzum

    What Vitamins Should I take? Interview with Dr. Nuzum

    Is Your Vitamin Helping you or Harming You? Dr. Nuzum reveals all!
    If you take vitamins or supplements  then this is a video you must watch! Don’t take another supplement without knowing whether its helping you or harming you

     


    HealthBootcamps iTunesHealthBootcamps SoundcloudHealthBootcamps Youtube


    Read the Transcript Below the Bio

    Dr. Nuzum’s story is unique. He grew up in a family of naturopaths and was the only biological son to Scott and Joanne Nuzum. Daniel was just seven years old when his parents started adopting children, and they didn’t stop until thirty-two children had found a happy and healthy home! Throughout the time of these adoptions, his parents cared for many children with special needs. The experience of witnessing, as well as assisting with the care of, the various challenging needs of his siblings provided the ultimate inspiration for his future career and sparked his passion for giving back and healing through natural techniques.

    Dr. Nuzum received his license to practice natural medicine at the age of 20, becoming the youngest licensed naturopath in U.S. history at that time. His path has taken him outside of the country for work on many occasions. In Mexico, he worked in numerous cities and towns with different tribes. He has also served as a professor, sharing his knowledge by traveling throughout North America, South America and the Caribbean.

    His passion for healing the body via natural properties led him to formulate supplements for those looking to find their way back to health and increase their “Vitality for Life.” With 17 years of formulation experience, Dr Nuzum brought his line of products to life in 2008. His line specializes in his high quality, proprietary formulation of fulvic acid- a compound that’s being depleted in our foods today and is necessary for proper nutritient absorption and toxin elimination. After researching this compound for years, Dr Nuzum has become one of the leading experts and educators in his field. His passion for staying on the cutting edge of product development led him to develop Dr Nuzum’s Nutraceuticals.


    TRANSCRIPT:

    This is auto-generated and may have mistakes. Please listen to the interview for accuracy.

    Reena :                 Hey guys, it’s Reena Jadhav and today is all about multivitamins and supplements. Hi, Dr Nuzum. Welcome. Thanks for having me. And Dr. Nuzum is going to answer every question that I in you have ever had about our supplements. Why? Because it’s a multibillion dollar industry, so many people having it. So I know you’re having one, whether it’s a multivitamin or something specific, like a weight loss supplement or a long hair or supplement or a skin supplement, you know, name it, there’s supplements course. Every woman that’s pregnant just put on a supplement. So I know you’ve had one and I know you’re going to want to listen to this because we’re going to dive deep into the essence of the most important thing you put in your mouth probably every single day. Now, why? Dr. Nuzum, because he is a naturopathic physician, an osteopath, and as well as a doctor of oriental medicine. Uh, but what’s fascinating is that in fact he was the youngest physician to be licensed at the age of 20. Wow. Uh, Dr Nuzum has a website, Dr. Nuzum.com. Check it out for a lot of more stuff. And uh, of course he is one of the leading experts in educators in this field, but more importantly he’s done a ton of research on something called folic acid, which I think we’re going to dive into a little bit as well, but also just he is a formulator is that he’s a chief formulator for a brand called organics.

    Reena:                  And so, you know, as, as you all know, when I interview folks, I actually like to try their stuff. So today’s interview is not about his supplements at all. It’s about the general state of the supplement industry as well as how these are done. Dr. Nuzum.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Thank you very much. Glad to be here.

    Reena :                 Oh our pleasure. So let’s start at the very basics. What exactly is a vitamin? And you were explaining this right before I hit record in a beautiful way.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Vitamins that come from plants are byproducts of the photosynthesis prompt process, you know, so the plant goes through photosynthesis, grabs, know sunlight and mixes it with water and comes out with sugars and all these good things that we eat. Plants, right? Well, there are nutrients in the plants that are not mineral. Okay, so your minerals come from the soil, right? And they go from being a inorganic organized mineral that your body can’t use to a organic organized mineral that your body can use. So that’s the minerals in the plant, right? The other things that you have in there are polysaccharides, sugars, vitamins, phytochemicals, these other components there within the plant. What’s interesting is all the things that aren’t mineral are actually different configurations of captured sunlight. Okay. So vitamins are, you know, different configurations of captured sunlight that the plant has metabolized and created for us.

    Dr. Nuzum:         And, and so, so vitamins from, from a plant source are they bring the light back in your body. It’s amazing. They, actually restore the what’s missing within the system? Well, the downside on this is that not all, not all supplements are made of plant based materials that, okay, they’re not extracting, they’re not taking these vitamins out of, out of plants that have, you know, fruits and vegetables or plants. Right? And in those cases, what’s happening is they’re synthesizing these things out of typically out of petroleum byproducts, which are very toxic. Okay? But you can in the lab synthesize these because they’re all vitamins are different, configurations are basically a sugar molecule. Okay. That is configured a little different. And so the column, some sugars in the lab, we’ll call them, but they’re basically a vitamin is a type of sugar, not like you know, not like that. You know, one of the things that would end our discussion earlier that you pointed out is correct, is that the more deficient someone is, the more they will be prone to craving sugar. Sugar cravings are actually a very big indicator that you are deficient in vitamin

    Reena :                 and when you say vitamins you don’t mean this. You need your deficient. And the amazing basket, a fresh vegetables and fruits that nature provides us, which you’re not somehow getting enough which leads to these cravings. And of course I’m a huge sugar addict. Anyone who’s read any of my articles knows that, but sugar addiction is a huge issue, not just for me, but for a majority of Americans. To the point where they’re adding extra cigarette stuff just to make us eat more that look at these multivitamins, they’re meant to be really good, but you know what? They’re so sweet. I feel like I could eat them all day long and I think that’s the goal. Like, hey, how do we get her to eat some more of these so she can buy two bottles a month instead of one bottle a month, but the essence of that, so if you’re watching this and you’re got sugar issues like I do with Dr. Nuzum is telling us today is that that is a clear indication that you don’t have enough light in yourself and your body and what that really means is that you’ve got to bring in a lot more of the fresh fruits and vegetables and of course if you can’t, that’s when you go into supplements.

    Reena :                 Am I right?

    Dr. Nuzum:         Correct. That’s what supplements are. Supplementing what doesn’t occur in your diet. That’s what a supplement is for.

    Reena :                 So let’s start with that. How do we know what’s missing in our diet?

    Dr. Nuzum:         Well, if you’re eating the standard American diet, it only supplies trace amounts of 17 essential vitamins and minerals that you need on a daily basis. Okay? Only 17. Okay. Now, depending on which scale you use, there’s between 73 in 90 essential nutrients that you need on a daily basis. Okay? So if you’re eating the standard American diet, you’re only getting 17 of those, so you’re somewhere between 22 down to maybe 17, 18 percent of the actual nutrients that you need on a daily basis if you’re eating a standard American diet. So,

    Dr. Nuzum        and how many do we need? So 17 is what I’m getting. How many do I need?

    Dr. Nuzum:         You mean between 73 and 90?

    Reena :                 Wow. I’m getting barely 20 percent of that.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Right? Right. Exactly. So, um, let me give you an example. Okay. This is how I explain this to students in a, how I explain this to my patients. Let’s say we go to your car and we randomly remove 80 percent of the nuts and bolts from your car.

    Dr. Nuzum:         How? How fast do you think your car’s going to break down? Turn it off.

    Dr. Nuzum:         You know, another analogy will, let’s say we’re going to fly to the someplace. Okay, we’re going to fly to Hawaii, right? Would you get on an airplane? That was where we randomly removed 80 percent of the nuts and bolts.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Oh No, I wouldn’t get on the planet if you removed even 10 percent of them. Right? So

    Dr. Nuzum:         if people are eating the standard American diet and that’s all they’re getting. Okay.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Yeah. Why are we surprised when they get sick? Why is that? Because we’re told somehow we don’t mean nutrition and I don’t know how that gets into our psyche as the norm. And I can say this because I’ve had this conversation with my 19 year old around diet, you know, she’s in college and I say, did you get a good helping those fruits and veggies today? And I get these lol like at these texts at his elbow while they’re like, why are you laughing? This was not a joke. I am reminding you that caffeine, you know, three times a day does not constitute a diet. Um, you know, I get another lool like all caps, lol, lol to infinity. Mom Kinda goes away, but it’s a very, very critical point that you’re making that I’m jesting about, which is that even to me, you know, you know, are going to be a wharton Undergrad and all my life I just kinda thought, you know, I can have just a cup of tea in the morning with some cookies and I can have, you know, just a sandwich at lunch and oh my God, how healthy am I?

    Reena :                 Am having a sandwich, you know, some more kind of crappy pizza or something for dinner. And I thought that was doing really well because my pizza had some veggies on it. Uh, we have lost understanding what a good diet means. So share with everyone what should a non standard American diet look like that would allow us to incorporate the seventies or so vitamins and minerals.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Well, first off, here’s the problem. A big issue, okay. If you’re not eating organic food, number one, the, the chances of you eating gmo product, I don’t even call it food. This product is a product. It’s something a genetically modified organism. It’s not a real plant. Your chances of getting a gmo product in your diet or extremely high. Okay, so you’re, you’re very probable of getting GMO foods, if you will, in your food chain. If you’re not eating organic food. An issue that is not publicized with GMO product is that GMO product cause your body to. They train your body to absorb less and less. Fewer and fewer nutrients. Okay, so a, a, a GMO plant can only absorb between 11 and 17 to 18 nutrients from the soil. Okay? There are, there’s 105 elements on the periodic table by the way. And so 11 that to anything in the teens is nowhere even close to what that plant should have in it.

    Dr. Nuzum:         So if you’re, you’re, if you’re not eating organic food as my point is, if you’re not eating organic food, the chances of you getting a GMO product in your food chain as a really high number one. Number two, we have in, in our food chain, things are so processed. This was a, we had a professor, one of the nature of private colleges. I used to be a professor at. Uh, he was the, he was the nutrition professor in his, uh, uh, he would come in to the first class, the for the, uh, uh, the freshmen when they really started, uh, he put, you know, the soup is good food soup cans out on his, his death in what he would do is you would tell liver won the, uh, the history of that can, how it came into being and know what the contents, where they came from, how that all arrived. Okay. So this, the soup that you would go get, you’re supposed to go get when you have a cold, right? This chicken, right? Campbell’s chicken noodle.

    Dr. Nuzum:         I’m like, okay. So 80 percent of what is in that Ken was grown on foreign soil where there’s no EPA in under contracts with big multinational companies that are, you know, the manufacturers of things like roundup and those types of things. And so these foods, these, this crop that is being a picked or grown and then picked to be utilized to make the constituents in the soup can, um, started off as this gmo crop sprayed with who knows what, you know, there, there are lots of companies, countries out there that still use ddt and it comes into our food chain via offshore, offshore, uh, uh, farming practices. So, you know, that’s still in our food chain because of that. Okay. It’s these GMO fields that they’re using these things on. So you get 80 percent of what’s in the canned, started out as GMO product.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Um, they pick the, the, the vegetables, the fruits or whatever it is that they’re going to put in the early so that they can make the truck ride from the, the heartland to the coast so they can be sent here when they arrived to the United States. These fruits and vegetables are then radiated to kill off any bugs that they might. We’re running through a microwave once they get here, which denatures any nutrients that they had to begin with, which they didn’t come with very much nutrients to begin with, one that’s a GMO, which doesn’t absorb much nutrients from the soil to begin with, to even a GMO product. If you pick the the fruit or the vegetable too soon, it didn’t ripen. Therefore it never got the full extent of the nutrients was supposed to have the little amount that it could have had and didn’t yet. Then they send it in the truck to the boat from the boat to the dock and the dock. They send it through the microwave, at which point it sends off to the processing plant where they removed 90 percent of any nutrients.

    Reena :                 Nothing, nothing. At that point, it just doesn’t matter what you do,

    Dr. Nuzum:         and then they put it through this whole cooking process and they removed basically all nutrients that it may have ever had. They take that soup in the petroleum least tin lead can send it off to your grocery store and charge you for it.

    Reena :                 They tell you when they tell you that you’re going to get better. Oh yes. How this soup is going to heal that cold

    Dr. Nuzum:         or it’s going to suppress your immune system so much so that your immune system just can’t fight anymore and you don’t have any symptoms.

    Dr. Nuzum:         The dead cat bounce at some point where they were so far overworked that they just shut down and so you’re right. You just shut your immune system down. You’ll have no symptom symptoms. Oh my God. Oh my God. So, so the biggest challenge we face today as you’re describing is the fact that eating for nutrients is close to impossible. If you’re not crazy mindful about where you shop. So a little plug for all the farmers markets nationwide. That’s what I do every Saturday, rain, snow, shine, whatever. I’m at the farmer’s market and I’m, I’m, as some of the doctors who’ve written fun books, said, you know, I’m smelling the produce. I’m touching the produce. Very good on my body. I’m like, come to me. Microbes come to me. My gut was such a mess. I was told it would take me five years to, to heal my gut, so, so I know I’m only like two and a half years into a five year process of rebuilding my rain forest inside.

    Reena :                 Would that said, so my question was, you know, what kind of a diet would you need to be on? And I think the first answer is you need to be on a diet where you’re eating organic, locally farmed, locally sourced produce which is bought on the weekends because it was picked to yesterday and I always ask, you know, even in the farmer’s market, you have the organic stalls and you have the nonorganic and I’ll, you know, go to the organic farms. And I always ask when was this pit? And they will carry stuff which is not picked yesterday. They’ll be like, oh, that’s been sitting there, you couple of weeks. Okay, well I will skip that today. I’m just show me what you picked yesterday by your hands. And that’s what I’m eating today. And, and yes, for those who are rolling their eyes going, Jeez, she’s a little nutty. And by the way, that’s a lot more expensive. Yeah. So my, my grocery bill instead of, I don’t know, 30 bucks will be 35 bucks, you know, do I think it’s worth paying the extra five bucks? Heck yeah.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Here’s another statistic that the leading cause of bankruptcy in our country is medical bills,

    Reena :                 nail and time and all those cliches and sayings your age.

    Dr. Nuzum:         So you will pay in your health and your wealth or you can pay in your wealth. Yeah. That’s our options. Really. We can pay with our time, our well being, our health being sick and then have to pay the doctor anyways. Yeah. In the hospital, in the ambulance and the every other thing you know, in or we can pay with our wealth to prevent this from happening and build our health, make ourselves stronger and healthier. Um, here’s the thing with the. This is something I got out of Oriental Medicine Studying Oriental medicine was that in order to become chronically ill, a person’s ability to adapt has to break down. Yeah. Okay. And if, if you, if your ability to adapt doesn’t break down, then you will bounce out of the illness at some point. It won’t take so long. If you’re ill and you’ve been ill for a long time and it just seems to drag on and on it, and your symptoms just never really go away is because your capacity to adapt in your ability to adapt has been broken.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Okay? What happens once you can’t adapt anymore, you don’t adapt efficiently anymore. At that point, your body, instead of adapting to a situation and overcoming it, okay? It accommodates that. Okay? So it accommodates distress. It accommodates the toxicity, it accommodates the infection, it accommodates, you name it. In. So in natural medicine, our whole job in natural medicine is to restore that capacity to adapt it. It really comes down to that. That’s really the bottom line. That’s everything we do has to be aimed at restoring that capacity to adapt. And that’s you. You take young, young mothers like yourself. You take a people

    Dr. Nuzum:         you know, going to school, holding down a job, raising a family, oh, you’re running a business is so demanding. It is so it extracts so much from you that if you’re not putting back in you is like a bank account. You’re born with a million bucks, but if you write a thousand dollar check every day and don’t put anything back in, you’re going to run out of money. That’s what we all are. Four hundred million Americans that are basically bankrupt health-wise. Yup, exactly. That’s a beautiful analogy and I hope that this is helping those who are listening and watching sort of really internalized where the breakdown begins because that’s the other issue. You know, when I got sick, I was like, how could this happen to me? What is happening? My Body’s letting me down and I not for a moment did I think, what have I been doing to my body that I have brought it to the stage where it’s finally just quit on me, you know, 28 symptoms.

    Reena :                 A lot of symptoms was. My body was like, I’m basically a done with you. You’re a moron. You just don’t know how to take care of me. And um, and so I think you’re a, you know, very, you know, in a beautiful way articulating that it really is a debit credit. And so we are told to eat, I don’t know, what is it, six to seven servings of like this much of fruits and vegetables. What do you think is actually the real number of fruits and vegetables we should be eating on a daily basis? What, here’s what I do with patients when I get them started. This is the basic because here’s the thing, the worst possible thing for you to do is try to change everything at one time. That will bring.

    Dr. Nuzum:         It’s not happening. No, no, no, don’t do that because that will, that will bring you to failure. That’s just terrible. Don’t do that. And so, um, I’ve been in practice for 24 years. So in those 24 years, what I’ve found is that working with patients, taking them not necessarily in baby steps, but the titanic is heading straight for an iceberg and if we don’t start turning, it is going to run into an iceberg is destined to happen. So we can change that trajectory. But we have to start with definite changes that start offsetting the course. We’re going to change the course. Right? So, um, here’s what I have people start off. We have, let’s say three ounces of protein on your plate, three ounces of protein, and show us what three ounces looks like because I doubt

    Dr. Nuzum:         I have, I never had to use a, a, a catcher’s Mitt. I have these ginormous. If you say you were going to eat a piece of meat, you have a piece of meat. If you were to have a piece of meat three times a day, you take your fist, you’d have to. About half of your fist would be the amount of meat that you could handle consuming three times a day. Interesting. Okay. So okay, because your fist proportionate to your stomach. And so you’re about half the size of your fist would be about the amount of meat. Okay. So if that’s the amount of meat that you have, you want to have about the same amount of starch, which would be a sweet potato or, or in any kind of starts. Okay. I’m going to have about the same amount of a fruit, anyone to have twice as much of a vegetable, vegetables on your plate, starchy vegetables, non starchy vegetables, green leafy salad type thing, you know?

    Dr. Nuzum:         Right, right. Get some in, in as much variety as possible. That’s colors, colors, colors, note. Remember what I said about the, the. Okay, so the, the colors and vegetables. Here’s a whole fruits and vegetables. Your, a whole nother thing. Those, those proanthocyanidins, the polysaccharides as those phytochemicals that, uh, that are your pigments are your protections, quote unquote. Okay. The most powerful forms of antioxidants that we have in our food chain, their natural pigments in the, uh, okay. What, what makes a great red or purple is a thing called proanthocyanidins. You’ll also find that that’s the, the redness that comes out in a red wine from the grapes. It’s also in the appeal of a red apple. It’s okay. The okay the, it’s in. Find it and read papers. Read the Red Peppers or pomegranate, pomegranate or in between or all these different vegetables and fruits have these pigments.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Pigments are the most powerful antioxidants that that we can consume. Okay? I mean, we’re talking multiple thousands of times more powerful than vitamin C, not percent. We’re talking thousands of times more in, uh, when you, when we’re consuming these things, all of those, all of those colors are concentrations of different spectrums of light. Okay? I know that my sound totally weird, but from the physics now you’re right, it is just like what’s happening, right? So yellow light color is light, different light in the food and so you want to have as many of these as possible. I’m never gonna see food again the same way. Dr. Newsletter, I’m going to look at that pomegranate that’s sitting on my kitchen going, you are so full of light. You have changed how I look at first and vetch anything with color. Sorry. Please continue. But it’s true. This is, you know, it’s really simple when you think about it, the basics of, of all these different medical things that we tend to discuss and everything.

    Dr. Nuzum:         I get on a lot of interviews like this and we’re talking medical situations, medical, this, medical that. But honestly, the, the processes, the basic processes that we have to work with, very simple, very, very simple. It’s so I got the plate, we’ve got this much protein, this much, this much of fruit and twice of the non starchy veggies and that’s a meal to meal your meal and you want to have asked many colors and you want to have it’s seasonal. Right? Exactly. Exactly. And starting off of that is super simple. Yeah, template a, you’re not going to go hungry, you know, none of us is going to start looking at me. No one is starting from very long day. We’ll be fine. We’ll be fine. You know, that gives you a template. It’s a template. It’s not perfect. You know, you talked to any nutritionist notes, but is way better than the standard American diet. You can start there, you can get better from there, but you have to have a starting point. And so we have no brains, no grains. Grains could be, could be your starch, you may have. So instead of the sweet potato, you could have wild rice, wild rice beans or kidney beans. I got it. So that’s the substitute. Sure. Sure, exactly. Exactly. So you know, other things that could be in there. Um, I, I, I have lumped lagoons as starches personally. They are, they’re heavy on star search. That’s why the cost, you know, it’s, it’s still candidate chickpeas and kidney beans. You’re missing herbs as well. To what extent do you consider those to be sort of a priority as opposed optional?

    Dr. Nuzum:         They are. Herbs are the nutrition of your diet. Okay, that’s weird. That’s concentrated nutrition from A. Okay, let me, we’ll talk botanical medicine real quick. Or is plant medicine? All right? So, uh, you have your typically your leaf herbs. Okay. Uh, are things that you could consume more consistently in the, the medicine in those typically isn’t quite as potent. Okay. So you can do it every day for long periods of time. Right? I’m generalizing you real quick here. So now we have, that’s the leaf. Now let’s go to a flower. A flower may have, you know, some medicinal properties, but it’s very gentle and that’s something, again, that you could consume very consistently and never really run into any trouble. Um, you get into bark. Okay. Now the, the, the, the medicinal properties. Step it up a notch. Like sentiment is a great example. Yeah. Cinnamon, so that steps it up a notch.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Okay. So Parsley. Excellent, excellent medicine. Parsley is actually my favorite gout remedy by the way. And I’ll let everybody have that one. That one’s a, uh, two to three ounces of fresh parsley a day normally knocks out of the ballpark. It’s super simple. Typically cost you about a dollar a day. Unbelievable. You know, drinking the water or you actually just blending it in and take lending it, eating it. I even have a, I’ve had one, uh, one patient here recently. He just, uh, he scrambled eggs with his bunch of parsley every morning. He just ate it that way in two days. It was 48 hours. His guilt was gone. It was a pretty incredible, super ridiculously simple remedy in is right there. Most people have it on their plate and they throw it away.

    Reena :                 Yes. It’s meant to be tossed away on top of a state. So we’ve got a sense of how to eat now. Clearly no one’s doing that, we know that and it’s, it’s hard. So everyone goes into supplements, so let’s talk about the entire chain of vitamin. How has a vitamin get produced? So you’re a formulator in, in really quickly and briefly and then kind of laypersons lingo. How do you formulate a vitamin so you know, for something like m seven m as an example or the metroplex talk very briefly, you know, how do you decide to what to put on it? Where do you guys source, where do vitamin companies, source materials, how does it get put in, and then how do I as a consumer know which brand to buy it? There are so many brands, there’s thousands of brands and everybody touts these days over natural, we’re all natural and then you look at ingredients and there’s all kinds of crap in there. So what brands, you know, eventually we’ll talk about kind of what brands, et Cetera, but let’s just start first with how does a vitamin gift made? First off

    Dr. Nuzum:         we would do, is looking at, if you came to me, this whole on a line of supplements, these supplements to do would be our first question. Okay, well I want to, you know, on a prenatal vitamin I went to a sport vitamin I went, uh, no children, children’s vitamin or something like that. Real basic. Um, so there are, there are guidelines as to what a multivitamin is, can be. Okay. So you have some parameters that were, that are our guidelines. We actually have parameters that we have to operate within

    Dr. Nuzum:         in order to call it a multivitamin. So now that we know that you do this for a living, tell us a secret. What vitamin would you not put in your mouth or give your kids because of where it’s sourced? So one of the worst countries for sourcing ingredients and so that we all can look at a multivitamin and say, ah, that’s not going in my mouth because it says the ingredients here.

    Dr. Nuzum:         This is really sad. Um, I’m a doctor of oriental medicine, studied Chinese medicines, studied Taiwanese medicine, Japanese medicine. Uh, but I wouldn’t buy anything from over there.

    Reena :                 Got It, so even though there’s tons of good stuff that comes from China and they claim it’s organic because God knows I went through that. I mean part of my healing was acupuncture and every acupuncture therapist would give me a whole bunch of pills. Half of them are still lying in my kitchen. But you’re saying it doesn’t matter that it says organic, don’t touch it?

    Dr. Nuzum:         No, most of the. We actually have in our group and our formulating group, we have a, we have two scientists that they actually test all ingredients that come into our lab before we ever do anything with it. It actually has to stay in quarantine for two weeks and we do testing on it for two weeks before we, before we accept it, we turn away four times more raw materials than we actually use.

    Reena :                 Wow. Wow. So China, would you give me an idea? Yeah. And would you put India in there too?

    Dr. Nuzum:         In India is what’s interesting. Um,

    Dr. Nuzum:         India has far better technology

    Dr. Nuzum:         than China. Oh, it’s good to know. And I’m not kidding you, they, they actually surpass China technologically by far tech. Now China has a larger workforce, the have more working capital at the moment, you know, but technologically, and um, I would say in your working practices, India’s far better.

    Reena :                 So if the product comes in, stays in quarantine, you then get a bunch of people testing it through,

    Speaker 3:           right? It has to be exactly what, what we asked for, which is not always the case. Sometimes you order to recondition and they send you something else and quality control issues, that’s definitely. Or they’ll send you mostly a combination. The rest of it’s sand, you know, that does happen periodically and it’s amazing what a, what it’s way more regulated within the United States. But there are, like I said, most of your South American countries have a pretty good standards with, with their, the other production and everything. And they. One thing is that they don’t have the money to put the pesticides and herbicides on the crop and it’s still contrary to their thought process. You know, why would you put poison on your food?

    Reena :                 Everybody’s thought process. I hate to say that, but it’s contrary to every thought process, unless it’s profit over people. So to me, the only time it makes sense is when you’re talking about yields in a way that allows you to maximize profit, you know, sort of a ringing that last dollar out and at that point it’s not about the health and wellness of anybody, it’s just about what can I do to maximize profit out of this. And that’s really what we’re living in. So, so you’ve got these products, now they’re processed and then your formulation comes in, right? You’ve articulated the ratio or

    Dr. Nuzum:         our recipe, you know, Kinda like your cookie recipe. We make a recipe and we have to take and blend that recipe if, you know, if there’s multiple ingredients, we have to blend them, we have to test to make sure that when, once they’re blended, we didn’t damage anything, which is another thing we do. What we actually specialize in is a delivery systems. And so that’s where the fulvic and humic acids and all those types of things, that’s where all that comes in is uh, you know, so if you’re, let’s say you have an herbal supplement, this bark and roots, okay, cinnamon bark in, you know? Yeah, yeah, exactly. Turmeric root, something like that. So you got ginger and so these are those ingredients. Need a different delivery system then if you came over and took asparagus and Cilantro.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Okay, got it. Again, so the, the chemistry is totally different in. So what we’ll deliver, you know, the ingredients out of asparagus and Cilantro. I won’t necessarily deliver tumeric and cinnamon. Okay. And so we have to tool, I use the word tool or tweak systems for whatever it is that we’re trying to put into the body in a. So that’s something that we do a lot of work with, but typically you take your, your mix where you have to test your end product, make sure that it isn’t a, nothing got damaged in the processing process, you know, uh, you have your, if it goes into a capsule or a tablet or a liquid at that point you have to, you know, do the appropriate things. Sometimes a, a liquid, sometimes the liquid has to go in a hot model so that it doesn’t ferment while it’s in the bottle. Other things don’t ferment is easy and so on, so forth. So it’s, there’s a lot to it, a lot that goes into all of that and it’s not just throwing ingredients into a vat and hoping something good comes out.

    Reena :                 Which companies do you trust? Who, other than obviously organics do you believe actually does everything that’s needed to create a vitamin that actually can be absorbed and deliver the results versus becoming, as they say, expensive urine?

    Dr. Nuzum:         I have a few. I have a few that I work with. I have, um, well obviously Dr [inaudible] Dot Com. Then organics. I’m also microbe formulas is another company I worked real closely with. They’re, they’re a good company. Really good company. A very, very high quality, you know, quality controls are excellent. Um, I like life extension. Oh, I like that brand. They’re very good. Piers is good. They’re good. Um, I’m not real keen on a nutrient isolates. Okay. So I’m not real big on taking thiamine, Riboflavin B, one, b two, b, three B, six b, 12 all separately. Um, there’s

    Dr. Nuzum:         formulation.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Yes. I’m a synergist. I like synergy. I see more toxical toxicological problems. Okay. They, they ended up with more toxicity issues when they’re taking, you know, zinc, copper, magnesium, calcium, b12, vitamin B, you know, all these individual, uh, individual nutrients and they spend a lot of money in. Don’t feel any better. That’s a, that’s something I see a, I’ve watched that clinically for years in a, you know, what are the things that, uh, I’ve been told over and over and over and over and over again is that, uh, once patients started working with me, it actually was less expensive to pay my fee, you know, to, as, as their doctor, as their consultant and things like that and purchase the more expensive supplements that I had them on. They actually were, we’re spending less money every month doing that. Then they were buying, you know, gobs and gobs of other things that they didn’t feel any better. That’s unfortunately, that is, that is extremely common.

    Reena :                 So let’s talk about toxicology because there’s, these news releases often get shut down because of course, or media is very, very good at not releasing information that might be done for Bentall to commercial practices. So you know how many people die of kidney issues because of taking some supplement isn’t something that gets reported as widely as it probably should versus the supplements that tout some benefit for those get widely promoted. So at what point should someone start worrying about overloading their organs because they’re taking way too many supplements and slash or are taking toxic supplements. So how do I as a consumer be wary and be informed?

    Dr. Nuzum:         My goodness. One would be, would be to look at with your, with different brands. I’m trying to, because I’m on the backside for this, how do I tell somebody on the other side of the counter, you know, looking at companies whether they have testing or whether the are the proprietary, do the, are they open about their ingredients? You know, I have a lot of proprietary blends myself. I will give you all the ingredients. I won’t tell you that

    Dr. Nuzum:         the amounts of the ratios, right? But how do we even believe that what they’re saying is in it as in it. I know there’s a couple of labs, there’s a couple of websites that have started that are testing lab door. I think

    Dr. Nuzum:         Mike Adams, the health ranger, he’s, you know, you could send, if you have a, you have, something’s questionable, you can send it to him. He has a fee, but you’ll getting tested for you. That would be a third party thing. That would be excellent. If you’re concerned, uh, you know about the cleanliness or the quality of your, your product, that would be definitely, definitely to go there. I’m number one. Number two, if you’re taking more than 10 supplements, you’re probably taking to make it be. If you have 10 different bottles on your, on your counter top, you, I wouldn’t take more than 10

    Reena :                 to my.

    Dr. Nuzum:         The thing is I, you know, I’ve, you’re working with patients for a long time and they come in, I’ve had patients come in with garbage bag fulls of supplements that they’re taking. It will read a in. There is such thing as too much of a good thing. You know. And the beautiful thing about it is once you stopped taking in too many supplements, any damage that was done starts to correct itself almost immediately is it’s kind of like how long does the body take to reverse the damage? Depends on how, how bad the damage was.

    Reena :                 So if you’ve been taking vitamins for a year, how long would it take?

    Dr. Nuzum:         A month? Maybe it shouldn’t take very long. No. You know, it’s, it’s years of, of hyper dosage, you know, that uh, uh, you know, even people use, we do, we call it the vitamin C flush is something we do in some of our detox programs in. You start off with 3000 milligrams of vitamin C when you first wake up in the morning and you add another thousand every hour until it moves your bowels in. That’s okay to do every once in a while. You don’t do that every day that every day. That’s not good. Okay. But it’s no different than, you know, maybe a glass of wine every day isn’t going to hurt you. But a bottle of wine everyday has consequences. You know, not the, not the wines bed, but it’s most related, you know, in certain when you’re consuming individual nutrients, okay? Uh, if their ratios aren’t where they be for your

    Dr. Nuzum:         individual physiology, the, the chances of you creating other nutritional deficiencies increase. So you take calcium because let’s say years in your fifties and your need calcium, right?

    Reena :                 The doctor said you need an event or a dairy,

    Dr. Nuzum:         so you start taking a thousand milligrams of calcium every day. Well, in that pond of nutrients in your body, you’re just threw a huge boulder out there and you’re making major waves in. It’s going to offset all of those other nutrients because all you’re doing is taking one nutrient in needs. Seventy some of these nutrients. So it goes back to whole food, nutrients, whole food nutrition is really where it’s at. And that’s, that’s what I practice. What I preach is what I do with patients. It’s, it’s the, uh, uh, that’s the way to go. You have to have whole food supplements our body. The other thing is if it’s something that’s synthetic, um, you know, if it’s a mineral key late, uh, it’ll say eight a e, t, r a, t e on the end of the might be good, nate, or theory or aspartate or you know, as you know, can be a, there’s all kinds of things that is, that was chemically created. It’s not a naturally occurring compound.

    Reena :                 Oh, that’s such a good advice from the 18th.

    Dr. Nuzum:         They’re better than the iron. If you take calcium chloride, that’s actually very dangerous cause all kinds of problems. Calcium carbonate. Okay. Yeah. That, that’s fairly benign. Um, but taking large amounts of either would it be detrimental, especially if you’re taking a by itself. And so smaller doses, wider range of nutrients is far far better in your chances of a, of toxicity. Go down to almost nothing, number one. And number two, your synergy. Okay? Because in, you know, if you eat a stalk of Celery, you’re getting 70 some nutrients in that stock or sell. They’re designed to be in there.

    Reena :                 That’s synergistic with Jeunesse way that your body can absorb. So juicing is one of my favorite ways to actually take a multivitamin. It’s like, oh, a bunch of veggies in my angel masticating juicer. And uh, just gobble, gobble it down, chase it down with something yummy after just I don’t choose fruits, veggies. Um, you know, like a multivitamin.

    Reena :                 It’s exactly, exactly, exactly. It’s a way to get calcium from Broccoli, Broccoli. Oh yeah, that’s excellent source. Broccoli. All your leafy vegetables, your Greens have have calcium in it. They also are going to have a high amount of magnesium and more people are magnesium deficient than there are calcium deficient. Most people that have osteoporosis have plenty of calcium in their body. They don’t have enough magnesium or vitamin D three to manage the calcium

    Reena:                  that’s back to. There’s so much fake news around calcium and osteoporosis. Thank you for sharing that. So if you have osteoporosis or get worried about osteoporosis, Dr. Nuzum share again, what is the exact formulation they should be having

    Dr. Nuzum:         about the same amount of calcium, magnesium on, on a daily basis. They’re also need large amounts, not the 400 units a day of Vitamin D. three typically in the 2000 to 5,000 unit range, two to actually get the minerals into their bones, takes a lot more. It takes a lot more of the vitamin D, three d to get that done.

    Reena :                 So we’re going to talk very briefly about how do you make sure that these vitamins are eating actually get to the cells because that’s, you mentioned a lot of people will take these vitamins and they say and nothing happens and we’ve read a lot of articles that talk about, oh, multivitamins are just, you’re just flushing money down your toilet. And for a lot of people that is actually true because the multivitamin may not be formulated in a way that your body can absorb. So for a variety of reasons. So can you share what are some of the reasons that our body doesn’t absorb? And then for those people, what do you recommend in terms of channel or delivery?

    Dr. Nuzum:         The largest patient I ever treated with over 640 pounds. He was an enormous man. His business was the, uh, you know, the portable Porta potty business is when he called, you know, the construction site, you know, the portable toilet at some events, public events and whatnot. He had those, he rented those out. That’s what he doubled his business was he came to see me for some issues and no had this workup for him when he’s like, well, I’m not taking that stuff. No. Well, why not? He said, well, those are vitamins, aren’t they? Yes, of spiteful. I didn’t take it. That stuff that doesn’t work. I said, well, what makes. Okay, so where are you coming from here? And he said, I’ll tell you what, um, this weekend you come out to my yard and we’ll, we’ll have a discussion. So I met with them, uh, went out to his yard where they clean the, uh, the portable toilets and he had mountains like 15 or 20 mountains of one a day.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Vitamins that still had the, you know, you could go through, you know, and they still had their names written across. It was terrible. And he’s like, you know, so I took him back, you know, had them come back in to the office and we took each one of the, uh, the, the capsules and tablets that he was going to be taking in. We took a four ounces of distilled water, one teaspoon of apple cider vinegar, mixed that up, drop the capsule in there. If it didn’t disperse in, in, you know, it didn’t open up and dispersed as the tablet didn’t fall apart in that solution. It probably wouldn’t in your stomach either.

    Dr. Nuzum:         So that was a real simple, easy to, in everything that I gave him, did you know, it did fall apart in that solution. So that’s, that tells you the, the, you know, the capacity of the, the tablet or the capsule to disperse in your, in your gut. So if it doesn’t break down, it is not, you’re not gonna absorb anything out of it, you know, clearly looking at a kind of a vitamin bottle, looking on the back, what am I looking for to know whether this thing’s going to actually open up versus for example, gummies. Sure. About linguals versus sprays that I rub. I’ve got a spray, I’ve got some gummies, although all of those are going to be pretty quick absorbed. I there. They’ll hit your, your bloodstream pretty quick. The anything that’s transdermal that goes on your skin will be in your bloodstream. Typically in about 30 seconds in, most things are designed to penetrate through the skin. That fast I’m sublinguals might take about 90 to 90 seconds to two minutes for something to hit the bloodstream. When you’re doing like a gummy gummy absorbs just as fast as fast as the sugar absorbs.

    Reena :                 Gut dysbiosis, dysbiosis and the integrative doctor said to me, sweetheart, you can keep doubting all those vitamins. Your gut doesn’t have capacity to absorb, so

    Dr. Nuzum:         she’s the one that put me on the initially the transdermals and said, as far as you can put rub stuff on you

    Dr. Nuzum:         when you get into tablets and capsules, no tablet technology has really improved. There’s a, you know, when I first started years ago, tablets were terrible. So many binders. If you had to have like an excess of stomach acid db and start breaking things down, there were terrible. Now now they have their tablets that start to dissolve almost as well as the gel capsule in. So those are, those are things, something that has lots of binders, lots of a inert ingredients typically isn’t, that’s not as high quality. Um, so if you’re looking at the label in the back, you looked down at the bottom and the inactive ingredients are the inert ingredients. Those, there’s a lot of those. Then there’s a lot of binders. There’s a lot of things in that

    Reena :                 that’s better liquid, absorbed faster liquids are better gummies or batter sprays or battery sublinguals or better than the tablets typically. And then in the tablet you’re looking for what is it, what are the ingredients in terms of beyond the vitamins and minerals, what the composition is. And if you’re got a lot of binders and stuff like that, there’s often things like magnesium, but all the stuff in there and the list of ingredients

    Dr. Nuzum:         that are inactive ingredients are close to the number of ingredients in your supplement. Not so good.

    Reena :                 I would say even 50 percent. I mean, if, if, if 50 percent or binders, you probably should still toss it because that just doesn’t sound good.

    Dr. Nuzum:         It’s not going to be very effective in. Especially again, we go back to, like you said, with the Gut dysbiosis, uh, you know, you have a hard time absorbing even

    Reena :                 it’s been there, felt what time of the day with or without food, there’s all kinds of information on what is the best time of the day to have a typically, um,

    Dr. Nuzum:         typically before breakfast and before dinner, or typically about 12 hours apart for a vitamin. If you’re taking vitamins, those are the typical best. This time is the day to take it. A lot of times you don’t want to take them too late at night

    Dr. Nuzum:         because they can stimulate your mitochondria. You do that, you’re going to be up at night. You take them, uh, some people, uh, in particular with b vitamins, b vitamins, upset people’s stomach pretty consistently. And so you, if that’s the case, you want to find something that has a lower dose of the b vitamins in. You may want to take that with food that, that could be a

    Reena :                 otherwise you can take without food. I think what I’m hearing you say is the best way is just fine, and she, I read that I believe, or anyone who does herbs or herbal remedies typically says you shouldn’t take anything more than three months. And then you want to pause. So talk a little bit about that. Does that rule apply to multivitamins and pause.

    Dr. Nuzum:         That rule applies to everything. In my opinion, the, uh, it was an interesting thing. Let’s say. Let’s say you start a Vegan diet today. You stay on that strictly for 90 days, uh, between day 90 and 95. That will go from being very health health, healthy health, promoting to, you’ll start having allergic responses to almost everything that you’ve been eating for the last 90 days. Now let’s say you switch to a ketogenic diet in you. You did that for 90 days. You’d be fine for those 90 days. You’re somewhere between 90 and 95 days. You’ll start having reactions to the food that you’ve been eating. Um, my opinion is just my personal belief. We, uh, there was this big flood in our history and some guy in a boat was all that happened, you know, in a, that was about 5,000 years ago for the last 5,000 years. We’ve had four seasons in our bodies are accustomed to eating per four seasons, which happened to last, right around 90 days.

    Reena :                 I think you are absolutely right. That’s, that’s, that’s the microbiotic diet. Correct.

    Dr. Nuzum:         From a microbiome standpoint and from a standpoint of, of healing chronic issues, you’re far better eating, you know, for two weeks, eating a ton of raspberries. It’s going months without them and then have a bunch of blueberries and then, you know what I’m saying? I have lots of cucumbers in your diet for a little while and you know, just our microbiome does much better with that in. Uh, okay. It’s, I usually I

    Reena :                 didn’t know that. So that’s a microbiome thing you’re saying?

    Dr. Nuzum:         Yes, yes. This is the microbiome thing. So if, if you rubbed your elbow on the table every day, three times a day for 90 days straight, you develop a callus. Right. Okay. So if you put the same three meals everyday on your microbiome, eventually they get callous to that. Okay. They start getting irritated by that. We call those food allergies.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Oh my goodness. Really? Wow. Again, you know, you have such a brilliant way of sharing information with such a new lens that it’s easy to understand and it’s almost like a flexing to go. Yeah, that makes perfect sense. I mean, what you just said actually makes perfect sense.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Just a little different way of looking at it. But it’s the truth.

    Dr. Nuzum:         It’s really simple. So food allergies, you’re, you’re making a case. Um, because of course I did a fit test again and it came back that I’m deeply allergic to cranberries. Go figure of course wheat and dairy and then, you know, next level down was wait for it. Apples, pears, oranges, bananas and spinach. And uh, I remember my doctor calling me and saying, this is the weirdest list of allergies I have ever seen an 80 buddy. I’ve never seen someone allergic to all fruits and vegetables. And of course it wasn’t all fruits and vegetables, but it was significant. Well, of course, because I’ve been living on fruits and vegetables for about two years and so to your point, um, that’s completely an unhealthy way of living even if you’re having fruits and veggies because you’ve got to switch it around 90 days. I’m going to try that

    Dr. Nuzum:         little bit of rotation that I’m working on a diet plan. That’s a book I’m writing at the moment on, on this actual concept in theirs. Dr Tony Jimenez I think has just written a book. Yeah. I don’t know if he’s released it yet or not, but we’ve talked about it quite a bit and he has a book on this. It’s, you know, he’s had 30 years as an oncologist working with cancer patients and this is exactly the same. He’s come to the exact same conclusion. No, very interesting diet. You know, we put someone on a person, excellent. They do fantastic for three months. Then they start crashing. You know, why, why is that in? So we switch them to a Paleo Diet and all of a sudden they do great. Three months later they start, you know, the lab work starts getting worse. They start having fatigue and starting to have symptoms again and we see that and know Dr Rj a menace is seen that in the cancer clinics for life’s 30 in, uh, so it’s a different concept. It’s not new, it’s just very different to anything that’s being marketed at the moment.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Well, let’s do this. Let’s do a bootcamp, right? Doctrine is zoom. We’re going to do a bootcamp that’s going to start as a 90 day bootcamp and it’s going to have, I mean, you know, all our boot camps or 14 day boot camps, those of you who are listening or watching that know this, but we’re going to make it into a 14 day bootcamp that continues for 90 days because it’s going to be the same meal plan. And then we’re going to switch it out every 90 days. So you have a fresh set of recipes based on the season and of course it’s all going to dovetail into the book that you’re working on and the your formulation. So I’m really super excited about this. Um, we, we could gab on forever. We’ve got so many more topics. I’m going to have Dr. Zoom back. We’re going to talk about infections and we’re going to talk about inflammation next. But um, for now Dr. Zoom, I want to thank you so much for your brilliant insights, for your dedication, for your commitment to helping get the truth out. So any last parting words on vitamins.

    Dr. Nuzum:         Mega doses are great for short periods of time. You don’t need mega doses for long periods of time. Okay. So long periods of time or any, anything over and above. 14, 14 to 21 days. Mega dosing of vitamins. Um, we’ll start to be detrimental after about that time because you getting too much of a good thing. Okay. So if you’re taking a Multivitamin, I, I personally, it’s just me personally in with my children, I use things like organic greens from organics. That’s what we use as a multivitamin, quote unquote. Okay. It’s theirs. 90 some different fruits and vegetables in that, you know, it’s, you’re, you’re getting freeze dried. Jews have those organically grown fruits and vegetables in that. That’s just something that we use. This is, I’m not touting, this is just personally, this is what we do, there are, we’ll use a multivitamin for the ladies in the house, you know, right around that time of the month to offset, you know, different symptoms and whatnot, helps them make it through that without having know it being so stressful and their system, you know, and they don’t typically have to stay on that for a long period of time, but it’s okay.

    Dr. Nuzum:         That’s just us personally in very healthy. We have very good diet, very healthy for a long time. Um, so that’s, I guess as an example, this is what I do personally,

    Dr. Nuzum:         uh, in, you can do whatever you want. I really appreciate your sharing with us kind of what’s your personal routine as, as well. And I’m going to, I want to thank you so much for being here with us today. And for the rest of you, there are so many insights in here. If you’ve got gout, take parsley. Get out in the sun heats and fresh fruits and vegetables that you now know what your plate needs to look like. So if you loved this episode, please share, share it with your loved ones, with your friends family. Keep it a five star rating. Thank you. Because that’s what helps drive more people to watch it. And I’m going to see you smiling on another one of these episodes. I’ll talk to you soon. Stay smiling.

     

     

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    Dr. Nuzum, MD
    Phone: +1 208-463-4389
    Clinic : +1 208-884-7564
    STORE : 319 9th Ave. South, Nampa, ID
    Email: info@drnuzum.com

    WEBSITE:
    https://drnuzum.com

    SOCIAL MEDIA:
    Facebook
    YouTube
    Twitter

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!
    ———–

    Follow Reena on Twitter @reenajadhav Linkedin www.linkedin.com/in/reena or Facebook Reena Jadhav

    Never miss her articles, subscribe to our blog alerts here >

  • Book Summary “Radiant Relief” By Brendon Lundberg

    Book Summary “Radiant Relief” By Brendon Lundberg

     

    HealthBootcamps iTunesHealthBootcamps SoundcloudHealthBootcamps YoutubeHealthBootcamps Buy The Book

    Read the Transcript Below the Bio

    Brendon Lundberg, a previous chronic pain suffer, co-founded Radiant Pain Relief Centres, along with David Farley, MD, a Harvard-MIT trained physician, with a vision to build the safest, most consistently effective and appealing solution to the epidemic of chronic pain.

    Combining a mission to change the way chronic pain is understood treated with deep experience in healthcare management, marketing, business development and sales, Brendon and Dr. David Farley opened Radiant Pain Relief Centres in Portland, Oregon, USA, in February 2014. Following the success of the first center, they are laying out a plan for expansion to open new centers in new markets nationally and internationally.

    Their story and vision for the future of pain management can be understood by reading their book, Radiant Relief – A Case For A Better Solution To Chronic Pain.

    Previous to founding Radiant, Brendon played key operational and business development roles for two Portland-Area Portland Business Journal and Inc. Magazine Growth Award-winning companies and was the Director of Sales and Marketing for another Portland-based medical device start-up. Brendon holds a BS in business marketing and an MBA.

    Join HealCircles to get free trusted support for greater health!

    healcircles

    Are you serious about your health?

    Then we have a gift to encourage you! Click here for our founder’s Free Health Journal. it gives you 30 days of free weekly tracking of your moods, diet, meds, symptoms, notes, goals and gratitude.

    free health journal

     


    TRANSCRIPT:

    This is auto-generated and may have mistakes. Please listen to the interview for accuracy.

    Reena Jadhav: Hi everyone. Welcome to another very exciting episode today on the Healthier Podcast, talking about your disruptive way to get rid of your pain. I am super excited to welcome today’s guest, Brendon Lunberg. Background. He is a previous chronic pain sufferer, which explains why he probably wrote the book, although we’re going to get into that in a moment. He is the co founder of rating pain relief centers along with David Farley, an md from Harvard, Mit, who’s a physician together. Their vision has been to build the safest, most consistently effective and appealing solution to the epidemic of chronic pain. Now, of course, we all know about the opioid crisis. It’s been in the news and so I’m actually super excited to have Brendon share with us how someone who’s dealing with sort of addiction to painkillers can transition off of them as well. Brendon and Dr David Farley opened radiant pain relief centers in Portland, Oregon in 2014 and they’ve been hugely successful. Some some great results and I cannot wait to dive right in. So, Brendon, welcome again and tell us why did you write this book? What inspired you?

    Brendon Lundberg: Um, well, I wrote the book to Evangelize a message to share a message of hope and really a message of new science. The scientific understanding of pain has changed significantly in recent years, the last five to maybe 10 years, but many both in the medical profession and certainly at the consumer level. Don’t, haven’t been taught that science, we know we experience pain. It’s, it’s a, it’s a human. I mean, we’ve come into the world creating pain and it’s something that we experience throughout our entire lives. And so, uh, it’s, it’s, it’s interesting. Um, it’s a huge problem in the United States. Chronic pain. One hundred million Americans suffer with chronic pain, which is more than cancer, diabetes and cardiovascular disease combined and similar numbers exist of the world, as you mentioned last year, 72,000 people died of opioid overdoses of tens or hundreds of thousands if not more, that people are addicted to these medications or, or at least having their lives disrupted because of it. So I wrote it, I wrote the book to share a message of hope and of science and to help evangelize our message in the therapy that we’re, we’re trying to build and make available to more people

    Reena Jadhav: Before we dive into the book itself, could you share with everyone who’s not familiar with radiant relief in your technology? What exactly is the technology itself? And then of course we’re going to dive into the different chapters and go far greater depth into them.

    Brendon Lundberg: Yeah. So, uh, in order to understand the technology, it’s important to understand the science just in high level that even though we don’t experience pain this way, all paint actually comes from the brain, not from the tissue. And the in the area that we heard, um, pain is a protective function in the short term, you know, when you have an acute injury or you have disease pathology growing in your tissue, that pain experience is to get our attention and to trigger us to take action. Oftentimes that action is a very clear stop doing what you’re doing. You’re hurting yourself or take your hand off the hot stove or you’ve broken your ankle or go see a doctor because something’s not right in your know your tissues. And so it’s clear. But in chronic pain it becomes less clear. And what happens essentially is the brain becomes wired to expect the pain.

    Brendon Lundberg: This is not when I say the brain is not in our frontal modern frontal cortex or modern thinking brain. It’s not something necessarily that you know were willing it into existence, at least not initially at a deep reptilian brain, kind of ancestral brain level, far below the conscious surface. But that basically becomes omnipresent driven by the brain, inexperienced in the tissue. And most of the therapies that we’ve had available are only addressing the tissue or they’re a drug that has impacted the entire chemistry of the body and can result in side effects and risks. So understanding that science and rather than just approaching it from a tissue level or giving somebody a drug, we use an FDA cleared technology that allows us to retrain the brain through artificial nerve impulses and essentially through neuroplasticity or the brain’s ability to learn, restore the brain, and then the body back to a more normal perception of pain to get released. It becomes lasting for almost all types of chronic pain without these complications and risks that we see with other.

    Reena Jadhav: Incredible. I can’t wait to dive further into it. Chapter one, which is a simple introduction to a complicated problem. So Brendon, tell us a little bit about this chapter. So let’s start with what exactly is the complicated problems that you talk about in this chapter?

    Brendon Lundberg: Well, pain is very complicated because, um, it’s a, it’s very human. We all experienced pain. We all have some level of understanding around it, pain sufferers and who have been in chronic pain physically often become more complicated because they don’t move. They’re in, you know, in their worlds like they’re supposed to do, like their bodies are intended to do because they hurt their sleep is often compromised and disrupted and that creates a other comorbidities or health complications most of the time. And they’re prescribed medications which start to compromise digestion and nutritional absorption and elimination of waste, uh, and maybe cognitive impairment. And so there’s so many factors that play into the complicated world of pain sufferer that make them, you know, a challenge and, um, and, and unfortunately, the western approach of just more drugs and then drugs to counteract the side effects of the drugs.

    Brendon Lundberg: Just that problem even further. Right? So what I wanted to do is, is, um, you know, recognize that, that this is for many people an exceptionally complicated reality that they’re living with and multifactorial and, um, and then begin to plant the seeds. That part of our ability to create a better solution to this complicated problem is to start with our, with our thinking in the opening quote is from the very talented and inspirational Louise Hay’s. Okay. It says, I don’t fix problems. I fixed my thinking then problems fix themselves and I think. I think that’s kind of where it starts. It’s like, let’s, let’s, let’s step, let’s honor the reality of it and let’s start challenging our thinking a little bit around this and we can’t get. We’re not going to get the same results by thinking the same way.

    Reena Jadhav: Pain by itself is such a complicated experience because it isn’t as simple as it hurts. There’s a pathology to it. Now, have you noticed that it doesn’t matter what that pathology is or whether it’s pain from a broken foot that didn’t heal right, or arthritis or migraines or that excessive golf related pain muscle that the answer is still all pretty much the same. Or do you find that actually you have to approach pain differently depending on what created the paint in the first place?

    Brendon Lundberg: The answer to that question is yes and no. Uh, I mean, so obviously nothing is universally always the same, particularly when it comes to are very intricate and amazing human bodies, but we do know that all pain comes from the brain, not from the tissue even though we experienced it in the tissue. And so there is a commonality amongst almost all types of chronic pain that is neurogenic or brain driven. And um, and even though we experienced it in the tissue or even though there maybe was a clear injury or trauma or stress or in the tissue that caused it to begin, when it becomes chronic, it really is a problem of the brain. And in this is highlighted by, and there’s been studies that have shown you can take a high number of people who are asymptomatic. They don’t have pain and you could put them under MRI imaging and you’ll see a fairly high percentage of arthritis, herniated disc, torn meniscus or something like that.

    Brendon Lundberg: They don’t know it because it doesn’t hurt. You had made a comment in the opening segment about the fact that you do yoga and obviously you’re so focused on your health and your on your wellbeing and so you don’t experience pain, but the truth is you may have had an injury at some point or done some damage to some tissue at some point and it may still be there. It May, it may not have ever fully healed or the scar tissue, it doesn’t, hasn’t left it in optimal know physical form, but it’s not bothering you. So it’s not a problem. Conversely, you can take a thousand pain sufferers and there’s been studies that have shown as an image of them were they hurt and you don’t see a correlated presentation of tissue abnormality. So it’s, I think it’s really important to understand that it really is a problem of the brain.

    Brendon Lundberg: And I think, um, it’s, it’s always for us, very sensitive in we approach that and explain that to our clients because we don’t want to minimize. It’s a very real experience. It’s not something that’s fictitious to them. It’s not something they’ve conjured in their mind and you know, created without some sort of, um, you know, physical experience taking place to it as well. So how we, how we explain the brain’s involvement, I think, uh, is, is very important.

    Reena Jadhav: So chapter two, the complicated context of chronic pain. Tell us a little bit about the essence of this chapter.

    Brendon Lundberg: Will this essence gets into some of the industry and expert experiential aspects to pain? So in the first chapter we talk about the complicated world of it from an individualistic standpoint and how it complicates health and makes people more, you know, more complicated on their, on their health journey.

    Brendon Lundberg: But in this chapter I get into a little bit more the understanding of the drivers of the industry. Uh, I just attended a conference in San Diego, a Jj Virgin, maybe know who she is, just phenomenal individual called mindshare summit that she puts on for health care professionals. And in that we had Dr. Mark Hyman, who maybe made me many, many of your great, great position, head of the Cleveland Clinic’s a functional medicine group and a and a US senator, senator from Ohio, Tim, uh, Ryan and those two gentlemen said, and it’s very true that industry in terms of our nutritional understanding, the nutritional guidelines that we’ve had promoted to us for decades was so heavily informed by industry that it changed the science. The same is true with pain because we all have pain. We all experienced it. We feel like we’ve have some level of understanding to it.

    Brendon Lundberg: And you know, going back to our primitive caveman days, we realized back then our ancestors that if, if we hurt, if we drink alcohol or if we take opium, we can feel better in the short term. It’s, it’s diminishing that pain experience. And so industry, the health care pain management industry really was kind of born out of this analgesic approach approach based upon chemical interventions that are not really much dissimilar to drinking alcohol or taking opioids. I mean, opioids essentially are a synthetic derivative and similar mechanism as, as that. And then you have, um, most physicians and clinicians in our country are trained in science from the 19 sixties pain science from the 19 sixties. So, you know, they’re ill educated and I know it’s something that’s important to you is as I’ve gotten to know you and your message is to help educate people that as well intentioned as our medical professionals, professionals are there not a mission.

    Brendon Lundberg: They don’t know everything, right? I mean there sometimes, sometimes they’re informed by old science, by their previous education, by peers, by marketing. I mean, you know, the pharmaceutical companies are great consumer marketers, but they’re also equally great marketers to physicians and they inform that education. And so pain is certainly been been done this way. And so what’s happened is that the science of pain has changed so much in the last few years. We really now understand it to be a problem of the brain. But having knowledge permeate a, the medical world and to the consumers is, is a challenge, particularly when you have economic incentive to keep doing the things that we’re doing and, and, and not thinking differently about that. So I thought, Hey, we opened the book talking about the complicated reality for the, from the pain sufferers standpoint, and then we have to look at the complicated reality from an industry standpoint because Intel industry is able to change, the therapies, aren’t going to change, an industry frankly isn’t going to change and that’s part of what we’re doing in our businesses to say, look, industry is not going to disrupt itself.

    Reena Jadhav: There’s too much money at stake.

    Brendon Lundberg: Yeah. And so just like, you know, other notable disruptors, Uber, Airbnb, uh, it doesn’t, it doesn’t matter. I mean those, those disruptors came from outside of the space. It wasn’t, it wasn’t an endogenous transformation. Right? And so the same is happening with radiant were coming even though my partner is a physician and I have spent my career in healthcare. We’re coming at this from a totally different perspective because we don’t have the same obligations and know industry drivers that other healthcare settings do.

    Reena Jadhav: So the two big takeaways from the chapters that we’ve done so far to me anyway, are one, if you have pain, you have got to rethink your pain and the context of the pain as well as your approach to pain. Because if, if we’re not willing to to rethink a why am I experiencing this and be that maybe my approach so far isn’t correct, then the rest of the book isn’t going to help you. So please take a moment, deep breath and go. Okay, I’m going to be open minded about this because if you don’t, I think you’re going to listen to everything and go back to that same heavy duty pain killer Ron and nothing will change and my mission is that you, at the end of this book master class, you are able to transform yourself into a no pain life.

    Brendon Lundberg: Yeah, I mean, I don’t know if we’ll ever have a totally no pain life. It is part of the human experience. We don’t like it, right? I mean we experienced pain. The first thing we want to do is do something to get out of it, but it it is the master teacher. I mean it’s the reason that we’re probably in our human bodies having this human experience is so that we can learn that contrast between pain and joy and suffering and satisfaction and struggle and try if I mean that’s why we’re here, but I. What I hope to do is inspire people to say, let me think as you say, let me think differently about this and not not trying to minimize it, but what is my body telling me? Why in the acute pain, when you have your hand on the hot stove or you broke your ankle, it’s pretty clear what the body is telling you and chronic pain.

    Brendon Lundberg: It becomes a little less clear, but our nervous system, our brain wants to keep us alive. It wants to get rid of that pain. Experience is still a protective function. It may not be so clear. Black and white. What that cause is later in the book. We’ll talk a little bit about maybe a better under a better analogy or understanding around this, but yeah, don’t, don’t just take a pill and mascot like, yeah, I understand. Let’s minimize the pain, but there are other ways that we can shift that and I think the first thing is having the appetite, the bravery, the desire to think differently about the pain experience right from the very beginning.

    Reena Jadhav: All right. Let’s move on to chapter three, the genesis, birth and near death of a novel therapy. All right. Tell us, tell us how it all started.

    Brendon Lundberg: Well, as I mentioned at the beginning, we use a technology that allows us to basically retrain the brain of a chronic pain sufferer to artificial nerve impulses and then through neuroplasticity, restore the brain back to a more normal perception of pain. It’s a. it’s a beautiful piece of medical technology and innovation and because it’s technology based that allows us to deliver therapy very consistently. However, because it runs contrary, or at least outside of the, the, the pain education that most physicians have been taught and most clinicians have been taught, they don’t understand it. And so this technology, um, has been a, is already FDA cleared. It’s been researched at the Mayo Clinic and Johns Hopkins University, very reputable institutions. Uh, my partner is a harvard and mit trained medical doctor, very reputable physician with great academic experience and integrity. But I’m again thinking, understanding the context. This technology sounds too good to be true when you know, clinicians are trained in an antiquated or older science and they’re used to therapies that produced much less efficacious results and typically how some level of risk or side effect that’s much greater than the therapy that we’re doing.

    Brendon Lundberg: And so as I spent time trying to promote this technology in other people did as well, most physicians or clinicians said, this sounds too good to be true. I don’t understand it. Therefore, it’s snake oil. Therefore you’re wasting my time. Therefore leave my office. You know, they did. They wouldn’t really even have an open mind to say, wow, let me, let me get into this because it was so far out of the paradigm of, of their, of their ingrained institutional thinking. The other thing is, and I think this is important to his physicians and healthcare industry, is all about replication, placebo controlled, double blinded studies, Longitudinal outcomes like really having the rigor and the study and that, that is certainly important, particularly for invasive things like a drug that’s going in the body or something that’s cutting, cutting is open. But this therapy, uh, is, is a little bit technician dependent, you know, and that’s because there’s a bit of an art to its application where we apply the electrodes on the skin, you know, the communication process with the client setting the right expectation.

    Brendon Lundberg: It’s a very interpersonal kind of dynamic experience. And so there is a level of expertise that’s required in that delivery and that’s hard to replicate in a study. Right? So, so between that and the limited amount of capital that the former licensee for the technology had to be able to fund studies, there hasn’t been a tremendous, tremendous amount of overwhelming evidence that enough to help shift understanding and open, you know, open doors and minds amongst establishment. So consequently it’s been ignored and I mean that’s Kinda, that’s Kinda what’s happening. So this technology which has the ability to really help a lot of people, it’s just not been not been well understood to date and then economically there’s a disincentive as we talked about previously, stick away from the things that we’re doing now because insurance is paying for them. So the consumer will opt for the insurance coverage therapy even if it’s not as safe or as effective. And the doctors will continue to promote them because they get paid in some way for them,

    Reena Jadhav: which is why it’s so important for the consumer to take charge of their own pain and their own wellbeing. And then look at technologies like these and share a little bit about the genesis of the technology itself. How did it come about?

    Brendon Lundberg: Well, the inventor is a, I’m a biophysicist from Italy named Giuseppe Marinell and obviously a really brilliant individual to have created something like this. And it’s really interesting because, um, the evolution, the development of this technology really runs parallel to the neuroscience that, you know, the modern pain science, which is really neuroscience, uh, this has been evolving and most of that has come out of, out of not out of the United States actually, even. It’s mostly from Australia researchers like Lorimer Moseley and Adrian low and David Butler. Um, you know, there’s other even, you know, even just beyond pain, our understanding about the brain has really evolved so much in the last few years and our understanding about neuroplasticity, my medical partner, Dr Farley, again, Harvard and mit trained physician, he told me that, you know, they were taught in medical school that the brain is, that doesn’t stay plastic forever. Like it loses its ability to learn.

    Brendon Lundberg: And that’s actually not true. We now know that an old person, their brain is still plastic as well. It’s just that they don’t give new novel information to challenge the brain. Right. And so also the brain can generate new sales sells. We didn’t know that that was possible either. And so our understanding and our enlightenment about the brain is really, you know, it’s, it’s very exciting time. But, but so professor Maraniel developed this technology, he fairly quickly immediately licensed it to a technology, you know, technology marketing company and they got an FDA cleared, but then not much has happened. And so it, it’s been lost in obscurity and I realized like after having spent time trying to sell this therapy that it wasn’t a matter of efficacy. It really does work remarkably well. But it’s a matter of how it’s been commercialized. And so previously in my life I had spent about a decade and the hearing aid industry and hearing aids, very sexy industry, right?

    Brendon Lundberg: But hearing aids are not covered by insurance generally and they’re not inexpensive. It’s about a $7,000 of average sell price purchase. And I thought, well heck, if people are going to spend $7,000 for hearing loss, there are certainly willing to spend some money out of pocket to get out of pain at this. Really works and so I began to think differently about how do we frame it and we’ll talk more about that probably later on, but you know, I think it’s important, again, question our question, our thinking question, our experience and there’s probably many, many other therapies out there that are very safe and effective that haven’t seen the light of day because you know, the industry around them hasn’t supported it.

    Reena Jadhav: All right. Chapter four, a vision and model for disruption that us a little bit about the essence of that chapter. What disruption do you envision?

    Brendon Lundberg: Well, my goal is to change fundamentally how we understand and how we treat chronic pain in our country and throughout the world. Um, and, and you know, that is a not an easy task to do because you know, as we’ve talked about, there’s such institutional ingredient around certain therapies. The drug companies are obviously one of the most significant players in the healthcare industry. And so, so changing that is not an easy task to do. And I mentioned this a little bit in the, in the last chapter, but I’m seeing that this therapy really worked very effectively. But realizing it was really about how do we bring it to market in the right way. Um, I spent a lot of time really kind of thinking about, okay, if it works, what are the ways that we can model the business so that we can make it accessible, affordable, scalable, and really help and really help make it effective.

    Brendon Lundberg: And so, um, that, that vision started with the idea that people spend money for a variety of things, hearing aids in particular, um, and uh, and they’re willing to spend money to get out of pain if this therapy really works. And so I built a really just, I guess a different business concept which is a direct to consumer business around this technology. And because I wasn’t trying to integrate it into an existing world of healthcare with, you know, economic drivers and operating structures, I was able to think from a blank slate and just say what, what is the business structure and what is the delivery model that’s going to give the best chance for the best results and the best experience to our clients. And so it allowed us to think totally a novelty, totally, you know, fresh with fresh ideas, fresh eyes about how do we build this and so that, that vision, you know, the business model is done, is built specifically to deliver this care in the most effective way to make it accessible, to make it affordable and then to create the foundation upon which we can really scale and build a business.

    Reena Jadhav: And, and what does that look like today? So as I understand, you’ve got a center in Oregon, is that correct?

    Brendon Lundberg: A couple of pilot centers in Oregon. And um, we’ve just, again, probably talked about this a little bit later, but you know, we’re in the process of raising capital for this so that we can expand it and grow it. The business model though is one center with four devices in that center because not structured that we create from a business standpoint, a cost structure that’s fixed and we’re able to see a lot of clients through that, which means that we can keep the costs low, making it affordable and still have enough margin to be profitable as a company.

    Reena Jadhav: Or You could just partner up at starbucks and throw a bunch of machines that corner and hey, you go in the morning, you get your coffee and you get your pain relief.

    Brendon Lundberg: Yeah, exactly.

    Reena Jadhav: Right before you go to work

    Brendon Lundberg: You know, starbucks is it.

    Brendon Lundberg: I love the starbucks story. Uh, I live in Oregon and we have awesome coffee is up here, so I don’t always drink starbucks coffee. We have so many great local roasters and things. But um, but starbucks changed fundamentally how we think about coffee, what we’re willing to spend for it. They created a whole experience around it and they didn’t do that by selling a better coffee product to the local diner and having the diner sell it. They created the experience and that’s exactly what we’re intending to do with radiant painterly centers. And, and that’s why I wrote the book and part two is because opening clinics, you know, takes hiring people and training them and building the center at that. That’s not an overnight process, but we can start the messaging to start setting the expectation now.

    Reena Jadhav: All right, Chapter Five, grand and the safest, most consistently effective and appealing solution to the epidemic of chronic pain. Unveil it for us already. Tell us what is it?

    Brendon Lundberg: Well, we do a few things, but obviously the key focus, which we’ve kind of talked about in this book, is using a technology and FDA clear technology that allows us to retrain the brain and restore it back to a more normal perception of pain rather than just masking it at the tissue level. So the way the technology works. And um, and I’ll talk a little bit more about our care model as well because it really is, like I mentioned before, it’s built and designed to create the best chance for a successful experience and outcomes for our clients. But the way the technology works essentially it acts like an artificial nerve and it generates a dynamic set or a changing set of artificial nerve impulses that more or less mimic their kind of a replica of what exists in us. Naturally when we don’t have chronic pain.

    Brendon Lundberg: Essentially it’s a healthy no pain nerve signal or something that’s very akin to that, that professor Martin was able to basically create these replications, these algorithms that replicate this, you know, these nerves signals. So we, we identify with the client where their pain is and we actually attach electrodes outside of the pain but in proximity to the painful area. So just for example, if it’s a hand that hurts, it could be almost anything. Going back to your question earlier, it can be arthritis, it can be neuropathy, it can be shingles, pain, it almost really doesn’t matter. And um, again, if it’s chronic, it’s, it’s a problem with the brain. So we attach electrodes on the skin typically again in proximity, so it’d be on the arm or on the back, some place between the pain site and the spine and hop in line between where the brain is and where the pain is felt.

    Brendon Lundberg: And Trans basically hop in line and send up new information through the nervous system the brain interprets received, it, interprets it as a self message and almost immediately begins to reduce the pain experience in the body. And then because the messaging is dynamic and changing, the brain has to work to interpret this, to understand it, and essentially this is what triggers and drives in neuroplastic change and through repetition and exposure. So in the first session, which we give for free, we can typically get a level of relief, but the process of changing the brain like anything, the brain is learning how to ride a bicycle, how to speak Spanish, you know, you know Algebra, it’s a, it’s a process of repetition and exposure. So typically the client experience will be a daily session for about an hour, about 40 minutes on the device, but about an hour of their time every day, Monday through Friday for two or three weeks.

    Brendon Lundberg: As they come through that process, their pain experience typically gets less and less with longer and longer duration of relief until sometime typically around the second to third week, the brain is really locked onto this new messaging and it’s created new neuropathways. And the relief then becomes what we call durable or lasting for weeks or months. And in some cases even indefinite at that point. But the expectation that we set for our clients is they’ll need to come back in periodically for booster course, like our booster treatment, like a refresher course, if you don’t practice your Algebra or your Spanish, you begin to forget it. And so the, the brain will go back to those old pain wirings if they know those neuropathways, uh, if, if we don’t kind of reinforce that in many cases. So we set the expectation and we sell our therapy on an annual membership so that clients can have access to it as they need it throughout the year.

    Brendon Lundberg: And even though they may be in there every everyday for the first few weeks, we can do, if they sign up for it and pay it on it, on the annual membership, they can push that cost out over the year and making it much more affordable to them. And as I mentioned, on average, it’s about 10 bucks a day, uh, when you average it across the years time. And so when you think of it in those terms, even though it doesn’t have insurance coverage to get your life back and to get functioning, to get a higher level is very much worth it.

    Reena Jadhav: So it is an annual membership. You don’t do it. You don’t set it up as a monthly subscription plan or a quarter of the planet. It is. You are asking for an annual commitment upfront.

    Brendon Lundberg: Yeah. But, um, but most of the time the clients are very fine with that. We give the first treatment for free, you know, we work with them and they see the value in that. We also tell them, look, we, one of our core values is doing the right thing. And so we look at doing the right thing is two things, number one, doing everything we can to get you to start to help you get started because it’s really in that process that you’re going to see the benefit. Second, secondarily though, is if you aren’t seeing that progress, the membership price includes I’m 20 sessions and additional sessions can be purchased while they’re on the membership for only $35 a session. So it’s negligible, you know, fairly inexpensive cost if they need additional treatments beyond 20, but we’ll say look, we’ll work with you for those first 20 sessions and if we don’t see a noticeable improvement we’ll let you out of the membership.

    Reena Jadhav: And what are the prices? Let’s, let’s actually dive into the actual numbers themselves.

    Brendon Lundberg: Yeah. Well when we started to your point like we didn’t know exactly how to, how to packages and how to price it and so we would, we had two options pay each time you come in and the price that we realized we kind of needed to be at from a business standpoint was about $250 a session so that can add up. So we realized well if we can sell a package of 10, because we knew it was a process of ongoing. We sold a package of 10 for $2, so a 20 percent discount. And most patients that, especially after the first free treatment, like wow, this is great. I’m willing to spend $2,000 to try to get my pin contained and get my life back and I’m so we sold a lot of packages of 10 treatments early on, but what we found is that 10 became the magic number in somebody’s mind that they got better before 10.

    Brendon Lundberg: They’re like, well, what about these other ones I paid for 10 million to do. I get a refund and we’ll say, well, you probably need them in the future for a booster, so let’s bank them, or they needed more than 10. And then they’re like, well, I thought 10 was going to solve my pain and if 10 was the right number for them, then they would go up, back living their life and they would delay coming back in for a booster because they didn’t want to buy another package of 10 are starting each one. So with the membership, what has done is it’s improved our outcomes because people just couldn’t access it when they need it. And it allows us to push that cost out over an entire year’s time, make it a much more affordable to everybody. So that’s why we’ve modeled that way. It’s $3,500 is how we have it priced for the annual membership.

    Brendon Lundberg: Again, that includes 20 sessions and you think, well, $3,500 for a lot of people is a lot of money. It is, you know, I fully recognize that, but uh, I can tell you that most of our clients tell us is the best investment they’ve ever made and you know, again, breaking it down into monthly payments, it’s fairly affordable and if you divide $3,500 by 365 days, it’s about 10, $10 a day. So, you know, you start thinking in those terms and you know, the option to opt out after the, you know, the first few weeks if you really aren’t seeing improvement, which rarely happens. I mean our clients are typically so ecstatic about the response they’re getting this. It’s pretty clear that it’s the right decision.

    Reena Jadhav: Very exciting opportunity to clearly for a lot of people. But you know, as I listened to you, it’s obvious to me that it’s not gonna work for everyone with all kinds of pain. It’s going to very specifically work for those were pain is becoming a quality of life issue, meaning if I can pop an aspirin and get rid of it, I’m not investing in for people were aspirant isn’t doing it or to your point. Now I’ve ended up in this opiate crisis issue where I’m like downing them by the dozen and it starting to have side effects. And so

    Brendon Lundberg: yeah, most of our clients had been in pain for years or decades and they have, they have tried it, tried everything in their mind and, and there is some level of significant disruption to their life and I can think of, you know, if you go to our website and we only use actual clients, no stock imagery and we have phenomenal stories of life reclaimed and it’s a beautiful thing to be a part of and something that we’re very intentional about. How do we, now that we’ve opened this door back to health, what do we do to help somebody go, you know, improve. Somebody was just saying, it’s kind of like they’d been in prison and I’m like, yeah, they’d been trapped in their bodies and so we’ve released them from prison, but we have to rehabilitate them into a, into a world that’s back to normal so they can function in and so, you know, later we’ll talk about that.

    Brendon Lundberg: But, um, you know, I can think of one guy in particular, he minor broke a bone in his foot. It was misdiagnosed. It didn’t heal properly. He was given medications and prescribed, you know, physical rehab. Those things didn’t really resolve his pain, just kept getting more and more dosing of medications. They tried injections series or different injections. Those didn’t resolve his pain. He was then, um, the, the operated on a split, trying to correct whatever, you know, perceived pathology or real tough algae issues they thought were happening that didn’t resolve the pain. He then was given a spinal cord stimulator. So this is an implanted medical device that stimulates the spine and the nerves as invasive procedure and they implant the device aspect of it into the buttocks of the body. They didn’t implant it into the buttocks has been the trial. They just put it into the spine and then how he does and so he didn’t respond from that and so now he’s like, what do I do?

    Brendon Lundberg: And so he realized he was addicted to opioids. He put himself through Rehab and went through this whole hassle and it was just so discouraged. He finally fed up. This is now after probably six, seven, eight years of this, went to his doctors and said, I can’t live with this pain in my leg. I want you to amputate my leg. So he elected. He chose to have his leg amputated. The poor guy, they chopped his leg off. It doesn’t resolve the pain because it’s really not about the tissue. It’s a problem of the brain. And so, um, now he’s, you know, he, he tells us now retroactively retrospectively, that he was at this point, very suicidal because it’s like, what do you do when your body has betrayed you so much and nothing is resolving this? Fortunately, he didn’t take his life. He was able to come in to see us.

    Brendon Lundberg: We restore them back to a normal level of function and he tells his story and you just get so emotional, you know, being able to play with his grandkids and have his life back and that’s a dramatic example, but it’s not unlike what we see, but you’re right, I mean some of that has, you know, a periodic sore muscle from playing tennis isn’t gonna come in here or something that’s not, you know, not significant. And we modeled the business to get people thinking about their why because sometimes they’ve become distracted from distance, I guess is a better word, distance from who they really are. Like the things that bring them joy and productivity and connection and we want them thinking about those things because if they’ve lost those things because of pain, those are the people that we really want to help.

    Reena Jadhav: And I would think that athletes would be a great target audience as well as professional athletes.

    Brendon Lundberg: Yeah. If you see, I’m Joe Montana, he doesn’t make many television appearances anymore of the poor guy can barely walk, you know his body and you know, all these professional athletes, they just push themselves so much. Their bodies after these careers in many cases or crippled, right. And you know, poor joe is that a playlist if you see in like, you know, he’s, he’s in tough shape and yeah, I think that we can have a lot of people begin because just like just like anybody, if he started taking medications, there’s going to be side effects. Inevitably your body is going to become tolerant to them. You have to keep up in your dosing. There is some disruption to sleep and function and cognitive impairment and all of that snowballs and compounds and becomes very, very complicated for a lot of people. So those are the, those are the people we want to help and to see them, you know, to be able to address like this, they come in this big complicated bundle of conditions and to be able to extract out a key component of this probably be initial component in many cases, which is the pain, get them feeling better, they can then get off of medications they and they want to.

    Brendon Lundberg: I mean, that’s one of their goals. Many times it’s to reduce or eliminate the medication they’re on and as they do that, they start to feel better globally. They become an, you know, they become different people again. And it’s a really beautiful thing to be a part of that.

    Reena Jadhav: All right, chapter six, the challenge of challenging the status quo. Um, wow. You’ve had a long journey, long journey of trying to challenge the status quo. So tell us a little bit about all these challenges that you face and what is the essence of this chapter?

    Brendon Lundberg: Well, this essence, you know, this book is obviously telling our story, paint a picture of what we intend to do with our business to change the way that chronic pain is understood and how it’s treated, but, you know, disruption, building something that sounds too good to be true, building something that’s outside of the confines of what we’re used to institutionally and um, and then what’s been promoted, you know, financially is a hard thing to do and anytime you’re doing something that nobody else is doing or has done, either you’re an idiot. And frankly because there’s not a market, you’re, you’re just, you’re, you’re creating isn’t exist or you’re going as a Wayne Gretzky quote, you know, you’re skating to where the puck is going to be. And I think that that’s what we’re doing because we see 100 million Americans and the number’s growing in pain. We see way too many people’s lives disrupted because of opioids.

    Brendon Lundberg: Everybody knows we need a better solution. But as I’ve talked about before, industry itself is not going to change that. So we’ve, we feel, I personally feel both a tremendous amount of opportunity, responsibility, and privilege to be able to advance something that is so amazing at helping people get their lives back. But that’s a hard process to do. You know, you have to raise money, you have to convince a lot of people that you really have something in Intel. It becomes kind of socially proven and, and understood. You seem like you’re a whack job out there trying to, trying to do something that sounds too good to be true or whatever. So it’s been a hard road. I mean, finding capital, um, you know, I don’t know how many of your listeners care about this kind of stuff, but it’s an important consideration I think is that um, you know, raising money is not like you see on shark tank.

    Brendon Lundberg: It’s not easy to do. It’s so grueling hard process in many cases and investors want proof that it’s going to work. They don’t want to risk their hard earned money and you know, in something. And so, you know, finding the right capital mixes is an important and challenging aspect. What we do, and you know, having clinicians and medical professionals tell us that, you know, it’s it’s snake oil or it’s too good to be true or it’s placebo or whatever. I mean, you know, we’ve had a lot of uphill, but we keep fighting that uphill battle and we always will because of the outcomes that we see in our clients lives and seeing them get get, get back to that, and so I talk about it in the book and try to keep it very simple to understand, but because our clients go through a similar journey, they have to fight. You have to fight to reclaim their lives, and so we honor the fight. We don’t go away from it, we don’t shrink from it. We say, look, it’s part of this process of building something that’s new and better and safer is that we’re going to have an uphill battle doing it, and so we can complain about that or we can embrace it, and we really consciously tried to embrace that struggle in that process as much as possible.

    Reena Jadhav: All right, chapter seven, the future of chronic pain management. Tell us a little bit about how do you see the future of chronic pain management unfolding?

    Brendon Lundberg: Well, uh, I believe that we are going to be able to significantly change how pain is understood and how it’s treated and create kind of a social shift around this. Um, because 100 million people have chronic pain because you know, hundreds of thousands if not millions are disrupted because of opioids or other medications or other therapies that aren’t doing an effective job. This is really a relevant problem to all of us in society. Whether or not we suffer from chronic pain, there’s a good chance that somebody in our family in our circles is dealing with this right? So, you know, the ability to create a inroads mta to touch the lives of so many people is this is an important part of what we’re doing. And as I talked about before, not just masking the pain, but helping people create a different relationship to their pain at different level of understanding and a safer result through our therapy.

    Brendon Lundberg: You know, getting their lives back. So what we’re modeling this, the way that I look at this in the future, and I don’t talk about this all the time, but I think it’s. It’s this, it’s exciting to me. It’s not just ease suffering, but know do that obviously on a significant scale, reduce people’s suffering that’s happening way too much, but simultaneously educate them and empower them with the tools and with the motivation and what the internal kind of like fire being religious in their own lives to say, if my pain can be reduced so much by changing my brain, what else am I capable of? And they become empowered. They become motivated to lose weight. They start addressing their sleep behaviors and patterns. They start wanting to eat better. They start moving better. If they start changing their mindset, they start to invest in themselves.

    Brendon Lundberg: They start to reconnect back to the things and the people that make them feel fully alive and fully vibrant. And that’s what excites me the most and I hope the future of healthcare, the future of chronic pain management is this model. Not just masking the pain, hoping it goes away, but really getting somebody educated about it. We didn’t talk about the analogy that I make in the book, which is that that pain, chronic pain is really more like credit card debt. It’s not a one to one experience ratio. There’s an accumulation of events. So if I. If I give you a credit card with $3,000 limit and you start using that credit card to buy gas and groceries and school supplies for the kids, as long as you pay bank the minimum payment every month, everybody’s happy, right? The bank is getting paid and you have access to this, but.

    Brendon Lundberg: And that’s kind of what happens in our nurses and we have all these different events that are taking place. The nervous system’s kind of keeping track of them, but if there’s an event that puts us over the tipping point. So in the credit card analogy, let’s say the car breaks down and you didn’t need to buy a new transmission for $1,700, but you only have $1,500 of available credit on your credit card. Metaphorically. This is a painful experience because you have this big bill. Now you have over limit fees and if you were relying upon that credit card to buy gas to get to work or to buy food for your kids or to keep your utility was paid because you don’t get your paycheck for another week and a half. Then the impact of what this is costing you is made even worse and so the.

    Brendon Lundberg: The nervous system’s job is to keep us alive, so it’s taking or are basically a, a deep subconscious record of everything that are perceived as a threat to our ability to stay alive like a, like a charge to an account and for whatever reason we have different levels of threat that tolerance and threat accumulation rates. And so for some reason when somebody goes into a chronic pain phase, it’s like they’re at that credit card limit and even normal sensory experience like a touch or walking or sleeping. Things that shouldn’t cause pain, all of a sudden just start to be interpreted as a threat or as a pain experience. And so we think of it, oh, it’s because of this event that I’m in pain. Well, yes, that was maybe the tipping point, but if you didn’t have all this accumulation of aggregation of threat events on your system, if you were processing those out healthy genome in a better way, this event would have been a minor thing that you would have healed from it. And then back. So educating people and you know about this and then giving them the tools in which they can be empowered is, is so exciting, so fun to be a part of.

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely. You’re doing amazing things and I wish you nothing but the huge list of successes because that meant that would mean that we’ve put a lot of people walking around painfree out there. So Brendon, again, thank you so much for the rest of you. Keep in mind if you’re listening to this as a podcast, there is a video as well that you can check out on healthbootcamps.com. We are going to have show notes so you can check out on the show. Now the link to the site, you can click and buy the book, which of course is a lot more details and what we reviewed today and over the last few video interviews that we did for the book masterclass share, you know, I’m sure you know lots of people out there that have pain and wouldn’t it be great if you could help your loved ones deal with pain as well, not just yourself and Brendon again, thank you so much.

    Brendon Lundberg: Yeah, thank you. It’s been an honor.

     

    Reversing Auto-immune Disease With Dr. Will Cole

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    P. Brendon Lundberg

    SYLVAN-HIGHLANDS:
    Radiant Pain Relief Centres
    300 – 5440 SW Westgate Drive
    Portland, Oregon 97221 USA
    t: (503) 379-0790
    e: sylvan@radiantpainrelief.com

    LAKE OSWEGO:
    Radiant Pain Relief Centres
    121 C Ave
    Lake Oswego, Oregon 97034 USA
    t: (503) 379-0790
    e: lakeoswego@radiantpainrelief.com

    WEBSITE:
    radiantpainrelief.com

    SOCIAL MEDIA:
    www.facebook.com/RadiantPainReliefCentres
    twitter.com/RadiantRelief
    ca.linkedin.com/company/radiant-health-managment-corp-dba-radiant-pain-relief-centres
    plus.google.com/+RadiantPainReliefCentresWestLinn

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!

  • CBD for Pain and Sleep with Dr. Mary Clifton

    CBD for Pain and Sleep with Dr. Mary Clifton

     

    HealthBootcamps iTunesHealthBootcamps SoundcloudHealthBootcamps Youtube

    Read the Transcript Below the Bio

    Dr. Mary Clifton is an Internal Medicine doctor in New York City, with 20 years of experience in both the hospital and private practice and is also a licensed by the New York State Department of Health to provide medical marijuana and is a recognized expert in CBD, Cannabis, and Medical Marijuana.

    She is a published researcher, national speaker on women’s health and osteoporosis, and author of four books, and two new soon-to-be-released books on CBD and Cannabis – what you need to know, how to use them and a COOKBOOK to support ease of use.

    She is also a leading voice in telemedicine to bridge the gab in healthcare availability and affordable lab testing for long-term wellness.

    She has a special interest in innovation in health care delivery and patient empowerment. An alumni board member at Michigan State University’s medical school, Dr. Mary completed her residency training with MSU in Grand Rapids, Michigan.

    She has previously served on the national speaker’s bureaus for multiple women’s health and osteoporosis pharmaceutical companies, including Eli Lilly, Amgen, Forest Pharmaceuticals and Medtronic.

    After authoring her health guide, Waist Away and a companion cookbook, Get Waisted, she designed a 30-day wellness program to help patients take control of their health, with health coaching branches in 74 cities and online.

    Her passion is to not only help patients create a fast reset for their health and lives but to support health practitioners to reset their practices and revenue through telemedicine and lab testing opportunities.

    Join HealCircles to get free trusted support for greater health!

    healcircles

    Are you serious about your health?

    Then we have a gift to encourage you! Click here for our founder’s Free Health Journal. it gives you 30 days of free weekly tracking of your moods, diet, meds, symptoms, notes, goals and gratitude.

    free health journal

     


    TRANSCRIPT:

    This is auto-generated and may have mistakes. Please listen to the interview for accuracy.

    Reena Jadhav: Hey everyone and welcome to unexciting and bottom of the podcast and a video interview today so we are chatting, but Dr. Mary Clifton about cbd and its role in completely alleviating pain as well as sleep issues. Dr Mary has been an internal medicine doctor for almost 20 years, specializing in weight loss, osteoporosis, menopause, these disease prevention and reversal. She regularly speaks at various health conferences, corporate wellness events, universities, and is the author of the bestselling book waste away as well as the coauthor of the book get wasted, but of course what’s most exciting is that she has an upcoming book on cbd that we’re going to talk about at the end of the interview. Dr. Mary, welcome. Thank you.

    Dr. Mary: Excited to be here today.

    Reena Jadhav: So I’ve got to ask, how do you go from waste away to cbd? How do you make that transition and what inspired you to get get into marijuana?

    Dr. Mary: Oh. I spent a lot of time thinking about hoping nutrition, plant based nutrition, and I still love the power of nutrition and wellness in general for allowing a patient to take their health back into their own hands. And then over the past couple of years I’ve had a couple of experiences that just really enlightened me to the value of marijuana. It was just three or four years ago this month that my brother died and he went through. My mother has said after seeing my father and my brother died, that we’ve seen the worst event and the best of it that my father passed very commonly, but my brother really struggled and it was very difficult even with excellent medical care through hospice to get control of a lot of the anxiety and unfortunately the pain.

    Dr. Mary: And then shortly after that, unfortunately one of my good friends got diagnosed with recurrent ovarian cancer and in a very high level of medical marijuana used right up until the end and had a shockingly calm and very well controlled transition. And I, I mean, having done this for 20 years, I’ve seen a number of different people move through this process and I had just never seen something so. So I thought if it’s working here, where else is it working and what don’t I know. And over the past several months I’ve been thinking and reading and creating a ton of valuable videos and the science that’s available around this drug. This is opportunity to be innovative and for patients to take their own care into your own hands and be able to do things like reduce their opioid requirements by 42 percent in, in all kinds of pains situation.

    Reena Jadhav: Yeah. And opiod crisis is huge. We have got to figure out a solution for that. And if this is one that clearly I think we need to tell everyone about it. So thank you for being our guests today. One of the questions I get asked Dr Mary all the time as wait a minute, it was illegal and now it’s legal, you know, how can that make any sense? I’m sure there is someone’s making money off of this, you know, that’s why anything that’s done in this country anyway anymore. So for those who are very skeptical about how did we go from having something that was completely illegal to now being legalized?

    Dr. Mary: Oh, well, I mean if you look back in ancient texts from India and China, Uber using this drug for thousand years ago for management of pain, abdominal pain, nausea, weight loss, a joint trouble. And then, I mean it was used very heavily in the 1,718 hundreds for management of pain and anxiety and situation. And then unfortunately in the 19 thirties underwent a prohibition here in the US and uh, and, and uh, across the world that has really limited its availability and its use and its scientific study. We have a very limited ability to study it scientifically here in the US because we have to use have a certain plant that’s only available from one certain growing area and it’s not even a product that anybody is using it more and the dispensary’s and and unfortunately our studies were really leaned toward the prohibition and trying to make the product look more dangerous rather than doing a good scientific work. So now luckily we’re getting some great new scientific data. We have great answers to some of these question but I agree. I think patients really struggle with the limited scientific evidence available for their different diseases and that’s part of my mission is to create these digestible videos that allow people to see what scientific evidence is available around their particular disease state.

    Reena Jadhav: So let’s start with pain primarily because I know so many people that suffer from pain and chronic pain and it’s almost like something magical happens when you cross 39 to 40. Dr Mary, I don’t know what it is a, but somehow you go from 39, no pain, the 40 and everything’s creaking and I hear it’s much worse when you’re 50 and I’ll know in two years when I hit that how the pain intensifies, but we know that pain is something that a lot of us are dealing with and, and yes, the cause might be inflammation, et cetera. How does cbd work in alleviating

    Dr. Mary: the entire cannabis sativa plant? The entire. We use marijuana and cannabis interchangeably. Those two words that basically mean the same thing, but the cannabis sativa plant, the bud has a 80 different phytochemicals that are referred to as Turpines. There all of the different chemicals that, uh, that are active in the human body when the marijuana is adjusted, whether it’s, you know, baked or smoked or, or adjusted in a tincture or adjusted in an edible. Those products enter the system and, and activate the various receptors. And the, the heavy hitters. I mean there’s 80 different chirpies, but the heavy hitters within the cannabis sativa plant or the CBD and Thc and the Thc, we all recognize is the psychoactive product. It’s the cannabinoid that gets you high, and CBD is the workhorse of cannabis sativa. It’s the cannabinoid that relaxes the muscles and helps to calm the mind and helps people to sleep and helps to control pain.

    Dr. Mary: It does that through CB one and CB two receptors that are located all over the human body. In fact, we have an endocannabinoid system already in place where these CB receptors are present and then endocannabinoids, the Amanda might and age too, are created when the body needs to try to control inflammation or pain. So that system is already in place. Endocannabinoid meaning from the inside and cannabinoid. So when you’re administrating cbd or thc or any combination of these other cannabinoids, you’re stimulating the CB one and cb two receptors located throughout the body. You had different CB receptors that you get different responses. CB One receptors are located primarily in the spinal cord and the brain, so when you’re dealing with pain, for example, when you burn your finger, and I’m sure you’ve experienced this, that you burned the tip of your finger and tiny tip of your finger, and yet the whole hand feels uncomfortable for the rest of the day.

    Dr. Mary: I mean the the ascending pathway from that tiny fingertip burned sends that pain up through the spinal cord and then the spinal cord takes that to the cortex and in the brain, the pain gets amplified to some degree. That allows you to protect the whole limb so you don’t injure yourself and then all that information comes down through the descending pathways, but there’s different controls and regulators in place at all of those levels. That CB impacts the end. The CB two receptors are really involved in immunology there, CB two receptors all over your immune cells, the lymphocytes and macrophages, but also concentrated in the lymph nodes and spleen so they can impact and regulate your immune to various different difference that your body experiences.

    Reena Jadhav: What about sleep? Because that’s of course the other one. Then we’re seeing sleep issues, sleep disorders, not just an older populations but also in teens these days. So my followup question is going to to be of course about age range and cbd usage, but how does cbd work for sleep?

    Dr. Mary: within our age group? Sleep is the number one reason that people are looking for CBB or medical marijuana and it’s a perfect use for this product. The CB one receptors are a richly present throughout the brain in, in all different areas, in areas involving memory storage, but also in the cortex and particularly in the frontal cortex where a lot of thought and emotion is stored and using the particularly cbd, uh, in the setting of sleep has been shown to be very effective for helping people with insomnia, insomnia under control. Most people get quite a bit of benefit purely from the CBD. Some people describe an entourage effect and the research supports this, that the administration of cbd combined with other cannabinoids in the hole, but actually more significantly controls the sleep and, and helps people do even better. But a lot of people get great results with cbd alone,

    Dr. Mary: with any disease that you’re trying to treat with CPD or medical cannabis. The big issue is titration because so many people try and try it once they take one dropper full, they hold it in their mouth because if you’re taking a teacher, you know, and you let it absorb across the oral membranes, it responds very quickly, especially if you’re using nano a product you can get almost immediate absorption. But if you don’t like the taste or if it doesn’t work with one dropper, full people will set it aside. But in all of the studies, the titrations can take up to two weeks where you’re increasing up to four dropper falls to see if you’re getting the result. So that you really want to think about if you’re trying to titrate and take a little time to see if it’s going to work for you.

    Reena Jadhav: That makes so much sense to not give up. And you’re right, I hear this all the time that you’ve been on my end. Like, oh, I tried it. It didn’t work. And you might, you know, my suggestion always is how long did you try please keep trying, try different dosage, trying to try different types of, of intake. So for some sprays work because I’m lotions work for other people, pills, work, you know, figure out what’s gonna work for you before you just kind of quit and give it up.

    Dr. Mary: About 10 percent of people don’t like it and they quit, they don’t use it. But I will, will be other people. There is this range of titration and also studies show over and over that when people are using an edible, that’s when they’re really satisfied because you, you take the edible and then you have a 60 to 90 minute timeframe that been waiting for this product to start to work. And so who even knows if it worked, it’s like 90 minutes later. So if you take a tincture or you didn’t return and you can determine if it’s working and then titrate pretty rapidly. So it just leads to a better level of success if you start with a tincture or a vape with these products.

    Reena Jadhav: So let’s talk about all the fears that prevent people from actually doing the cbd route. What have you heard that I’ll share what I’ve heard and then hopefully you can help alleviate some of these concerns that keep coming up that prevent people from trying something that really does work.

    Dr. Mary: Yeah, I mean, I think the big concern is the limited scientific evidence which we’re really trying to get on top of for people. And then another concern is legality it cbd is legal in all 50 states, but you know, I spent some time in Michigan, that’s my home state and on the west coast of Michigan, everything is much more relaxed than on the east coast of Michigan. And so we would have to be careful, I think even as a medical marijuana user to be very, uh, you know, outward about your medical marijuana use on the east coast of Michigan. And that’s true in a lot of states, county by county. You kind of have to read their local law enforcement in addition to following, you know, federal and state guidelines. And then there’s concerns about becoming addicted to cannabis dependence. And I, and I’m not sure where you’re at with this, I think that, I mean in my review of the literature, you definitely are aware that you’ve withdrawn from cannabis, but there isn’t really a withdrawal syndrome that requires drugs to treat. It doesn’t cause a dependence like the opioid withdrawal that is so dramatic. So I’m not too concerned about dependency issues. Patients also deal with social stigma. You don’t want to be, you know, somebody’s grandma smoking a or somebody in your church using drugs and then

    Reena Jadhav: it’s getting around the mental structures of I am doing cbd. I think that’s a big part of it.

    Dr. Mary: Oh, I do too. I do too. But I’m amazed at the, at the amount of movement in people’s thought processes, even in the last several years, I think the studies show 70, 80 percent of Americans are ready for marijuana to be legal recreationally, everywhere. So we just have to, for a government to catch up with their times so that they can, you know, manage where the money goes. There’s definitely gonna be a lot of money in this more than is already being spent and wants to make sure that their resources are captured.

    Reena Jadhav: Definitely. Let’s dig a little deeper into the whole concern around am I going to get addicted to this because I think that’s such a significant piece of why a lot of adults educated adults don’t do it because like you said, there isn’t enough science to prove that I won’t get addicted and I just don’t want to try that. Especially if I may have had an addiction issue in the past. What is being done? What are you doing on your own? What organizations are working to do enough clinical trials and prove that it’s not as addictive, addictive at all. Meaning, you know, like we don’t get addicted to aspirin, you know, you take it, it does its job and that’s it. You take it as long as you want it to do its job and when you no longer need it, you don’t take it anymore. So talk a little bit about what’s being done to create more of a scientific basis for dispensing marijuana.

    Dr. Mary: My patients say that like, I feel better when I use this inhaler for my asthma, but then when I don’t use it, I still have shortness of breath and I don’t want to get addicted to it or you know, or their blood pressure pills and, and oftentimes the setting of blood pressure, diabetes, not every time, but oftentimes we are giving somebody a crutch to give them some time to manage their lifestyle and get things turned around. And uh, but I mean the, these, these drugs are not addictive in so much that they work. And if you stop them, they quit working. So is cbd really has no addictive potential and has the potential to make you feel better and in that way you may want to stay on it. But, uh, you know, cannabis dependency is a hotly debated topic if it is real at all.

    Dr. Mary: And I think, you know, when you’re looking at, there’s just so many great scientific articles where people got significant improvement and multiple chronic diseases. I mean, ptsd, anxiety, also chronic pain from neuropathic causes or from central pain syndromes or from like actual painful exposures, acute traumatic injuries that had really good results with cbd. There’s benefits for a very, really nice emerging data in the opiod epidemic and people withdraw from their opioids and, and also als and um, and you know, weight loss and loss of appetite with cancer and HIV, all of which are important, uh, important and valuable and places to position this product.

    Reena Jadhav: Let’s talk teens and teen challenges for now. So we know we’re having some pretty interesting challenges and health for teens, especially around gut and sleep. So how can a parent think about offering their child cbd as a medicinal product for some of their issues? What are your thoughts on that?

    Dr. Mary: Yeah, I think that what you have to be careful is there. You know, there, there is some variability in these cbd products. You really have to know your supplier. I mean, you, you choose your cbd based on how it’s grown. If that matters to you, it matters to me that things are grown organically and that there’s a limited pesticide exposure, so I really try to identify as cbd products that are grown for the plant. The plants growing conditions are excellent and the harvesting conditions are excellent and then I also worry about the distillation process. If the. If the distillation process leaves behind some harmful solvents or alcohols in the final product. I am not interested in that product either, but some of the products I don’t have as much cbd as you think they do or they may have some traces of other cannabinoids like THC

    Dr. Mary: There was a study published in Jama in 2017 that looked at 84 different cbd preparations and found that 26 percent of them had a different concentration of cbd in the final product than what was on the label and the distillations are allowed to have a certain percentage of thc. So there are some products that are really, really cleanly distilled that are zero thc products and that’s. That would be the product I would choose for a younger person or for somebody where drug testing is a significant concern so that you can avoid any kind of thc exposure

    Reena Jadhav: and where can you find products that are approved by Dr Mary

    Dr. Mary: specific products for sale on my site. So I work with people who are interested in offering products to their audiences to make sure that they have some recommendations for good products. I am really interested in these highly carefully distilled products that are really clean and um, and I love these very innovative herbalists who are adding adaptogens and other like, for example, skullcap combined with cbd for managing insomnia and all of it in one. So I’m excited for these herbalists that are really thinking in a very innovative way. So those are the products I have my eye on right now.

    Reena Jadhav: Any particular against someone listening, watching this today saying, okay, I’m going to do it, you know, I’ve, I sleep issues, I’ve got pain, I’m going to do it. I’m going to give this a try. Where do they start? Where do they go? Where do they purchase?

    Dr. Mary: Well, I mean I’ll tell you what, probably my top three favorites right now would be a Dr Tom O’bryan, a product. He works with some horse products and they have a very nice, a candidate that’s a combination of cannabis plus adaptogens, which is really great for managing day to day stress and anxiety and just feel fantastic. That’s a very good product for children. I particularly like the Messiah products, which is not spelled messiah. It’s spelled m, a s a y, a messiah oil and Annabel is a vanderbilt biochemist. She has, uh, has distilled a very nice product and has an amazing story surrounding to use for her own son. And then another person that I like who’s also a coauthor or contributor to my book is Lou. He runs the apothecary kitchen here in New York City down in alphabet city and he does all kinds of amazing herbs and he also has a couple of herbalists, several herbalists, right on staff that will mix products very specific to your needs.

    Dr. Mary: But his cbd combinations are really nice and he’s very intelligent. He’s been doing this forever. So I think going to any of those professionals, you wouldn’t go wrong. They’re all doing very high quality products, it just depends on exactly what you’re looking for and that really only touches the surface I have to say that, I mean within, within organic food and also within cbd there are a few people who aren’t doing excellent work, but the vast majority of the people that I’ve run into blue moon, holy grail, I mean people are providing some really nice products. It’s just that most products are distinguishing themselves on their packaging and the packaging is great. That matters to me. I buy stuff if it’s pretty no doubt, but when I’m using a medicine or food I really want the highest quality of that product. So those are my papers companies right now.

    Reena Jadhav: Oh wonderful. Thank you for sharing those. And Dr Tom O’bryan is, I’m a huge fan of his and um, did his book masterclass and in fact we’re hosting a call in a live session with them. So I’m super excited to hear you mentioned that he’s, he’s in the top of your list. So that’s very exciting for us to hear, um, do our listeners or viewers need to get a prescription or is this something you feel vacant handle on their own? Go directly to the sites.

    Dr. Mary: about CBD is that you don’t need a prescription. You can take back your health and run it yourself. If you need consultation, certainly there’s doctors in mind that provide those. I can provide those for you also, but we also have a coaching community that can help you for a much lower cost and give you some really great advice. I how to, how to, how to titrate if you need that, you know, you, you may be surprised at how effective you are taking care of yourself with these products and just titrating yourself and. But, but sometimes you need a little bit of advice and going forward or a little bit of uncertainty and you know, you don’t need to spend $300 an hour to talk to an internist for that. If you can talk to somebody who knows the data and can up level a question if they need, then a little coaching is really effective without having to empty your wallet.

    Reena Jadhav: So true. And the analogy that I give and I’d love to get your thoughts on, on this analogy is, you know, we don’t go to a doctor to find out if we need skullcap as an example. You know, if I need herbs, I certainly don’t go to my doctor and say, oh, so you know, what herb should I be taking or go ahead and give me a prescription for herbs. And I think we have to transition from thinking of cbd is something that’s a medical pharmaceutical grade product that needs a prescription and need someone to watch over. Me Too. It’s no different than taking Ashwagandha or any of its licorice root or any of those other herbs, Rosemary, etc. It’s just that it’s got a branding problem, uh, because it was illegal for so long and it was connected to getting high and addictive for so long that we forgotten that it’s in it’s original. It’s just a leaf.

    Dr. Mary: Yeah, and I mean if you think about it, you know, just uh, back in the twenties you would be, I don’t know, would you be driven a car or would you still be on horseback?

    Reena Jadhav: I mean it’d be growing in the ditch.

    Dr. Mary: It’s just an ordinary weed. It was, it was everywhere. And with the prohibition now there’s very limited exposure which I postulated before might really be impacting your endocannabinoid system in the first place because if you don’t give the body be appropriate precursors to create things, the body when we can’t move forward on some, on some important products. So I mean if you’re, if you never get any exposure to cannabis, this was a product that you, that you breed the pollen in twice a year at the very minimum a, you know, as, as recently as the 19 twenties after the prohibition in the forties, of course it’s disappeared, but there’s probably value in the addition of the small amount of cannabis at least just to help maintain a balanced to your system. And again, some people love the cbd. Some people try the cbd and say, I feel like I’m getting some benefit. I don’t know that I’m getting everything I was hoping, you know, and, and the, the, the movement forward to a medical cannabis is a great choice and I love medical cannabis because it blurs so many lines, you know, it’s moving out of the prohibition, which is lovely and people feel better from the point of view of their multiple sclerosis or their, you know, nausea or their pain or their ptsd. But in addition to that, they feel better.

    Reena Jadhav: what are the top 10 things it does? If I was to start taking cbd from dr tom’s shop, what would I experience? What are the things that I should look out for and get excited about?

    Dr. Mary: Well, I think that he would experience a reduction in anxiety. The research, most of the research that I’ve published and surrounding ptsd because that’s the medical indication. But, uh, you know, you could also apply it to anxiety and stress. It’s a very good stress reliever. Most folks in menchies are going to move toward a higher cbd product, lower thc, because the high thc, that sensation of getting really high, we’ll sometimes trip and anxiety reaction in predisposed people so the cds and very effective and posttraumatic stress and also in anxiety and your stress. Anybody dealing with muscle spasm or neuropathic pain can expect a reduction in the pain. I mean, again, it’s not for everybody. About 10 percent of people that start these trials end up going off the trial because they don’t like the sensation that they didn’t think that it worked for, for nausea or, or weight loss or loss of appetite. The cbds are very nice, but perhaps a touch of thc and some of those may stimulate the appetite a little more effectively. There’s been some really neat, uh, animal studies, even though I don’t focus a lot on animal studies, some of them are really good, but there’s a really good animal study that shared with the thc seems to be the thing that really sets up the munchies

    Dr. Mary: Like you might think you would with a full on cannabis product.

    Reena Jadhav: And how does it pertain to weight loss? Can I, can I ask you that? Does it help or hurt weight loss.

    Dr. Mary: They looked at different cb two receptor blockers and receptor enhancers. the study that I really liked that looked at this was a, and I hate to talk about animal research, but, but this was such a good study. They injected a animal tummies with either a cbd product or just normal saline and then all of the animals I got a high using a higher thc product and the mice that had the thc without the cbd, it a lot more, much more munchies, but the mindset had teach c that was tempered with cbd, didn’t have that terrible munchie experience. so, um, so the cbd doesn’t appear to enhance the appetite and it does appear to blunt that appetite enhancement that you see with thc. And so, uh, but in, I mean in, in populations that regularly use marijuana for recreational or medicinal purposes, you don’t see an increased concentration of obesity actually the mean within drug and alcohol addiction treatment. We always say it takes a lot of cupcakes, shot of heroin, I mean cupcakes or seem to your brain and feel good. They pop a bunch of receptor, but 120 fIve people over and overstep their opioids and get very heavy. So they give you the stimulation you need without having to over indulge on food products.

    Reena Jadhav: That makes a lot of sense. Anything else that you’d like to share before we wrap up?

    Dr. Mary: Oh, no. I feel like we covered everything. I would just really encourage a healthy time for titration at least two weeks for titration and uh, and seeing what works for you. And then remember, there’s a lot of dIfferent modes of administration. If your state has gone to the point that well, everybody gets access to cbd and there’s a million different mechanisms to administer that. Most people prefer a tincture, just a dropper full that You hold in your mouth. If you’re using a medical cannabis. There’s edibles and hard pressed tablets and bates and whole. But just make sure that you, um, you know, choose a mode of administration and If you don’t like it, try a different mode of administration before you give up the mode of administration matters to people’s level of satisfaction.

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely. Thank you so much for sharing that. And for the rest of you, uh, this is just as teaser, we are going to be interviewing dr mary again when her book comes out. So stay tuned for that and make sure you subscribe to our newsletters because we are going to feature her book masterclass in there. And then of course we’re gonna follow it up with a bootcamp, a cbd bootcamp, so we can be there with you as you try this most amazing herb, which truly seems like it can help us all, every single one of us. So would that said, mary, thank you so much again and keep doing the great work.

    Dr. Mary: Oh, thank you. Thank you for having me

     

    Reversing Auto-immune Disease With Dr. Will Cole

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    Mary Clifton, MD

    WEBSITE:
    www.drmarymd.com

    SOCIAL MEDIA:
    www.facebook.com/DrMaryMd
    twitter.com/drmarymd
    www.linkedin.com/in/marycliftonmd

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!

  • Love and Health with John Gray

    Love and Health with John Gray

     

    HealthBootcamps iTunesHealthBootcamps SoundcloudHealthBootcamps Youtube

    Read the Transcript Below the Bio

    John Gray is the author of the most well-known and trusted relationship book of all time, Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus. USA Today listed his book as one of the top 10 most influential books of the last quarter century. In hardcover, it was the #1 bestselling book of the 1990s. Dr. Gray’s books are translated into approximately 45 languages in more than 100 countries and continues to be a bestseller.

    Dr. Gray has written over 20 books. His most recent book is Beyond Mars and Venus. His Mars/Venus book series has forever changed the way men and women view their relationships.

    John helps men and women better understand and respect their differences in both personal and professional relationships. His approach combines specific communication techniques with healthy, nutritional choices that create the brain and body chemistry for lasting health, happiness and romance.

    His many books, blogs and free online workshops at MarsVenus.com provide practical insights to improve relationships at all stages of life and love. An advocate of health and optimal brain function, he also provides natural solutions for overcoming depression, anxiety, and stress to support increased energy, libido, hormonal balance, and better sleep.

    He has appeared repeatedly on Oprah, as well as on The Dr. Oz Show, TODAY, CBS This Morning, Good Morning America, and others. He has been profiled in Time, Forbes, USA Today, and People. He was also the subject of a three-hour special hosted by Barbara Walters.

    John Gray lives in Northern California with his wife, Bonnie. They have been happily married for over 30 years and have three grown daughters and four grandchildren. He is an avid follower of his own health and relationship advice.

    Join HealCircles to get free trusted support for greater health!

    healcircles

    Are you serious about your health?

    Then we have a gift to encourage you! Click here for our founder’s Free Health Journal. it gives you 30 days of free weekly tracking of your moods, diet, meds, symptoms, notes, goals and gratitude.

    free health journal

     


    TRANSCRIPT:

    This is auto-generated and may have mistakes. Please listen to the interview for accuracy.

    Reena Jadhav: Hey everyone. Welcome back to another great episode of the healthier podcast. I’m Reena and today we are talking about love and relationships and its impact on health because I firmly believe that a significant part of our health has a direct connection to the health of our relationships. And you know who we have, what a treat. We’ve got John Gray, who was the author of the most well known and trusted relationship of all time. Men are from Mars. Women are from Venus. John, welcome.

    John Gray: Hi. It’s a pleasure to be here with you. Delightful.

    Reena Jadhav: Alright, so I’m going to give you some background on John that you may or may not be aware of today. His book is listed as one of the top most influential books in the last quarter century. It was a number one bestselling book at the 19 nineties, been translated into all kinds of languages, 45 languages, hundred countries. He’s written over 20 books and his most recent book beyond Mars and Venus has forever changed the way men and women see relationships. Now. What is amazing is it not only John has appeared of course on Oprah and the doctor show and the today show, cbs this morning, Good Morning America, and pretty much every other show you can think of, including a three hour special host hosted by Barbara Walters. He has a background with Maha Rishi Yogi, which some of you know I’m a huge proponent of yoga, so I’m super excited that we’re going to dive a little bit more into his amazingly new and exciting meditation technique which takes into account gender something that has not been done in the past. So let’s dive right in. John, what is the relationship between health and relationships? Because you’ve talked so much about relationships and in different Ted talks, you talk about hormones and men. Well, what have you found in terms of what is a direct connect between how healthy our relationship is versus how healthy we are?

    John Gray: Well, first of all, thank you again for having me on your show and letting me talk about health. Sometimes I have to just focus on relationships because people know me for that, but the number one, I won’t say the number one, one of maybe three factors that massively contributes to our wellness or health or physical health is the quality of our relationships, the quality of what we put in our body and the quality of our relationship with the universe, so that would be more of a spiritual relationship and sometimes people have miraculous healings when they begin to open up to realizing they’re not alone in the universe. Sometimes it’s the detoxification of the body and sometimes it’s the opening of the heart that can cause these amazing healings. Those are three categories and maybe we’ll talk a little bit about each, but mostly relationship because people know me for that and that is hormones we all know that affect the brain wave.

    John Gray: Back in the sixties, that was in the sixties, we knew that you could take a little pill and you can go into an altered state, one little pill, and it has huge impact on the brain. Of course, we know that what we put in our body affects the mind body connection, and it turns out that it triggers brain chemicals and also hormones. Hormones affect our brain chemicals, so this is all later science. Back in the last decade or so, maybe the last two decades, we’ve learned that if your hormones are out of balance, all kinds of problems will result. Now, what we’re learning now and what my most recent work is about is how we relate to others affects our hormones. That’s something. It’s a new science. For example, if I am rushing to solve a problem, if there’s an emergency, for example, what will get produced in my body?

    John Gray: If I’m a man or woman as a high amount of testosterone, and if I don’t have confidence that I can solve that problem, another hormone gets produced, which is cortisol. Cortisol, uh, allows us to get back into automatic conditioning. You literally have no blood flow to the prefrontal cortex where you had the ability to self reflect self correct and create something new. So a relationship is always a challenge to self. Correct. Anybody who’s been married, noting that because it’s stuff, much interpretation is, Oh, you made this argument that no, but you said that, but there’s a rigidity that will happen in terms of our reactivity in intimate relationships because so much is at stake. See if some stranger doesn’t like me, so what? But when the person I have given my heart to doesn’t like me, it has a bigger effect of danger.

    John Gray: Well, dangerous stimulates cortisol. The stress hormone, when cortisol is triggered, blood flow stops to the front part of the brain and it’s only this front part of the brain where we can hear another point of view. So we tend to keep repeating these patterns over and over due to conditioning that went into us when we were little children and now taking that to the side, elevated cortisol, not feeling safe in a relationship. What is cortisol inhibits all of your healing functions. When your, when your cortisol levels are elevated, your digestion breaks desktops. You stopped making hydrochloric acid, which is necessary to get your b vitamins. It’s necessary to digest your foods is necessary to break down your proteins, to produce the amino acids to make your brain function well so the immune system stops when you’re experiencing elevated cortisol, which is they can measure your white blood cell count goes down, your immune system function slows down, and your ability to detoxify goes down.

    John Gray: All because elevated cortisol levels are there and there’s an irony and here’s the person you feel most in love with. Why are they the most dangerous? Because you’re open to them. See, the world is not such a dangerous place to me if I don’t care that much about what they say or things, but when you have a sexual intimate relationship with someone, you’ve opened yourself up to becoming spiritually one with them. They’re your soul mate. They connect with you and when they go through their stuff, we have to learn to deal with that because it will throw us in the cortisol response and affect our health and there’s ways to find our balance again and that’s what we need. Good relationship skills.

    Reena Jadhav: Now, men and women handle stress differently. Share with our viewers and our audience what are those different ways? Because I don’t think people even understand that there’s actually a very different way and how a woman responds to stress and how a man responds to stress because that will hopefully help them identify when they see those symptoms to say, John did say, you know, this is a symptom I need to look out for. So I now know that my cortisol is taking.

    John Gray: Okay, so what we haven’t in the body is a various stress responses and for simplicity we might say little stress response and then big stress response. Okay, so little danger, big danger, and to a certain extent little danger is adrenaline and big danger is cortisol and cortisol is the most destructive to your health. Literally causes also degeneration of brain cells. I mean it. Chronic cortisol, little Cortisol is no problem. You can run faster, you can solve her problem, you can ask for help, you can, you know, help your help solve problems in your life, give you the energy to do it, but then you’re supposed to be able to relax again. A chronic cortisol is not good and what causes chronic cortisol is when we can’t solve problems, we don’t feel we can get the support. We need a and B, even with little stress, little stress produces adrenaline.

    John Gray: If we cannot get rid of the adrenaline used it up, then what happens is your body will start producing cortisol and cortisol has all the helped challenging effect. Now remember, some people have low cortisol because they’re burned out adrenal gland, but it’s, it’s an it’s a functioning adrenal gland that can give rise to all kinds of fatigue and low energy and so forth and maybe they do a test and they have low cortisol, but actually it’s because they’ve been having high cortisol for so long that ended up with the low cortisol response and they will still have even with the low cortisol response, this hormonal imbalance that will occur. So the stress responses for men under a little stress is detachment woman. No, she’s talking to a husband or boyfriend, whoever, and she gives a little feedback and says, you know, when you said da da da da, I felt a bit offended and are I, you know, I feel like I’m doing a lot more than you or something like that.

    John Gray: Amanda immediately detach. You could feel it. He pulls back because that’s a little stress. He has to consider something he didn’t think was wrong with him and he has to defend himself to a certain extent. Or his tendency is, you know, we all have deep down inside a need to feel right and need to feel lovable, feel good, so whenever possible we want to explain ourselves kind of a natural thing. So as soon as he has this little stress, the woman I’ve given my heart to seems to be not happy with. He will detach now biologically what’s happening in that moment as he’s trying to figure out what it should say or do or if it’s correct or how it can make it up, whatever, but when he experiences that, that little bit of adrenaline he will detach and what’s happening in his body is that female hormone, estrogen or progesterone, depending upon which a Pi will start going down and the testosterone will start going up.

    John Gray: So testosterone is a hormone that men need 30 to 50 times than when, and this is biologically true. We know that when men have low testosterone, high estrogen, they’re angry. Most people don’t know that. They always say testosterone causes anger, and in a sense it’s a precursor because with testosterone goes up, it’s a man wants to solve a problem. There’s danger. Let me solve the problem, gives you a faster reaction. Time gets you more focused, and most importantly, testosterone helps you to detach from fear. See, if you’re going to go save somebody in a building that’s on fire, you can’t be afraid. You’ve got to push the spheres aside because spheres says, stop. You’re going to go into battle. They’re going to find an animal or run away. You have to be able to push those feelings to the side in order to see your mind can go into conditioned responses that you’ve been trained to do.

    John Gray: So this is a man’s first stress response. If he’s not peaceful and centered in the moment, then what happens? He goes a little out of balance. A little out of balance means that conditioning has to come in. His testosterone goes up, and that’s his first response, which is detachment. Now, at that point, if he continues talking, she feels disconnected, so she’s going to ask him lots of questions that talk. Now what he’s going to do when he asked if he talks to the person he cares about his testosterone will start going down, his estrogen will go up. Intimacy is estrogen, so sharing, connecting, and all of that. That’s that’s our female side. We have a male and female side, so his estrogen goes up, which pushes his testosterone down even further, so let me. The key here is that when, when men are depressed or irritable, their testosterone is down.

    John Gray: When men are defensive, their testosterone goes up, then goes down. So it’s all about testosterone. For men, men are from Mars. I talked about cave time men out of their cave sometimes, literally that’s the forget their problems to detach. It’s kind of what Buddha taught, which is what meditation was, was empty the mind and forget. It was primarily taught to men to boost their testosterone. Because when men don’t feel successful, their testosterone goes down for say, for women, women need to feel successful. For Testosterone, it’s just that women don’t need as much testosterone and women are under moderate stress. What occurs for them is their hormones go out of balance. If they’re in the first part of their cycle, after the period to ambulation, their estrogen levels will go down. If they’re in moderate stress, if they’re in the second part of their cycle, after ovulation, if they’re under moderate stress, their progesterone levels will go down.

    John Gray: So an imbalance of these hormones causes is a symptom of adrenaline and her body. Now, what can help her find balance? Just as men need to pull away to detach, women need to connect more. That’s why when there’s conflict between men and women, women often want to engage. They want to ask more questions and want to pursue the talk about this. I’m not saying men can’t do that either. It’s just men do that when they get to the higher level of stress, and we’re going to get to that. This is still at low level stress. You know what’s going on? Did you have a good day? She wants to enlist conversation because it turns out that when women experience adrenaline, if they talk about how they feel, estrogen levels or progesterone levels will increase. So this is like the magic for women. It’s talking, so we have something called talk therapy.

    John Gray: I’m not as a therapist for many years women would come in my office and if I’m a good listener and I asked questions, I’m genuinely interested and I’m very empathetic. They leave happy and this was like I didn’t solve their problems. Their life hasn’t changed. That’s all we want John, We just want to listen to us starting with our loved ones, which is our husband, and that’s kind of right where the problem starts. You know, sometimes all we want is somebody to listen to us. Exactly this is the intimacy that allows women to experience the high estrogen levels that they particularly need higher than what they’re experiencing and it’s a crisis today because when women are independent and when they’re doing things like making money, not saying women shouldn’t be independent, not saying women shouldn’t be educated or you know all that, that’s their male side, but when they do too much of that and they don’t nurture their female side at the same time, then the masculine increases.

    John Gray: The feminine goes down and this is biologically and that women’s estrogen levels, progesterone levels go out of balance. Cortisol levels or adrenaline levels, adrenal, adrenal production all gets imbalanced, so you see so many women getting their hormones tested and taking hormones and doing these things, and you’re not. In my book beyond Mars, Venus, I give all the cautions for it. Taking hormones is better if you could make them. Now, if you can’t make them, then sometimes it’s an. It’s a blessing to be able to take medicines and so forth, but with this new knowledge of good nutrition, along with good meditation or spirituality or prayer, whatever it is, along with gender insight and how to stimulate the right hormones. In many cases, your body can come right back into balance and experienced the right balance of hormones if you’re a woman, but it’s very common for women to symptom of being more on your male side.

    John Gray: That’s, I got to do this. I gotta do this. I got to do this. That’s testosterone. Too much of that lowers estrogen. When estrogen levels are low, you’re not able to feel and love. You’re not able to feel appreciation for what you have. You’re not able to feel gratitude and acceptance that life and my husband or my boyfriend is not perfect, but good enough. See, there’s a whole dynamic of I’m not perfect, but I’m good enough and I deserve to be loved the way I am. I’m quite a catch and that is not perfect. That is just simply self esteem and every woman, when her estrogen levels go down too far, when they’re out of balance, she loses her ability temporarily to appreciate what a man in her life provides for her. It’s just simply, are you happy today? It’s the same life. Some days we wake up and we’re happy with our lives and some days we’re not, and typically if you’re married, a lot of that I’m not happy with my life.

    John Gray: Gets focused on the person who in the past gave you the greatest happiness, which is your husband, your boyfriend, and then he’s like, what happened? What would happen is, you know on a biological level, she’s not perfect clearly, but hormonal imbalance is so, so key to being in love and when you’re in love, feeling love, feeling happiness, feeling safe. That’s a key thing for women, which is a big part of my message for men is how to provide safety for women. Safety allows women to feel. I can depend on you, but a woman feels I can depend on you, particularly for the 10 days after her period. Her estrogen levels will double, but for women’s fulfillment, women’s estrogen levels after a period needed to be about 10 times higher than a man’s and it for five days prior to her ambulation. They need to double to become 20 times more than a man’s, and if she does it, she loses her romantic feelings and then she gets upset with him for not being romantic enough because he used to make her feel so good, but that’s when they didn’t have all their little.

    John Gray: Let me say it differently because in the beginning of a relationship, you get automatic hormones because you get automatic dopamine. Dopamine is the newness, so when there’s newness, you got a lot of good hormones. If you’re a woman, your estrogen levels are all excited and everything has testosterone is really high. He’s there for you. Your serotonin levels are off the chart because you feel that he you don’t have any history of being disappointed or not being successful in providing the happiness you think you should be able to provide. So in the beginning you get this wonderful brew of hormones that keeps your brain chemicals, that helps your hormones, but once once familiarity sense in, you know you’re used to your partner, you don’t get free dopamine and once you have disappointments, you don’t get free Serotonin and without those brain chemicals you don’t get the right production of hormones.

    John Gray: And so it’s easier to experience the stress response. And so you know, it gets complicated because we have such higher expectations and relationships. Men and women have come together more than ever before. Women on their male side, men on there more feminine side that more emotions and more wish. You know, often women go, what do you mean? Men are more in touch with their female side. Well, have you ever noticed that modern men, they care about your sexual fulfillment. This is a big deal. In prior generations, women did sex primarily a lot. The majority out of obligation. It was just your duty as a woman. You can see this historical records and sex was for men. Your majority of men today their greatest fulfillment and sex is your happiness as a woman. That’s what it is. Now some women say, well, why does it need to do this and this and this because he just doesn’t know, but when I teach classes on sex, I used to do that for many, many years, enlightened sexuality conversation, and it was always, what are your greatest experiences?

    John Gray: Men and they had always talked about, I gave her this experience, this experience, this experience, because what we understand when it comes to gender, what stimulates testosterone the most and men and for women is success. For men, testosterone is the antidote to stress, and so when men feel successful, their stress levels will go down, but and feeling successful, if he has to face a lot of stress and challenges and indecision and make decisions too much, then he runs out of testosterone. He needs his cave time. That means to disconnect from anything. Connection is intimacy. Connection is estrogen. You can’t rebuild your testosterone and the presence of estrogen stimulating context, so that’s why men will sit and watch a football game. They’ll go meditate and that passed. That’s what meditation was. It was men’s ability to rebuild their testosterone, empty the mind, forget your problems, so men make this, make this silly mistake with women. They say, why don’t you just forget it? Don’t worry about it. It’s not a big deal. Just relax, watch TV.

    Reena Jadhav: You might as well bury that relationship at that point. Well, you don’t. You. You’re right that it sounds complex, but it’s not listening to you. What it comes down to is it’s really hormones. When you’re dating someone, new hormones come together and create this feeling of love, which is really a perfect balance of hormones. Then you get into real life and those hormones start to fade away because real life gets in the way in terms of whether it’s challenges or issues or failures or bills or whatever it is. And the next thing you know, you have a couple that’s fighting a lot and thinking they’re not loved. Whereas it’s really not that they’re not in love. It’s just that that perfect storm of hormones has dissipated. So let’s, let’s talk about what is your advice to a couple that’s fighting and not aggressive fighting, but let’s just say there they’ve started fighting about, you know, let’s pick a topic, um, builds.

    Reena Jadhav: She spends too much. He says, you shouldn’t be spending this much control what you spend on or you should get permission from him and whatever that is right to they’re fighting on these bills. What should be the ground rules, John, for fighting in a way that’s going to keep the hormones balanced and not take you to a place where you cannot come back from. Because often fighting, I feel sets the groundwork for going into a space that you really can’t come back from that beginning of the end of the relationship because of how you fight. So dove a little bit about what are the ground rules be for fighting

    John Gray: again, fighting is now, remember we talked about our stress responses, which is a little stress. Fighting is big stress and big stress causes men. So for men, when he’s arguing he’s he basically, she’s upset about something and by the way about the money thing, sometimes it’s a woman who’s telling the management spend so much that’s not a gender thing. That’s just historical family issues and it could be the woman who says, why do you spend money there? And it could be the mango. Why’d you spend money there? So, but the gender about that is typically the woman has some kind of emotional response under moderate stress. Okay? There, there have a difference of a point of view, right? That’s a moderate stress. Now how are we going to get through this? How am I going to get what I want? And you get what you want and we’re kind of that.

    John Gray: There’s a little tension there. So at that point you could look at some of the brain function and women. There’s eight times more blood flow to the emotional part of the brain. Women will start to have an emotional tone that men misinterpret. Misinterpret that tone, because men only experienced the emotional tone within themselves under big stress, under a little stress. Men have a disconnect. They have a detached tone. Remember this, we’ll say 80 to 90 percent of our communication is tone of voice. Tone of voice says at all. And that’s why people say, how do I say this? How do I say this? There’s ways to say things better, but you can say things to perfect way, but with the wrong tone of voice. Because if your tone of voice, as you know, I hate you, you’re not going to get me what I want.

    John Gray: I’ll try this out. Just our have years of resentment. Why should I even bother? That tone of voice is not loving. Okay? So let’s just no tone of voice. So what happens is misinterpretation of tone of voice, because under moderate stress, meaning a woman’s, it’s not really a big deal. I’m not trying to control you or whatever. She’s going to have a more emotional tone of voice for a man under moderate stress, which means this is not a big deal. We don’t have to worry about, let’s see how we can work this out. He’s kind of a very detached tone of voice. Now women will misinterpret that as well because women detach when it’s a big problem. Okay. When you say when we get emotional with little problems, but when it’s really big she goes, okay, I don’t trust this person or I’m done with them.

    John Gray: I’m out of here. She’s cold as ice, she’s hot. When she’s in a little stress cold as ice when it’s fixed her. So Jen under a little stress are cold as ice. Then under big stress they become emotional and they become very hot. And that’s your angry man that you’re argumentative, man. That’s when he’s getting mad at you. And a woman is Kinda like freaking out the catching and looking at you. So. So you have little stress, big stress. So if in my own reality, as a man, emotions only negative emotions, anger, fear, defensiveness, hurt. When when these strong emotions increase, it’s only because I’m seeing the situation as a lion. Tiger or bear is a big problem. But for women they only detach when the problem is a lion tiger. And bear for her, there’s a disconnect. Or estrogen goes down and she says, I can’t get support from this guy, so I have to do it all myself.

    John Gray: That’s she detaches from depending on him for support. He is now dangerous. So she’s going to pull back. So when she has a big problem, she detaches. So in Amandy catches, she panics because oh my gosh, he’s pulling away. What did I do? What did I say? Does he not love me? Is he planning to leave me? Is there somebody else? Because quite often that’s what she’s going through. If she gets all the way up to high stress, which is detachment. So this is like a phenomenal insight, which is how we’re constantly misinterpreting each other. So you asked what are the ground rules? When you have an argument and fight, as soon as you’re in a defense reaction, you’ll have to call a time out. That means you just slow it down. It’s simply we had. We went through many stages of this I can recognize very clearly for me and my marriage, my defensive reaction.

    John Gray: My wife would get it in a tone of voice. Now I finally got clear about my tone of voice, what would cause her to get triggered? Because if I. my voice has too much focus and detachment and determination, her body would just defend. When a woman can’t appreciate what a man says, then suddenly he feels even more threatened. When a woman doesn’t feel a man could empathize with her point of view. It’s like, okay, we’re on the same side here. We’re going to get through this thing together. I want to understand your point of view because we’re a team and I want you to get what you want as it and the tone of voice ironically should be something like this. Remember me? I’m the guy who’s that who nailed before you and pledge my life to you and without a question or doubt if you were in danger, I would risk my life for you and I will die for you, and if you talked to every man in my seminars, they will all say I will die for her.

    John Gray: That’s who men are. We were the soldiers. We go right into battle. We know we’re gonna die. We do it to protect our family. I’m not saying that women don’t have a male side would die for their children as well, but you have to remember this is the guy and he asked to remember that, but what happens is men’s heart closes when they get into that high stress level, not the low stress. They detach, but it’s not like they go into this way out of balance, defensive, argumentative place. So here’s some techniques that my wife and I developed. One is when we will be having a difference of opinion and you have to have a difference of opinion. Absolutely. The first thing is men have to know if there’s an emotional tone in her voice that makes it difficult for you to hear her one, don’t speak, ask more questions, don’t speak.

    John Gray: Anything you say at that point is going to interfere with her coming back to a place of appreciating what you say when you say it to women, it’s like a priority. This is where we think we’re all just the same. You don’t recognize the important priorities. It’s like some people need more vitamin D, so people being more vitamin C, you know, women have certain emotional needs that are more important than men and for women. The most important need they have in our context of our life today. It changes our modern world. Women are way on their male side. They need help to come back to their female side, the come back to their female side, they need to feel safe. Safety produces the female hormones. The being able to provide safety, solving the problem, being the champion, being the hero, being the one that provides that support increases testosterone.

    John Gray: So men, you’ve got to provide safety for her and men don’t know that job, although that’s what we’ve done throughout history. Now we have to provide a kind of emotional safety, which doesn’t mean becoming a motion ourselves. It means becoming compassionate and empathetic, which is staying in a heartfelt place, not talking about me, but listening to her and trying to go into her world, her experience, just the her still as a good person, and that’s what literally it’s like sex. The man goes into the woman. The woman doesn’t go into the man, but so what happens is she needs to open up. He needs to make the safety for her to open up an enter, enter her to understand her perspective, to understand, to go inside. Most people don’t realize that being a good listener is the most masculine thing you can do. And women always, you know, I’ll listen to what you’re feeling.

    John Gray: No women don’t listen to what he’s feeling until you feel heard, because you can’t hear what he’s going through until you feel heard. Because if you’re under stress response, the most powerful thing to come back into balance is to talk about what you feel inside, which can be horrendously hard for a man if he hears you doing is blaming him. There’s techniques for that. So here’s one. First of all, the context is she gets to open up first, not me. It’s not about me because anything I say, see, I’m not stupid. I know that if she’s not feeling safe, she cannot open up and appreciate my point of view and this discussion of differences. So I need to step one. She gets to go first. Same thing in sex. Orgasm. Women should have the orgasm first. Otherwise, if he has his, he’s done. I mean there’s a reality.

    John Gray: Here is biological reality. We need to bring into the emotional level of a relationship is she has the permission, the support to be heard first. Not that he shouldn’t be heard, is that she needs to feel safety to express what’s going on inside and she needs. He needs to learn how to listen to that, but it’s not just him. She has to learn some skills and here’s a view, okay, there’s lots of big science here, but a simple one if a woman could do this is if you’re upset with your partner and you want to talk, you can simply say, hold on, I just want you to listen to me for the next 10 minutes and not saying anything because you have to tell them what you want. Men Don’t know this. See, they don’t know that. You can’t expect them to hear me talk once and know it.

    John Gray: You have to know what you need to be responsible to get it, so you say to hold on, just hear me out. Let me work through my feelings before we try to solve this problem. I’m getting triggered and this is what a beautiful. If you really want a to send you 100 percent, try saying this, I’m getting triggered inside and it’s not a big deal. Everyone is. I want to tell you what’s going on inside of me, which will immediately create an adrenaline response than a man. When you say, we need to talk, oh, my instinct.

    Reena Jadhav: It’s instant defensive like, oh my God, I don’t want to talk about this.

    John Gray: That’s right.

    Reena Jadhav: Please not talk about this.

    John Gray: And women need to know. That’s every man that’s every particularly having sex. Okay, so that’s what makes us more vulnerable. So the second step is if you say to him the opposite of what you think would work, but the opposite of what you believe will work, which is you say this, this is not a big deal. I just need you to listen to me and then we can figure out what to do about it.

    John Gray: Set the stage so you’re not gonna. Have as much of a defensive reaction and if it’s something you want, if what you want in your feelings is like, I need you to be more affection. I need more hugs anymore. Romance, I need you to be more organized. I need you to remember, I need you to call me if what your need at that moment is him to change his behavior. You need to say to him, this is not a big deal. I’m not asking you to change in any way. I just want you to understand what’s going on and I trust that you’ll make adjustments, so say it’s say love is is this is accepting you as you are and trusting that if you have the proper information over time, you’ll make adjustments. Nobody’s just going to give up and change right away.

    John Gray: They want to be themselves. You’ll lose all the passion. If you’re not authentic, it’s like women want. They think it’d be so simple. Just change your behavior. Everything will be better. Men, you know, we think we. They just change how you feel. Let it go. Don’t be upset about things. Stop being so needy. Stop asking for help. Why? I talked so much. Just be happy. Can’t you just be happy with me.

    Reena Jadhav: That’s exactly it.

    John Gray: You can’t just suddenly tell her to change how she feels. It’s her job to change how she feels. It’s his job to graduate justice behaviors and be a better partner. Every person wants to be better when they feel loved, that support it. So our objective and relationships is our power is to provide the love that our partners need the most. And now look then to kind of go, well, what?

    John Gray: What is the love that men need the most the most? Well, we go back to our biological discussion. What women need most is the feeling of conversations, behaviors, interactions that stimulate more female hormones. Men need conversations, behaviors. They stimulate more male hormones. Well, it turns out that whenever you appreciate someone for something, Oh, you did this for me. Thank you so much. Oh, you blew it, but it’s okay. It’s all right. You do so many other good things that balances out. That’s called acceptance. The appreciation. Look what you did for me and then, oh, he’s here. Look what he can do for me. That’s called trust. All of those behaviors, those responses increase testosterone in men. So like in my marriage, not that my wife was always in a good mood and always positive, but always when I would come home or she would come home, she greeted me as if we had no problems and life was wonderful.

    John Gray: It’s literally women are the embodiment of love and appreciation and acceptance of imperfection and trust that things can always get better. This is what women is your super power. It’s in your purse. You just have to pull out that wallet and find it in there. You need to look around in there. You find your superpower, and it’s this feminine lob that can appreciate what you can receive because women femininity is all about receiving. Is the vagina, is the opening of the heart. It’s come inside, come inside, but you don’t want just anybody coming inside. So you find someone special that you could accept that’s coming inside you. Appreciate you’re delighted by it and you’re open to it. That’s now. You can have that all the time. We’re not, we’re flawed human beings, but you can find moments when it’s most important. And for men, the most important times is to coming and goings, particularly the cummings.

    John Gray: Every more I would give my wife for hugs a day. By the way, my wife has passed, so I’m just mentioned that, um, we’ve been there 33 years and she recently passed of cancer. Uh, so the, so sorry to hear that, but we, we, we had rituals that we did and four times a day minimum where we get up, when I see her first I look for her and give her a hug and she would always respond and to hug. And the hugs would be at least at three to six second couples. Just these quick hugs. Hugging is one of the most powerful things to have women come back from testosterone land to estrogen land. It produces the oxytocin, and people now know about oxytocin. The bonding hormone helps you to feel love, but actually is estrogen, which is love. Oxytocin brings you, lowers testosterone and increases estrogen.

    John Gray: So that’s the function of oxytocin. Physical affection produces the oxytocin. Also talking about your feelings produces oxytocin is connection. Oxytocin is connection which lowers testosterone, raises estrogen, which is why under stressful situations men disconnect because at the rebuild their testosterone. But women go, oh, give me some connection here. So you might notice your husband’s in a bad mood. You don’t go to touch him, you know, going back, you know, but if a woman feels safe and she starts to feel emotionally upset, you gently go and give her a hug and she’ll just melt into you. If she has enough estrogen in your body, that’s the melting as the yielding. It’s to open the heart. And again, I’m not saying you should be just one side, but that’s the stress reducing side for women is making sure that their estrogen levels go up, they feel safe.

    John Gray: So the second point you asked about arguments, what do you do to avoid argument? You have to have this context. You have to understand the differences. The second thing is I have to know my job is to provide safety for her at anytime I’m angry, irritable, judgmental, mad thinking, negative thoughts about her, she feels and it’s not safe. All she can then do is go into her programs that are going to get triggered. I can’t trust men. They’re not going to be there for me. He doesn’t really love me. I don’t deserve to be loved, and she’ll either go into on that. He’s the wrong person for me. All of this stuff gets triggered. It’s not even us. It’s conditioning from thousands and thousands of years of dysfunctional life. People were like, monkeys, you know, it’s still today when couples are fighting, if you stand back and look at yourself are so petty.

    John Gray: That’s just conditioning. It’s this part of the brain, this prefrontal cortex. We’re able to self reflect and learn something new and apply something new. So for me, when my wife would say this part of our techniques we use to use, if I started to get the slightest bit defensive, she just said, you’re being mean. And that worked for us. Some people doesn’t work for because I never want to be mean to my wife. Never, you know? So it was like no defense response, but maybe I’m some guy who was like violent to a woman at some point and then she says, you’re being mean. He’ll go, he’ll be defensive about that. I’m a sweet soul, so it didn’t. I didn’t get defensive. I just wanted to know because she says you’re being mean. And it’s literally what she would do is just walk out of the room you’re being made. I found out all I can be nicer.

    John Gray: She would catch it. As soon as she noticed her triggers, she just said, you’re being mean. Then what you used to do. That was her way. And that worked for us. Couples, they’d have their, their words. A woman can say, you know, I’m being triggered. It could be something like that, but you always want to do. You don’t want to say you’re a stopped talking to me that way. Now you’re giving a man in order. Nobody does. You don’t like getting orders either, but clearly men do not like getting orders. It just triggers more of a response that they’re powerless, that they, that they’re not like cool guys or whatever. So for me, that understanding of hormones helped me so much with defensiveness because once I understood hormones, every man wants to be testosterone, man, okay, we want to be stud. We want to feel testosterone, we want to feel love for being men. It’s inside of a man. And to have that, you have to have normal, healthy testosterone. Your 35 year olds are like dropping their drooping at 15 minutes.

    Reena Jadhav: What happens at 50? Right? So, so what can someone do to boost their testosterone if they’re a man? And then vice versa, what can women do to make sure that they’ve got enough estrogen without relying on each other to boost for them?

    John Gray: Nicely said. Let me finish the other point because you asked about arguments if complex. Okay? So what I had to know, and I teach this, the men, every time men, you’re angry, you’re becoming a girl. There is a stigma. Don’t be a girl. If a guy that’s a good one, you’re becoming a girl. Your estrogen levels are going up and if you talk at that time, your estrogen levels will go even higher and your testosterone will go down. Just to know that helped me realize, and the key to it was not so much the girl thing, but the thing was is that I want to be a loving human being. I want to be strong, centered, grounded, and lovable. I want to be the man. And when I’m the man, my testosterone levels need to be about 30 to 50 times more than hers. A woman cannot be turned on to a man who doesn’t have 30 to 50 times more testosterone.

    John Gray: I want my wife, to disarm me want to be with me? I need to have testosterone. Otherwise women start to feel unsafe and they start to close down their estrogen or they start to overgive and they feel like they’re the mother. He’s like a child, he’s like a baby, he’s in secure. How can I love that in a passionate, sexy way? Just was couples lose all that. And that’s the most powerful way to get the balance hormones as well. We’ll get to your answer is we’re getting to what you just said. But so for me, anger is an immediate symptom. I becoming totally out of balance. And if I talk it’s only gonna make it worse. So what I would do when I noticed my trigger is after a while, that last 10 years, she never even had to say, you’re being mean. I would notice it inside and I would just go, I just put my hand up and say, I hear you.

    John Gray: I need some time it, I hear you. I need some time, and she knows what that means. He needs time to rebuild his testosterone. So you asked the question, what can men do to rebuild their test draws, sort of women with their female hormones. There’s a lot of things you can do and there’s things you can do without your partner and that’s what you have to know at this moment. Let’s say I’m doing something wonderful for my wife and we’re connecting. That’s building my testosterone and that’s building here estrogen, but as soon as there’s any conflict, I have to step one. Stop looking to her to balance my hormones, step without resentment and say, now it’s time for me to do it myself. That step to stop trying to change her. Whenever you’re trying to change your partner anyway, you will always get less. That’s step one.

    John Gray: How do you as a person try to change your partner? Could it be angry at them? Is it. Is it being passive aggressive with them? Is it giving them advise? Is it withholding glove? Is it not having sex? People have to find their many, many different ways. We try to manipulate our partner to get what we want and these are all out of date monkey behaviors, dysfunctional behaviors that don’t work. They used to work a long time ago. You have to remember a long time ago, a scary person had everybody follow them and you know, so there’s a manipulation is the world we came from. It’s not the world of love. Love is to embrace person as they are. So step one, don’t try to change them. Then what can you do? You have to. Step two is rebalance your hormones without depending on your partner.

    John Gray: So if I was an argument, my wife, I say, I hear you, I need some time. I would go off and I would do something to rebuild my testosterone, which basically it’s going to be a little different for every man. For me. I’m a master meditator, so I could just go meditate and detach, but you have to do it with the intent. I’m going to temporarily forget what just happened. I’m gonna raise my testosterone. I’m doing something I’m good at. Anytime I meant does something on his own that he’s good at. It can be driving your car, it could be going to the play tennis with a friend. Anything that you what you’re good at are going back to work and solve a problem with the intention. Intention is everything. I’m going to, I’m going to temporarily forget what just happened because I was defensive and anytime I go back there, I’ll be defensive again so I temporarily forget it.

    John Gray: Do something to raise my testosterone, which opens my heart. Member for men is your heart can only open when your chest up and goes up to 30 to 50 times more than a woman. So when your testosterone comes up, your heart opens at that point, then I’m going to reflect on what happened that shut me down. Okay, what happened that triggered me and I’m going to be a hundred percent accountable at that point to look at how did I contribute to that? How can I learn from that? What I want to do about that? And then I’m not going to go back right away and talk about it. I’m going to have it inside myself. It’s still very delicate and I’m going to go back and I’m going to demonstrate more love for her and understanding, demonstrating more love. I mentioned the love needs for men, testosterone, appreciation, acknowledgement, trusting, accepting, finding that part inside of you, giving it as much as you can for women, what she needs most from a man as demonstrations of caring consideration, understanding empathy, compassion and respect is respect.

    John Gray: And appreciation is something she needs more than that. She needs to be honored. When a woman is honored, then she does feel appreciated. But the appreciation, if you’re just going on and look what I can do it, look what I do, it’s it raises testosterone. Look what I need do this for me, is, is honoring her. She’s, she’s the most important person in your life. You prioritize her over others and sometimes over yourself. Sacrifice. Sometimes that’s what you have to do. Not all the time you have to take care of yourself too. But that went, when you behave that way towards a woman, her estrogen levels soar, her trust levels increased. She’s able to give you the appreciation, she’s able to give you the acceptance. She’s able to give you the trust and otherwise not able to do it. Then if you want customers, you’ve got to work hard for it.

    John Gray: You’ve got to do something to get the response is that free relationships are not free. Love until both needs are. When both needs are met, then it’s like having a big bank account and you can give your money away for free. And that’s unconditional love. That’s what we hope to get to in a relationship. That’s what I was able to find with my wife for years. Just unconditional love and and one of the symptoms of that, which is very sweet. It was hard for her to say she’s sorry about things because she had such a painful childhood. Her mother always making her wrong and I just basically a honey, you never have to apologize to me. Never say you’re sorry to me. It’s if you want, fine. There’s never a condition that’s gonna. Hold me back from loving you and I remember after 23 years we had a conversation.

    John Gray: I said to her, honey, how do you rate me as a husband of a guy wanted to be rated? She said, she said, as a father to our three children, you’re the unimaginable. A plus the very best I can imagine as a husband, you’re not perfect, but you given me the greatest gift any woman could ever want. I said, what’s that? And she said, I know that I can say and do things that will really upset you, and when it does, you stop talking. You go to your cave, you do some magic and you always come back to me with more love and that’s the key. That’s called growing in love. So if we had a little argument or whatever, I didn’t go back and with a big apology and let’s work it through whatever. She didn’t demand that of me either that can, that can sort of bring back the trauma of what just happened.

    John Gray: What you do is you come back and you have waste. I come back being affectionate. I might clean the kitchen. I might plan a day, I might bring some flowers. I gave her, certainly come back with hugs and stroke her hair and said, I love you so much sweetie, and that is enough, so there’s no pressure on me that I have to go, oh gosh, I was so bad. I really blew it. I shouldn’t have got angry like that. Sometimes I would say that sometimes I wouldn’t. That wasn’t a requirement because nobody wants to say I’m sorry and have somebody look at you and go, yeah, yeah, it does.

    Reena Jadhav: What’s interesting is you know what you’re sharing sounds like it should be doable and it should be something that we all should do, but John, you and I know the truth, which is it requires a lot of work and self awareness and then the strength to fight our natural instincts to become into evolve into this perfect person. In this relationship you’re talking about, not everyone can do that. Not everyone’s interested in doing that either. So, so here’s a question for you. How can someone figure out if they are in a bad relationship or a relationship which isn’t really going to resolve itself, where the fights are getting much worse and it doesn’t seem well, it doesn’t seem like things might get better, however, maybe they’re wrong. So what are some of the ways that both the met or a woman can start to question and say, is this something that we can work out and build into a growing loving relationship? Or is this something that I really have to read? Either I want to be in this very toxic relationship that I’m in for a variety of reasons. I mean, you know how it is. It could be kids, it could be social pressure as it could be a variety of things. It’s a relationship, right? I don’t want to come home or I’m physically ill when I think about this person because those have, again, health manifestations, it’s, you know, you can just feel miserable and not end up with some kind of a chronic illness.

    John Gray: We’re bringing it back to how it is so, so key. I mean when, when you’re not feeling nurtured in a relationship, alerts or relationship is hell or heaven. There’s nothing more painful than the being in a relationship that’s dysfunctional where you’re giving your heart and you don’t feel as reciprocal. That’s what causes trauma and the body that causes disease and sickness and today with so much toxicity and so many challenges in relationships. Now you have the perfect group for sickness because you can’t detoxify all this toxicity if you’re stressed and what causes great stress. Whether you’re in relationships or not, people tend to be very stressed today, but being in a relationship where you’re stuck, it’s like being in a jail sentence and you’re not being fulfilled so it can actually be way more painful than being single and having a stressful life because your heart, you keep trying to open your heart and getting knocked down.

    John Gray: But what I’ve seen as a marriage counselor is you. When your heart is hurting, you can’t know whether they’re right for you or wrong for you. Many people, they in order to leave a dysfunctional relationship because they feel it’s their partner’s fault and part of it is they don’t realize how they contribute to it. So that’s when people, and I do a women only course in women all walk out realizing that they have brought out the worst in their partner. I do men only and they all get that. They have brought out the worst of their partner. So there’s a lot of. When you start understanding how you contribute to the problems in your relationship, and the first thing I got to was number one is we try to change our partner and every dysfunctional relationship. We’re trying to change our partner in some way rather than loving them.

    John Gray: And we have to understand that if you try to change your partner, even if it looks really sweet and loving, like you’re trying to help a child or you’re trying to help them think clearly or bs, logical or whatever it might be, a, you’re trying to change them. That is not love. So we walk around thinking, I’m so loving. I give all this love, but get a man. They want divorce where they say, look, I do all these wonderful things for is never enough to make her happy. Why is she happy? I said, because you’re not doing any of this stuff to make women happy. You’re like this big negative force. And women will say, look, I give and give and give, and it gives me nothing. I say, well, you’re giving them all the wrong stuff and you’re not giving to yourself. You have to be responsible for your happiness.

    John Gray: So there’s a dance where you can’t really know who’s your soul mate, who’s. You’re not who you should spend your life with until you open your heart with forgiveness and acceptance at 100 percent. Accountability. Then you might choose to leave, to enter a relationship from an open heart. You should leave a relationship from an open heart because not all relationships are meant to stay. I’ve been married to Bonnie, worked for 33 years, was married to her and until she passed. And um, I was married before for two or three years, two years, and I was a young guy, didn’t understand relationships, but I ended the relationship from a place of love. My heart was open. We’d worked through these issues together. My heart was open. I realized, you know, she’s not the right woman for me. And it was really true if some people just aren’t the right one up for us.

    John Gray: It was kind of August because I wanted children and she didn’t. And I married her telling her I didn’t want kids. But once I had a good job and making some money, I want to get it grew inside of me. And she never had children. So it was, it was, it was writing on the wall so to speak. But when your heart is open, you kind of see, do I want to be with this person or not? But not gathering evidence to now justify he’s a terrible person. She’s a horrible wife and therefore I’m going to leave her. You will tend to repeat those same patterns. So first step to know whether you’re going to lead someone to find your heart open again, so you stopped trying to change them back off and start focusing on, I have to learn how to be happy air regardless of my partner.

    John Gray: It’s kind of like being separated and sometimes I encourage couples to separate to find your own happiness again because you’re constantly blaming your partner for your own unhappiness and particularly during separation. I prefer to recommend to people that they have sexual relationships as well because ultimately every couple of this argument, fighting isn’t having great sex. Great sex is one of the antidotes to everything for hormonal balance. You know, you talk about hormonal balance. Sex is pure. When a man has an erection is testosterone 50 times higher, it’s shooting up there. It’s going. He’s getting his search. For women to be orgasmic, it has to be 20 times more estrogen than a man. This is like these are massive hormone balancers. The mixed love and sex together, and so when couples start arguing, they start closing down, they lose their sexual interest in each other, becomes more functional.

    John Gray: It’s no longer this passionate appearance of the divine and to me, sex is one of the highest ways to experience the divine. You meditate to connect with the divine. You bring it down to the world through service, through love, through sharing, through honoring other people, but when you can bring it into sex and feel love and sex, you bring it into your body and you know there was a book back in the nineties where they were actually helping couples heal heart disease simply by teaching them how to have sex. Again. One of the healthiest things for the heart is to be having sex with somebody you love and if you can have sex with a person you love, you separate. Be Single for awhile. Open your heart and you get the newness. You know newness will always stimulate the right hormones, but don’t get a divorce.

    John Gray: Then rec reflect, do I really want to be with my partner? And literally, I don’t know the exact statistics on this, but in California for example, you can’t just get a divorced. You have to separate officially in six months later you can get your divorce, and that’s because so many people after separating, we’ll come back together and love each other and they typically go, okay, I, I’m, I’m, I’m unhappy and it’s not my partner’s fault. I’ve got to figure out what to do, and you’re out there and you’re, you. You start growing within yourself, so you’re finding your own source of happiness inside that step to come back the hormonal balance. Step three is now going give more love. So in my marriage, when I would shut down, I would go do something to make me feel good again. Then I would reflect on how I contributed to her unhappiness and then I would make it up to her.

    John Gray: And the same thing for women. Go make it up to your partner. You see how you contributed to their unhappiness. Go do something wonderful. Gives them that precisely the love that they need. That step three is now you’ve just taken time to love yourself, to open up now from that place of fullness, full bank account. Go give more love to this person that you were mad at. Now you’re going to go give more love, and once they’re getting the love they need, they will start to give it back. That’s the way the world works. When you put it out, it comes back. If you give exactly what they need, not what you think they should need. Then if you don’t get it back, then you started asking for more, but you ask for more from a place of fullness is no longer a demand. You have to do this for me to be happy because more of a preference.

    John Gray: So this is not a big deal, but when you do this, you know, some examples go, you know, I used to be late for dinner. My wife would say, John, I was really upset. I just want to talk to you for 10 minutes. Don’t say anything. I just want you to hear ideal and it’s not a big deal. Just take it in when you’re late. I feel like why bother? Make you a meal, you know, when you don’t call. I think maybe something bad has happened, you know, and, and, and, and when you’re giving a talk to other people and you don’t call me when you’re late, I feel like other people are more important than me, so this hurts a lot inside and I kind of feel like I didn’t want to cook for you at all and I made it a really special meal for you and you were late and so you didn’t get to enjoy it and I don’t want you to say anything. Just thinking about it, know that that’s who I am. I’m sensitive, I’m delicate. I just want to love and connect you and then walk out of the room. Let him just think about it. You don’t have to.

    Reena Jadhav: Communication is really important.

    John Gray: Communication is without demanding a response,

    Reena Jadhav: The right way of communicating and I don’t think we are born with that skill. Certainly not trained with that skill. So we sort of stumble into creating our own pattern of communication is what I’ve realized.

    John Gray: I didn’t know that we stumbled into it. I think we’re programmed from childhood.

    John Gray: This is, there’s so much psychology clients about that and there is one part of it, sometimes rebels against the programming, so there’s also a not that programming programming is just reacting to a programming rather than this part of the brain that actually looks at your actions and sees, oh, I didn’t get the result I wanted. Let me add, let me analyze, let me reflect reflection on how did I contribute to that, look at how they contributed to it, but then you also have to look at your own side and when you look at how somebody else contributed to it, you can also look at that with compassion. They don’t know what they’re doing, so you know there’s a way of looking at this that we just haven’t been taught and it’s not possible to look at things that way. When you’re experiencing stress responses, just remember under stress responses, Cortisol, particularly blood flow stops to the prefrontal cortex of the brain, which is the only part of our brain which has DNA, which is exclusively human.

    John Gray: The other DNA in our brain is monkeys and lizards, you know, really emotional. So we got this part of the brain that allows us to sort of balance all this stuff. We have to, we have to recognize our weaknesses, human beings. We’re going to be triggered, we’re going to have reactions, and the more you’re with a loving partner, the more it’s going to happen. So you have to take the time out, you have to take the responsibility, open your heart again and go give more, love, more support, and then you will get more back. That’s how you get more in a relationship.

    Reena Jadhav: And is there ever a time when you just have to walk away and if so, what would those signs be like when? How would someone know? And this actually a question came in from a friend who wants to know, how do you know when it’s time to actually call it quits?

    John Gray: Well, once again you do it when your heart is open and if you ask her how did you know that was the person for you say it’s the same answer comes from your heart. It’s not a complicated answer, but you have to be clean of all your resentment and victim that stuff. You get clean them out because you know I didn’t get clean about it is you get I contributed to the problems and now I’ve made my adjustments and I’m not getting what I need and I guess we’re just, we just don’t fit right together. And even before you leave you separate, you, you. The real task is let’s divorce but not really divorced. Let’s be single. Let’s set it up and live that and see what it’s like and then see if why you’re being single. You Miss Your partner or you don’t Miss Your partner or your partner, misses you or they don’t miss you. And so many people after they separate, we’ll come back together and unfortunately they often have the same problems again because nobody taught them the skills of how to make it work.

    Reena Jadhav: So true. So true. Or go to a relationship event. You know, you said you host a lot of these workshops. I, I’m a big proponent of just like we go to class to learn stuff, go to a class to learn how to have a great relationship, and that is again, there’s some stigma around it. I think men really have a hard time agreeing to go to a class, a real relationship workshop. Why is that John, and how can a woman get a man to agree to, yes, you honey, let’s go see John Gray and get our relationship issues resolved.

    John Gray: I get that question a lot

    John Gray: The answer to that is actually an introduction of my book. Men are from Mars, which is just how do I get them to read this book and I want to say there’s a lot of men that women wouldn’t read the book, but more so women who said, you know, how do I get him to read this book? When you, when you had a book and say to somebody or seminar and you say, let’s go do this. There’s a feeling inside and sometimes it’s expressed, but sometimes it’s just in the tone of voice, which is you really need this. You need this. That’s human nature.

    Reena Jadhav: defensiveness, right? That’s the Oh, all I’m going to get, all I’m going to hear is how I’m wrong to be all about me having to change and you’re going to sit there and gloat as to how everything I’ve done is wrong and I’m not gonna put myself through that and pay for it.

    John Gray: But you just, you just hit it right on the nail that. Exactly. Uh, and, and I have to say many seminars do that. Okay. They do that many books on relationships and do that because they don’t have the understanding of how men and women are different. They’re just simply written often by, are taught by therapists like me who primarily have women in the office. Not a percent of the people go to therapy are women. So you, you think if you just do this for her and her and her, then they will get better. But there’s a guy over there too and he has needs as well. So we have to understand that we recognize this whole blame thing and change men. But understanding. So in my seminars is about understanding, but Amanda doesn’t know that. So there’ll be resistance to it. So here’s what you do.

    John Gray: You ask, what do you say that I really want to. I read this book by this guy. I’m realizing I make so many mistakes and relationships and I’m going to go to a seminar. I would love for you to come. It would feel very supportive to me, but it’s for me, not you. I just get, you know, I don’t want you to feel like you have to be there, but I would love for you to be there. You’re like, I’ll feel more secure. It’s like uncomfortable for me to go alone, but this is something I really need because I recognize I don’t understand that and I need to understand how to give you more love and support. So you kind of. And whatever your words, you come up with you all own the problems in the relationship yourself and you’re going to get help. And I’m going to go anyway. But it’d be really nice if you were there. I would love it. So there’s no demand request

    Reena Jadhav: and that’s beautiful. It’s a beautiful way of putting it because what it does is it takes away that pressure from the man feeling like it’s my fault because you’re now saying, let’s let me go do what I can do, and now I think the man goes, Hey, wait. I want to help too, because at the end of the day, if they’re in the relationship, there’s there because they loved you and so you’re showing them the way of saying, Hey, let’s let’s improve ourselves and figure out how to have a more loving relationship.

    John Gray: There was an addition to that which is then if it doesn’t go, you go and you come back and why you’re so happy. You had such a good time. It was really fun and you actually demonstrate that you’re a bit more loving now and then you’re going to go again and every man regrets not being able to provide happiness to his partner. He’s going to want to feel like, well, I don’t want to miss out. I want to be there. Whether you know you had so much fun. It was really fun. I met these people and talk with them and share with them is this one guy did an exercise but throwing a little. Another one guy just did an exercise with. It was just so wonderful and the deepest thing inside of a man who’s attached to his wife as he wants to be her for her, he wants to be there.

    Reena Jadhav: What a brilliant idea. See, I didn’t think of it that way. Like, hey, and then go. If he’s not going to go, you go.

    John Gray: That is so key because what happens when men are just as a general concept, what you just said, when when men are in their cave, sometimes they can’t get out. They just don’t feel good about themselves. They don’t have testosterone enough. The brain goes, if I just withdrawal, my testosterone will go up, but the testosterone won’t go up unless you do something you’re good at, so you pull away, you’re in your cave and for some reason your testosterone’s not coming back up. Women will sit around and wait for you to be loving and interested and they feel guilty. Going out and doing something fun because if a woman was in her cave and I went out and had something fun, she goes, oh, he’s having fun without me. He doesn’t love me at all. He’s not like caring for me at all. We’re not that way as men.

    John Gray: If I’m in my cave and and I’m like a Downer for a little while, what she needs to do is not let that bring her down and said, okay, well I see you’re busy. You know, hanging out by yourself. I’m going to go spend time with my girlfriend. I’m going to go shopping. I’m going to go on a trip. Go see some theory, some entertainment or something, and they come back and talk about what a fun time you have. Because see, when women don’t know is that whenever you’re happy, if a man is bonded to you, he takes credit for it. His testosterone starts to come up, will actually pull them out of the gate. If you ignore him, indicate don’t be as mother, don’t take care of them. Go out and do something independent of him to be happy and fulfill that will actually pull them out more so the best way to help them as not as not trying to help him. Men need your field. They’re the providers on a deep level. You testosterone goes up when you go look what I did and your estrogen goes up when you go, look what my partner did for me.

    Reena Jadhav: That’s such great advice there. So before we wrap up, this has been such a great conversation. I have to ask about your Maharishi experience and more importantly about the meditation experience as well as the meditation that you teach them. So tell us a little bit about that.

    John Gray: Well, you know, I did tm for many, many years. I was his personal assistant, live with them around the world. We traveled for nine years and that was my life and I became a master meditator, and meditation was primarily in India. It was primarily taught to men because it actually is about emptying the mind. Okay. Repeating something, a mantra over and over and over, quieting the mind and relaxing into that space. And for many women, when you do that, not all, but for many women when you do that, you actually just get more stressed out because you’re thinking about this and thinking about this and thinking about this, and margie had a genius, which is he explained to people that, well, don’t try to concentrate on the whatever you’re meditating on, but relax and just go with the flow. If you have thoughts, come back, come back, come back.

    John Gray: And that was actually bringing into meditation, more of a feeling. So I’m more relaxed. Part of it, the feminine part of is it relaxed. The masculine part is intensity. So early years of meditation taught in the world. We’re about intensity to forget everything, and then he brought the idea of bringing a little more femininity into it. What I’ve done is recognizing that as spiritual beings, we have full access to both masculine and feminine sides of us. So meditation for both men and women needs to be a focus. That’s the masculine and a flow. That’s the feminine Non Advanced Yoga practice that was always called the foundation of the higher state, which was Samadhi. Samadhi is full absorption, but you would get there by focusing and relaxing at the same time. There was a god, Anna and dion go with the flow. You know how everybody talks about being in the flow.

    John Gray: You’re in the flow right now. I’m in the flow right now. Everything is just moving along like that. That was very rare in the past. People couldn’t do this. They’d have to read from scripts. They couldn’t just source the information and the moment being focused and letting it flow, so we’re kind of in a meditation now, but the key is to go deeper and more profoundly into this so you always have access to being in the flow and for women or men, but particularly it’s the women are really good at this is learning. I call it fingertip meditation, which is you just simply, if you do it right now, you’ll feel it because we’re so connected. Just put your hands up like this, and they do that on tv too, but the point of it is when your hands go up your fingertips, what happens is blood will start to go down and fingertips is how we touch the world and so we’re most sensitive there and so what happens is when blood starts to go down, then you start to feel a little tingling in your fingertips and okay, there we are. You’re starting to feel it, right?

    John Gray: So then what happens? It’s so easy to do this when you had a nice conversation with somebody is you. That’s the meditation. First of all, as you continue to feel that energy with the intent and the intent is to bring in more healing. So now we’re going to add to it. What we’re feeling now is the flow of what the Chinese would call cheap energy. Once you can feel it, you can direct it. And that’s the secret of this meditation, which is as we’re feeling it, you now sort of Lincoln mental link to it, which is, you know, I can just go like that and my fingertips turn on and now the energy starts to flow through my whole body. And the meditation is to allow the all the channels in the body to open up. And you do this with a little intent. Now, if you have a relationship with a higher power, it tends to be more profound. It could be a great spirit of God. It could be to my wife and heaven, whatever, something higher than this physical realm you call on it, and my higher potential. So the little prayer or something like this. As you feel the fingertips, your God, my heart is open to you. Please come. And what that means is come into my awareness.

    John Gray: Please come and right now, heal my body, heal my heart, heal my mind and my spirit. And so many people didn’t have a broken spirit that had such dreams. So we’ll just stick with that one here. My spirit to bring back that inspiration, to open my heart, to trust again, to believe in myself again, heal my heart, heal my spirit, heal my body, and just feel the energy flowing into your body.

    John Gray: Now what you can do is you can listen to music. You could be in a guided meditation, but the key to it is in a meditative practice, you’re also feeling the energy which you feel right now. Right? Is that I started circling again circles. The advanced stage. I have 33 stages of this circling is is the throat Chakra. The energy comes all the way up to there, so circling. His energy’s going out. Energy is coming back. So for people who don’t start goal circle pulls in more. That’s your great success and your abundance in your life as people who can circle the energy, it creates a vortex to pull in more energy into your lives. So circling is beautiful, and then you pull an energy with your third eye. You pull it down, and then with your Crown Chakra opens, as the energy fills up this circle of cocoon.

    John Gray: So then it goes down into. And let it come up and just let this circle be around you, around you, and pulling you in more energy. And as you’re listening to music or a guided visualization, you’re feeling the energy flow and it’s just enjoyment. It’s so refreshing. Anyway, that’s. That’s a meditation which brings the Yin Energy, the feminine energy, which is flow along with intention. See, the key to it is feeling, feeling the sensation. It starts with the fingertips and you’ll see Jesus would put his hands like this. What he was doing is pulling energy down and pulling energy up is that masculine and feminine energy coming together and then sending it blessing through his thumb. So that was what he was doing. Nobody knew this. Nobody understand this then. And why didn’t you get? Because people couldn’t feel. They couldn’t feel the energy in those days. I’ll lead, the masters would, but you’re a master.

    John Gray: Most people can do this if they’re just taught. Buddha would do this, and again, it was circling the energy it was bringing. It was sending energy out with little finger pulling energy in here. It was now exchanging energy with the universe. Letting it come and go out, that’s a third finger, fourth finger, pulling it in and circling, so sustaining the flow, and then this is the circle and he would just circle and from the place of holding the circle, you then pull in divine energy and then there’s other things you do with it. You can send it out, you can bless others with you can the with it and but it’s not the full healing. You have to remember, spirit is one thing, relationships is another, and then we come back to toxicity and poisoning and you know you as a physical reality we have to respect which is why it’s so important for people to understand the fundamentals of wellness and health in terms of what we eat.

    John Gray: I’m big believer in the supplements. You know, my website, I, I teach simple things. Sometimes you know the vitamin C every four hours you’ll never get sick and people don’t know that for hours, but vitamins say humans are the beings on the planet except for bats that don’t make vitamin C an animal. If they get sick, they might do 200 times more. Vitamin C 200 times more, they can yet we don’t have the gene to do it. So it’s like such a simple, cheap solution. Everybody should be doing vitamin C

    Reena Jadhav: and what Vitamin C do you take and how do you take. Do you take an orange juice or do you actually take a little fuzzy pill?

    John Gray: Oh, a 50 pills are good. That guy did those who started. That was brilliant. He even showed that his brain grew more than other people. As he got older, his brain got bigger cause vitamin C is super antioxidant, but you have to keep it in your body every four hours to six hours.

    John Gray: You lose it, so you have to sustain it. That’s the one thing I’ll do regular. I do, uh, for me, I do like Soma, vitamin C, light bulbs, Somo. For those that don’t know, it’s becomes fat soluble so you don’t lose it right away that way. I do it twice a day and it’s in my system all the time. Uh, I do a thousand, a thousand milligrams twice a day, vitamin C then the other one, which is everybody relationship needs. If you have arguments or fights are, that’s the worst thing for the brain because your cortisol goes up at that time and that causes brain degeneration and imbalance in brain function and the number one men role to assist you and balancing the brain. So power is lithium. Lithium is known as for that. People think it’s a drug. It’s not. It’s just a and it cures bipolar.

    John Gray: Bipolar is just extremes. Okay? Most geniuses have those extremes. If you’re really smart. That’s just normal. Okay? Our Diet doesn’t give you enough lithium to produce that many brain chemicals. Lithium is like the master balancer of the Yin and Yang and your brain and balances the absorption of calcium and magnesium and the brain to produce dopamine and Serotonin. And what happens is lithium is high and beats. That’s why in Russia where you get no sunshine and people will be depressed. They borsch because it’s deep.

    John Gray: You know, this is like super food. The psycho as these spas, these natural spas, they have lithium, uh, and people who are depressed, anxious, couldn’t sleep, spending a few hours in the spa which has lithium in it, and you’d sleep while your depression, your anxiety, which temporarily go away.

    John Gray: So that’s how they created the drug lithium and they just took, they took it out of the ground lithium carbonate and they gave it to people, but they didn’t get that effect. Then what they did is they gave him a huge amount, 500 times the dose that your brain needs and it would have an effect because it wasn’t getting into the brain across the blood brain barrier and it has to be a natural foods for minerals to cross the blood brain barrier. So just taking out of the ground, it didn’t cross the barrier. You didn’t get the benefit of your brain. Then Dr Hans Nieper discovered, well, let’s just mimic nature and let’s get something called a mother’s milk, a oratic acid and bond it to the minerals. And oratic acid is a carrier to carry the lithium into the brain, the magnesium into the brain, the calcium into the brain, into the brain.

    John Gray: These are all necessary for the neurons to function right. And he bonded these different minerals to erratic acid to become lithium, orotate, calcium orotate, magnesium, orotate and zinc, or very important minerals for functioning of the brain. Every neuron needs them. So with low doses of this just a little bit, you know, a tiny, tiny bit like four and a half milligrams of Lithium Orotate, you know, 20 milligrams of calcium orotate. What you do is you feed the brain what you’re not getting in your diet. And why are we not getting in our diet. I’m sure you’ve talked about the food today is empty, but also when you eat carbohydrates, the processed carbohydrates and they give you a buzz. Anything that makes you feel really happy and motivated or drugs deplete your lithium apps. So then that’s. So you get the high will always be followed by the law and all kinds of dysfunctions.

    John Gray: But you can actually take every day. I’ve been doing it for 25 years, taking a little bit of lithium, Orotate, a little bit of calcium orotate, magnesium Orotate, and I explained how the right doses of that at my website for people if they want to be interested in doing that. And the interesting thing about it, it’s not a drug has no side effects nontoxic and it’s over the counter. You just can’t find it in health food stores. You got to get it online and you don’t feel any different. Users don’t feel anxious, you just don’t feel you feel normal. It’s the most normal thing. You know, if you take a low dose lsd or low dose Payoti, low dose drugs, they make you feel really good, but you’re not you. I mean you’re literally an altered state. This, you’re just, you, you’re normal and it’s just so wonderful to be high on normal and that’s what minerals can provide along with a good diet.

    John Gray: There’s no one thing, but minerals is a big thing for us. You know, our society today with so much sugar that immediately. So that’s more of the nutritional side of it. I’m a big believer and then the relationship side of it, and of course the spiritual side of it, which is the energy of the divine force and to know we’re not alone in the universe because one of the biggest sources of stress is it field that were not needed. We’re disconnected. We’re not loved, we’re not good enough, and that’s where spirituality comes in because we connect with spirit. Spirit has the wisdom inside of it, our spirit here that were here in this world for a reason. We’re on a mission. Every single person is needed in some way for this world to be a better place, and this world is grace. Everything that happens to you, whether you know it or not, is happening to teach you a lesson to grow. That’s the reality. If you’re coming from a place of accountability, if you’re not, that’s not your reality. You’re just bouncing around, but this chaotic universe,

    Reena Jadhav: it’s so much more beautiful when you recognize that everything that’s happening is coming from a place of grace

    John Gray: and that’s your group. That’s your beauty and that is your success, right there is when you can look back at your life. This is another. It’s not discipline. Looking back at your life and realizing I could not be in the place I’m in today, had that not happened, had that not happened, had that not happened and that’s part of my journey and we’re all in this world on a journey, a healing journey, a growing journey, and the universe is here to provide for us and every single thing, if you’re tuned in is there as a gift and it’s not always what you want to happen either, but it’s you learned from it and you adjust for it and we all have our different destinies and so forth, and some people do not achieve theirs because they don’t have the support to come back to opening their heart. It’s all about keeping our heart open and that’s where our health and our happiness and our destiny unfolds.

    Reena Jadhav: Well. Such incredible information, John. Thank you so much so much for gracing us today for sharing your brilliant insights or wisdom. I loved doing this meditation. I feel like I slept for an hour. It’s amazing. It’s so relaxing. I love this. Thank you so much for everything that you do and for the rest of you, remember, this is also a video interview with your wife. You’re listening to this on a podcast. You can check it out on healthbootcamps as a video interview. There’s going to be stuff in the show notes, including links to John’s of course, supplements and books and courses, and anything else that might be of interest to you and for me, the biggest takeaway for me in this very enlightening conversation is that the older we get, the more sex we need, so I’m going to make a note of that and with that said, I’m wishing you all and incredibly loving, joyful day in life ahead. Stay tuned to the next podcast and I will see you soon. John. Thank you so much.

    John Gray: Such a pleasure. Thank you.

     

    Reversing Auto-immune Disease With Dr. Will Cole

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    John Gray

    WEBSITE:
    www.marsvenus.com

    SOCIAL MEDIA:
    www.facebook.com/Mars.Venus.John.Gray
    twitter.com/marsvenus
    www.youtube.com/JohnGrayMarsVenus

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!

  • What’s Your Mental Fitness Score?

    What’s Your Mental Fitness Score?

    By Reena A Jadhav

    My friend Audrey works out five days a week. On the sixth day, she does Bikram Yoga in sweltering heat. Then on the seventh day, she “rests” by doing an 8-mile walk.

    Know someone like that?

    Yes, we all know that one person who exhausts us, just by telling us their workout routine. As a nation, we spend over $26 billion annually, on fitness. That’s great; we’re looking hotter, wearing muscle shirts and lifting our body weight on our pinkies. In fact, in our online health bootcamps, the fitness section ends up being very popular!

    However, let’s talk about mental fitness for a change. Suicides of stars such as the iconic Anthony Bourdain or beloved designer, Kate Spade are shining a much-needed spotlight on our mental health crisis which is costing us of $200 billion and affects about 60 million Americans. Yup, 1 in 4 Americans suffers from some mental illness every year. It’s very likely that this number excludes the underreported teen mental health crisis.

    So what is going on?

    Some of the mental health issues are complex and inescapable, and my heart goes out to those struggling to heal from them.

    However, a portion of this crisis, in my opinion, is due to our mental “obesity”. We are mentally fat and out of shape, incapable of handling this crazy roller coaster ride, called life. Our mental muscles are weak and flabby from overstimulation and overfeeding on a buffet of mentally disturbing media tweets, posts, alerts, and dings.

    We have to remember that we are a beautifully brilliant mental program that’s absorbing everything around us.

    Unfortunately, what we absorb today by the way of mouth, sight, sound, smell, and emotions is driving our less than joyful mental state.

    It’s time we started treating our mind as the muscle that it is, and feed and flex it to keep it strong! In my opinion, the feeding of our mind includes not just nutrition but also sleep, socializing and social media.

    So, if we watch crap, eat crap, and sleep like crap, we are bound to feel and act like crap. Hanging out with crappy people? Guess how you’re going to feel the next day?

    I see it as simple math that no one mentioned to me when I talked to my primary care doctor years ago. Her terse reply was, “what do you expect, you’ve got two little kids, a full-time startup job and a traveling husband. Its normal to feel weepy and exhausted.”

    Now looking back, having conducted 75+ interviews with health pioneers, I can say definitely that it was not normal and it was totally fixable.

    Every day, every action either feeds your mind to joy or jitters.

    I wasn’t sleeping well, eating right or breathing and resting. I was literally doing everything to contribute to a terrible state of mind,

    So, whenever you feel sad, anxious, angry or reactive, take some time to think about what you’ve been feeding your mind lately. Better yet, become mindful of giving your mind exactly what it needs to stay fit!

    Check out the short and totally unscientific quiz below that I crafted to help you gauge your mental fitness. Then scroll down to see your results and the explanation for the quiz. Let’s get started!

    MENTAL FITNESS QUIZ

    1. Do you laugh at least 3 times each day with genuine (not fake!) glee and find joy in small things?
    2. Do you have the willpower to say NO to that extra brownie, drink, smoke, or double cheeseburger 90 percent of the time?
    3. Do you get at least seven hours of deep restorative sleep every night?
    4. Do you view social media, TV, Netflix etc for less than 2 hours every day?
    5. Are you consciously grateful for the little things like running warm water and almond milk at Starbucks?
    6. Do you spend time with people you love at least once a week?
    7. Do you get out in nature and say hello to the sun for at least 30 minutes a day, 5 times a week?
    8. Are you loved? Do you love yourself?
    9. Do you rest and breathe deeply several times a day for a few minutes?
    10. Do your meals include 50% healthy fats, fresh fruits, and vegetables?

    SCORE

    THE BOSS: MENTAL ROCKSTAR (8-10 YES)

    If you answered YES to about 80% of the questions above, your mind is rock solid. You are the boss of your emotions and you’re not about to let anyone tell you how to feel or what to feel. You know you are in a creation of love and are strong enough to handle any crap that may come your way. Also, you have strong boundaries and try to live mindfully.

    THE INTERN: MENTAL MIDSTAR (5-8 YESes)

    If you answered YES to at least 50% of the questions above, that’s a good start! However, you’re definitely not in charge yet. You’re like an intern, still doing what others tell you to do. Like a poor intern, your emotions are on a roller coaster depending on the 10 factors above. For you, a bad day is just one social media post away. Or around the corner from one sleepless night. It’s an exhausting way to live and you’re probably moody as heck!

    Remedy: Keep a diary and track which of the above-mentioned skills you need to work on to become the Boss!

    THE JANITOR: MENTAL ROOKIE (0-4 YESes)

    If you answered Yes to 4 or less, you’re probably familiar with mental messiness. Janitors have the fun job of cleaning up all the mess and so do you.  Your mental mess maybe the extra or unwarranted irritability, anger, anxiety, fear or just a constant stream of negative self-talk. You may be contemplating using or already using sleeping pills, happy pills, wake up pills, weight loss pills and any other pill you hope will fix whatever you think is broken.

    Sadly, no pill will. But there’s great news still: YOU can fix your problems!

    Remedy: Take each question above and figure out how to get to a YES on it. Take your time, but be sure to get that question to a yes before you move to the next. Eventually, life should get lighter, easier, and more engaging. Before you know it, you’ll be the Boss of your emotions and a heavyweight champ in mental fitness.

    (Legal disclaimer: See your doctor before you make any change to anything).

    QUIZ EXPLAINED

    So you’re probably wondering what the science is behind this totally unscientific mental fitness quiz created in a Starbucks while sipping steamed almond milk with nutmeg?

    Having interviewed almost 60 brilliant health practitioners I’m sharing how I came up with the quiz questions and the recommendations.

     1. Do you laugh at least 3 times each day with genuine (not fake!) glee and find joy in small things?
    Our brain creates pathways based on emotions. The more often you travel on the same emotional path, the more your brain subconsciously jumps onto that pathway. Translation – if you tend to laugh a lot, you’ll laugh even more. If you tend to find faults often, everything will always appear faulty. So the great news about this revelation is that we can fake our way to mental fitness. Find reasons to laugh (watch cat videos, memes, comedy channels, whatever tickles you) and you’ll find more and more things funny and entertaining.

     2. Do you have the willpower to say NO to that extra brownie, drink, smoke, double cheeseburger 90 percent of the time?
    If you remember your first yoga class or your first marathon, then you know what it means to push through when your body is screaming “NO WAY”. Willpower is the basis of mental fitness. Having the power to say No to spending an hour on Facebook, or simply deleting your twitter account is a significant piece of mental fitness. Otherwise, you’re merely one step away from being a robot programmed by the masterminds around you. Just like it takes willpower to walk away from a Krispy Kreme doughnut in the office kitchen, it takes serious willpower to walk away from negative self-talk. But, you can develop the inner strength if you focus on it. Start small, make a list of what you should be saying “No” to but aren’t. Then get started with one item at a time. Before you know it, you’ll be in charge with a strongly developed “No” mental muscle.

     3. Do you get at least seven hours of deep restorative sleep every night?

    According to so many studies, if you lose sleep, you lose your mind. There are hundreds of studies that show an undeniable connection between sleep and the mind. So if you’re a proud night owl, insomniac or a college student, your constant thoughts of misery may just your brain being sad about not getting enough zzzs. For some of us on the wrong side of 40 years, we would like to sleep, but can’t quite seem to catch that perfect snooze. Thanks to a little help from my podcast guests I now sleep like a baby. My secret potion? I apply some magnesium and take a drop of vitamin D with K. If you’re getting less than 7 hours of quality sleep, prioritize fixing it. These days there are such great natural sleep supporters that you have no reasons to suffer poor sleep. Just remember sleeping pills are not the answer, according to various doctors. It is vital to get natural, deep, restorative sleep.

     4. Are you on social media, TV, Netflix etc for less than 2 hours every day?
    Imagine eating the buffet at Bellagio, the Venetian and Mandalay Bay combined, at the same time, and for free? That is exactly what happens to our minds on social media! Naturally, our mind enjoys living vicariously through other people. Lying in bed scrolling through a celebrity’s social media feed, reading about a recent feud or reading someone’s food recipe is to our brain what a bubble bath is to our body. It just wants to sink in with a glass of wine and never come out. But then, there’s the subconscious thought flow that accompanies the passive scrolling: “I’m not as pretty, as rich, or as successful, as ____” producing an inevitable sense of sadness. The results of studies performed to evaluate emotional states after Facebook binging are not pretty. Worse still, the stories we often get riled up about on social media, in the news, or on Netflix are just that — stories! Perfectly filtered to feed our lowest emotions. Do not fall for them. It is time to take back your sanity! Limit social media and entertainment consumption to less than 1 hour a day, total. Instead, read a good book or go for a walk with a friend.

     5. Are you grateful for the little things like running warm water and almond milk at Starbucks?
    While social media can make you feel unloved and “not very special”, gratitude can fix it in less than 5 minutes every day. It is the closest thing to a “silver bullet” for all that ails you. For one thing, you can’t be grateful and sad/angry/anxious at the same time. So make up a list of specific things you are truly grateful for and read them daily! What I did during my two years of my health crisis is write a word of gratitude in the morning and right before bed. I ended up creating The Health Journal, a weekly health tracking and inspirational journal, as there was nothing easy or quick to track gratitude and my health. I’m not the only fan, check out what Kelly Noonan Gores says in our interview on the HEAL documentary.

    Just start by acknowledging simple, wonderful things that happen daily, like waking up! Jokes aside, millions don’t wake up every single day, so if you woke up that’s worthy of a little gratitude (according to Sadhguru) and me! Now that I’ve developed this practice, I find myself constantly saying thanks – for a delicious brownie that I couldn’t eat a year ago to the warm hugs from my teen daughters.

     6. Do you spend time with people you love at least once a week?
    There’s a sad transition that happens between childhood to adulthood. We stop hanging out with the people who love us unconditionally (ahem, parents) and start spending time with those who we want to associate with for various reasons. That might mean choosing the mean but popular kids in high school, the hot/cool teens in college, or the boring boss who controls your promotion. Nevertheless, we are subconsciously aware that these are transactional and transitional relationships built on some form of codependency and not love. As I get older, I realize how crucial it is that I cultivate loving relationships with people who respect me for who I truly am inside. Even the presence of only one loving friend can bring you a sense of general well-being. Yes, your spouse counts too! Prioritize spending time with people who really love you, from your family to those few friends who will drop everything if you ever need them.

     7. Do you get out in nature and “say hello” to the sun for at least 30 minutes a day, 5 times a week?

    As humans, we have gone from living under the sun and in nature to living inside and under artificial lights. This has changed everything. We often forget that the sun and moon power our design in a significant way. Our brains are wired to pick up cues from the sun, and our body needs the sun for thousands of processes (not found in a bottle called, Vitamin D+ K, although I take it regardless).  We need nature to keep us in balanced and in rhythm, yet, so few of us spend time having a picnic or a hike over the weekend. After sleeping, this is the second most important of the ten factors for mental fitness. It’s virtually a shortcut to better fitness! Schedule your daily lunch in the sun with your feet on the grass, instead of eating in a tiny cubicle, and watch everything get better! I am not exaggerating. Try it for 40 days and share your experience in the comments.

     8. Are you loved? Do you feel loved?

    Can you look in the mirror and say, “I love you” without cringing? Try it. It took me months before I could do it without giggling or making funny faces at myself. One of my favorite authors and inspirational speakers, Louise Hay, introduced this concept and calls it mirror work. The brilliant and famous psychologist to the stars, Marisa Peer, talks about the critical importance of being able to say, “I am enough.” A great antidote to the world making us feel unworthy is to look in the mirror and repeat, “I love you.” In my interview with Dawson Church on beating anxiety, he said at the very end that the most important thing anyone can do is to love themselves. It sounds easy, but so few of us treat ourselves the way we treat others. Track how many times you are mean to yourself with words like, “you idiot” or “stupid you.” How many times do you acknowledge that you love YOU? Every cell is listening, and they need to know that you love them no matter your size, color, level of education, bank balance, or accomplishments. Ensuring that you love you is the single most valuable thing you can do, starting today. Other than, you know, sleep, sun and laughing.

     9. Do you rest and breathe deeply at least a few times a day?

    Somehow rushing around has become a norm. Trying to pack three days of work into one has become a thing of pride. Perhaps not for all of us, but some of us. This only ends in sheer exhaustion. Rushing around creates many ripples with an overall dangerous impact. First, it makes you breathe poorly. You begin to experience shallow and quick breathing which creates a lack of high-quality oxygen needed by cells. Second, constantly hurrying signals to your brain that there’s a tiger somewhere (your body uses breathing to figure out when to release fight or flight hormones) which propels it into action by changing your chemical composition in seconds. More glucose is released, your digestion shuts down, sending more blood to your extremities. Your body is ready to fight or run and certainly not prepared for that sandwich you’re wolfing down while driving madly through traffic. Then, we wonder why digestive issues are the new epidemic! So, take time to rest, as your grandmother did. Rest after lunch. Take breath breaks where you simply sit for 5 minutes and a deep breath. Check out some great breathing exercises for anxiety with Dr. Mukta Khalsa here.

     10. Do your meals include 50% good fats, fresh fruits, and vegetables?

    Finally, we cannot conclude any fitness talk without a section on nutrition. After all, without food, we die. However, because our poor minds cannot speak as loudly as our cravings, they are ignored. So, I’m here to remind you that your mind would like some good fats, like avocado and olive oil, to feel safe and loved. It would love some juicy organic in-season fruit to feed its creative juices. It would like some dark greens as a connection to our beautiful planet. Feeding our mind a diet of lab-made food (sorry, but did you think that chicken nugget was real food for your mind?) only creates a huge deficit, which no amount of sleep is going to balance. Just like your car won’t drive on good wishes, your mind isn’t getting fit on nuggets. I’m not making a case to boycott nuggets if that’s your thing, but it should be an occasional treat. Prioritize feeding your mind for fitness. It will reward you with a burst of joy like you’ve never experienced before.

    Let’s prioritize mental fitness and together create a more loving life experience for all!

     

    Follow Reena on Twitter @reenajadhav Linkedin www.linkedin.com/in/reena or Facebook Reena Jadhav

    Never miss her articles, subscribe to our blog alerts here >

  • #1 Secret of Master Manifesters With Dr. Dawson Church

    #1 Secret of Master Manifesters With Dr. Dawson Church

     

    HealthBootcamps YoutubeHealthBootcamps Buy The Book

    Dawson Church, PhD, is an award-winning author whose best-selling book The Genie in Your Genes (www.YourGeniusGene.com) has been hailed by reviewers as a breakthrough in our understanding of the link between emotions and genetics. His follow-up title Mind to Matter, (www.MindToMatter.club) reviews the science of peak mental states. He founded the National Institute for Integrative Healthcare (www.NIIH.org) to study and implement promising evidence-based psychological and medical techniques. His groundbreaking research has been published in prestigious scientific journals. He is the editor of Energy Psychology: Theory, Research, and Treatment, a peer-reviewed professional journal (www.EnergyPsychologyJournal.org) and a blogger for the Huffington Post. He shares how to apply the breakthroughs of energy psychology to health and athletic performance through EFT Universe (www.EFTUniverse.com), one of the largest alternative medicine sites on the web.

     

    Reversing Auto-immune Disease With Dr. Will Cole

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    Dawson Church

    WEBSITE:
    mindtomatter.club

    SOCIAL MEDIA:
    www.facebook.com/EFTUniverse
    www.instagram.com/dawson.church.3
    www.linkedin.com/in/dawson-church-68b4a8
    twitter.com/EFTUniverse

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!

  • Book Summary “Mind to Matter” By Dawson Church

    Book Summary “Mind to Matter” By Dawson Church

     

    HealthBootcamps iTunesHealthBootcamps SoundcloudHealthBootcamps YoutubeHealthBootcamps Buy The Book

    Read the Transcript Below the Bio

    Dawson Church, PhD, is an award-winning author whose best-selling book The Genie in Your Genes (www.YourGeniusGene.com) has been hailed by reviewers as a breakthrough in our understanding of the link between emotions and genetics. His follow-up title Mind to Matter, (www.MindToMatter.club) reviews the science of peak mental states. He founded the National Institute for Integrative Healthcare (www.NIIH.org) to study and implement promising evidence-based psychological and medical techniques. His groundbreaking research has been published in prestigious scientific journals. He is the editor of Energy Psychology: Theory, Research, and Treatment, a peer-reviewed professional journal (www.EnergyPsychologyJournal.org) and a blogger for the Huffington Post. He shares how to apply the breakthroughs of energy psychology to health and athletic performance through EFT Universe (www.EFTUniverse.com), one of the largest alternative medicine sites on the web.

    Join HealCircles to get free trusted support for greater health!

    healcircles

    Are you serious about your health?

    Then we have a gift to encourage you! Click here for our founder’s Free Health Journal. it gives you 30 days of free weekly tracking of your moods, diet, meds, symptoms, notes, goals and gratitude.

    free health journal

     


    TRANSCRIPT:

    This is auto-generated and may have mistakes. Please listen to the interview for accuracy.

    Reena Jadhav: Hi everyone. It’s Reena and today we were talking about the power of our mind to transform our lives, to create matter literally, and my guest today is Dr. Dawson Church. Hi, Dr. Dawson, welcome.

    Dr. Dawson: Reena, it is so good to be here. Thanks for having me.

    Reena Jadhav: My pleasure. Now, a little background. For those of you who are listening to this on a podcast, please note it’s also a video interview, so you can of course always access it on health bootcamps. Please note there’ll be a lot of links and information shared in the show notes, so when you do get a chance, check out the post once we do release this interview. With that said, let me introduce Dr. Dawson Church, who is brilliant, a maverick, a transformative genius. He’s an award-winning author whose best selling book the genie in your genes, was hailed as a breakthrough in our understanding of the link between emotions and genetics. He then followed up with the title might have mattered, and this is going to be a master class interview on mine to matter which reviews the science of peak mental states. I can’t wait to talk about the state of flow because that is where we all need to be to live the amazing lives that we are supposed to. He also found that the National Institute for Integrative Healthcare and he’s implemented promising evidence-based psychological and medical techniques. His groundbreaking research has been published in prestigious scientific journals. He’s also the editor of energy psychology theory research and treatment. Dr. Dawson, welcome again.

    Dr. Dawson: Again, it’s wonderful to be here and I just love sharing this information. I’m wild, passionately excited about these new healing breakthroughs. I’m so glad to have the ability to share them with your community. Thank you.

    Reena Jadhav: So let’s get started with the introduction. The metaphysics meet science, but what is that?

    Dr. Dawson: Well, it’s so funny because, uh, I have always been a person who had a deep sense of inner purpose and meaning and felt very connected to the universe, but I was about 15 years old. I had this transformative experience. I just felt one day I was very depressed, very lonely, a very socially isolated when I was, I was a kid. I remember once walking past a, a, a, a big full length mirror in a hotel when I was 15 years old and looking at my face and I looked at my own face, 15 years old, teenager and I, I, my voice, my head said that’s the saddest face I’ve ever seen. I was toxic, depressed and miserable and I had a pretty rough childhood and a lot of challenges growing up. So that’s where I was. And they had this transformative experience. Monday when I suddenly felt the universe was full of love and love me and I, I just was aware of this and it, it completely changed my life.

    Dr. Dawson: I joined a spiritual community idea to study the great tradition, the great masters, and I’ve always found that having mystical experience is very natural and in fact every spiritual tradition in every way philosophy culminates in mysticism and these are people who have direct experiences by holding the book nonlocal mind, but it’s also wonderful that we have the ability of science to demonstrate things and measure things. So I just approach both worlds, both mysticism and science with, with delight and see them as being two August of the same coin and reduction to the book. I talk about one of the many experiences I’ve had a there was really just freaky just blew my mind. And what had happened was when I was doing a writing retreat in Hawaii, I was on the southern tip of the island of Kauai and there’s a beautiful beach. They’re called low Lai beach. And so each day my writing retreat, I would, um, I would leave the condo for a little while.

    Dr. Dawson: I drive to some beautiful spot. I would leave all of my stork lane or diving gear in the back of the jeep had rented. I go out for a swim snorkel route for an hour or two, then go back white support and when I got back from that particular trip I left the border, walked over to the jeep, put my hands in my pocket and the keys weren’t there with the jeep. He is not there. The condo keys were, were clipped to there. It’s, and I couldn’t get into my condo, couldn’t get into my jeep, so I thought, no big deal. I’ll just, uh, I’ll just go back and walk through, sit through the sand. I’m sure I’ll find them, didn’t find them. Eventually I, I, I began to go back into the water. I’ve swum, but it’s, it’s a huge bay. It’s like, you know, maybe a quarter mile long, quarter-mile deep.

    Dr. Dawson: And there was all, this is Carl about 10, 12 feet down. And here I was searching for too little keys on a key ring in this massive expanse of ocean. But I just kept myself regulated. I kept practicing the techniques in the book feeling a sense of gratitude and centering. And after an hour though, it was getting dark and it was obviously a fool’s errand. So I, as I’m swimming back, there was a father in three little three boys, teenage boys who just entered the water for a quick swim before sunset. And my intuition just prompts me to swim over to them. And I said to the group of four for men, I said, I see you guys have been swimming around here that any of you by any chance find anything on the bottom. And the youngest boy holds up my keys.

    Reena Jadhav: Oh my gosh.

    Dr. Dawson: There are so many synchronous experiences like that that I’ve had in my life. And it makes me aware that if we live trapped into our small limited human selves, and when I called the local mind, we have only a fraction of the experience we could have. But when we, when we let go of that playing global reality and we merged with the universe with that mystical state with nonlocal nine, then we have access to information that is just a tab when we’re stuck down here at the level of local minds. So I open the book with that story and what says nonlocal mind Nanako. Mine is the universal field of consciousness and intelligence and me, I show in the book that our brains are transceivers have this nonlocal mind and it’s where it’s conscious consciousness creating the world and various ways. And the example I use a, there’s a wonderful field of science called emergence.

    Dr. Dawson: And emergence is the study of these spontaneously arising order that comes out of complex systems and examples, key examples, our flocks of birds in one of the videos I have in the book, I a have a link at the end of each chapter to a bonus page. We can go and watch videos, get lists of people that all kinds of interesting things I can’t do on a page. And so, uh, one of the links there is to a four-minute video of a flock of starlings in this block, there are 4 million birds for a million of these tiny little birds. Starlings, add, Reena. They are all moving in synchrony because they are electing a president to say, you know, I think we’ll fly left out or right direction signals. They’re and if they’re able to emerge, what I asked people in my live workshops by challenged people within the book is, do you think that that happens all over nature and doesn’t happen for you?

    Dr. Dawson: That’s the. That’s not the local line. That’s the universal consciousness and we can learn to shift ourselves from this focus in the local mind, nonlocal mind what happens in our brains, and it’s really interesting. Our prefrontal cortex is part of the brain right in front of the frontal lobes of here. It goes quiet and what I do when I hook people up to EGs and measure their brain activity when they tune into nonlocal nine, all the parts of the brain that have to do with my knee mine, I am a man. I live in California. I’m wearing a black shirt. I at Blah Blah, blah, blah. All this. The story about who we are, a part of the mind goes, goes quiet, and the part of the mind that has to do with happiness lights up so you’re losing yourself in that state of bliss. I also talk about the neurotransmitter changes have happened in your brain and the hormones in your body you see have floods of this bonding hormone, oxytocin, you have huge rises in your basic cell communication and cell repair Hormone DHDA, your stress hormones adrenaline and cortisol drop, and then you have these neurotransmitters in your brain like the reward neurotransmitter, Serotonin and mean.

    Dr. Dawson: Those, those start to shift the amounts they have and where they’re acting in the brain, and this one molecule called anatomy of the bliss molecule increases tremendously in the brains of people who are doing this. So when you are having this expanded experience are being part of not a local mind. When you were limited, when you’re, when you’re letting go of your limited human self and blending just the way those 4 million startings do your life synchronous, you find your keys, you find your soulmate, you find where you’re going in your life. You live with passion. You wake up every morning and say, a universe, what miraculous bring me today. I caught ways to find out

    Reena Jadhav: and I have lived at three. It’s the most beautiful experience. You don’t like you. I’m, I thought it was a freaky experience because I’ve been meditating now for two years. It was one of the step ones and really me getting my health back was getting this under control and, and that’s exactly it. I, you know, my, my children now, now laugh and joke about this, but I’ll get free drinks at Starbucks or I’ll. I always find the most amazing part in spot always. And it’s become a big joke like always drive with mom because she gets the parking spot always. You are right. It’s interesting how when you were plugged into the universe, the universe is just out there giving things to you. It’s just this life of abundance. It’s amazing. Not that hard to get there. So, um, so I can’t wait to get into the next chapter is where you’re going to share more about how some of our listeners and viewers can get into that state of, all right, chapter one, how our brains shape the world. What is the essence of that chapter?

    Dr. Dawson: We used to think in science that the brain grew till the age of about 17, 18 years old. I never static our whole lives off of that, but with the discovery of neuroplasticity, first of all, I think Biden sixteens and then later on, rediscovery in the eighties and nineties that we’ve yet to realize that our brains are changing and often the changing radically and rapidly and so the old model of the static brain has given way to a new model of a dynamic brain. The work of Nobel laureate Eric Kandel showed that if you pause a signal through a bundle of neurons over and over and over again for an hour, but the number of synaptic connections, the number of connections in that Neural Bible can double in one hour. So what I point out to people is that your brain is not static. As you use your brain, as you use neural surface, you will literally increase them.

    Dr. Dawson: Now, this is wonderful if you let him play the piano, you are lending Italian. You’re learning to relate to your husband or your wife or your child or your dying or whoever it is. If you’re learning a new skill, powerful, but there’s a dark side to it, and the dark side is that if you have signals passing through the surface that are carrying the signals of anxiety, of fear or anger or resentment of guilt and blame, shame, negative emotions, those are getting bigger and bigger and bigger. Uh, according to the World Health Organization and the NIH and the US depression last about eight months. The average course of depression loss into depression and you come out again, anxiety as well. People can get eggs actually phobic and they often do recover PTSD. They don’t. With Ptsd, they often get worse and worse and worse and liken our non-profit called the veteran’s stress project.

    Dr. Dawson: We treat veterans PTSD. We get calls from husbands and wives and daughters and sons and parents of veterans who say that things like, you know, my, my husband got back from Vietnam in 72 and here it is more than 40 years later and he’s getting crazier. What do I do? Can I, how can I help? Because if you’re passing those signals through the circuits that govern hypervigilance and flashbacks and nightmares and avoidance and all the symptoms of Ptsd, you get worse. Most one of the guys who really helped me get EFT into the Va, you h here’s this, this, this technique we use to treat PTSD. And um, he was, he got back from Vietnam in 1972 and he, he in that PTSD set up, so I’m fine. And he looked fine on the outside in 1996. Okay, this is 30 years later.

    Dr. Dawson: He woke up one night and he had his hands around his wife’s neck and he was strangling her in his sleep. At that point he said, I think I have a problem, but it’s in Va. Uh, we treated them with EFT. He learned heart math and other great method and he recovered fully. But that’s, that’s the insidious thing about negative thinking, negative emotions, catastrophizing, all of those things. If you’re parsing that signal through those neural circuits over and over and over again, your brain is changing. So I, that’s why I really urge people to learn techniques like meditation, like EFT, because you then kick in positive neuroplasticity and the case history I have in chapter one, Reena this case, when I read this case history, I wanted to tell the world it was so remarkable that it just absolutely stunned me. So I told the story in chapter one of the really skeptical journalist whose name was Graham Phillips.

    Dr. Dawson: He was astrophysicist you worked as a tv journalist. He didn’t believe in any of this move of stuff that you and I talk about at all. He was a hard-bitten. He was a man, the man, he was a. We pull them in the UK, a rugger buggers, guys, guys, guys, guys who play rugby. He was a sportsperson and rugged individualist, studied, learned about, heard about meditations. They said, I’m going to take an eight week meditation course, and because he was a tv journalist, he did it all on tv and he went into the local university and they gave him a comprehensive battery of tests including MRIs and they measured all the different parts of his brain, the different lobes of his brain, the different substructures within each part of his brain. They mapped his brain comprehensively with an MRI and so that was day one. Then in two months, eight weeks later, we went back into that same university, Monash University, and it is the second set of tests with him and a second brain scan, a second MRI, and they found taking a sip of water here for dramatic effect. And they found

    Reena Jadhav: and they found. You suspense, music

    Dr. Dawson: bound changes in his brain and just eight weeks and the part of the brain that had grown the most. It’s called the dentate gyrus. And it governs emotional regulation across different areas of the Brain. So if you have a big bulky dentate gyrus and a lot of information flow and then you’ll get triggered by other drivers. On the road or buy things your colleague says, I’ll buy your wife or your husband or your daughter or whoever it might be in your life. See a much calmer if you have the ability to regulate your emotions. Regulating your emotions is the key to happiness. If you aren’t good at, if you want to be hijacked by negative emotions or even positive buttons, then you have a stable life. Graham Phillips, his brain, they found it in eight weeks. His dentate gyrus grew by 22 points eight percent in eight weeks. That’s how fast our brains are remodeling themselves in response to our minds, our consciousness. When we changed our consciousness, we literally changed the hardware of our bodies.

    Reena Jadhav: And how old was he at the time?

    Dr. Dawson: He was around 45. The late forties.

    Reena Jadhav: Yeah. So I’m older than that, so that means I still have hope, right? One of the challenges we face is people think, well, gosh, I’m too old now and I think our society kind of feeds into that. You know, those of you who’ve heard my interviews, you know, that’s what I was told over and over again. Like, get over it. Lady, you’re getting older, deal with their symptoms, like don’t be a whiny baby about this. What do you expect? And I’m so encouraged when I hear stories like this where you said it was middle-aged man who was able to dramatically improve his quality of life simply from six weeks or eight weeks or however long a different person might take of meditation. And how often do you think he meditated?

    Dr. Dawson: He was doing daily mindfulness and meditation. So he was already practicing that sincerely

    Reena Jadhav: How long do you think on a given day though?

    Dr. Dawson: uh, how long rotations. What I find that I’ve done a lot of EEG is the people meditating and we find that it takes them a certain amount of time to learn that kind of calm state and then they drop in. So, uh, there’s, there’s, there’s acquiring the state and what matters is less how long you meditate and how long it takes you to drop into that state. And so, um, that’s when he meditates, released when he starts. For me, what I was meditating initially, it took me about 40 minutes to drop in or that I might’ve had 20 minutes of real meditation, but now we refine these techniques and we have them all in line and now we get people there.

    Dr. Dawson: Like I’ve, I’ve large groups, son and omega, the New York open center. I teach at Ollie’s, these teachings institutions, and we sit them down. We have to close their eyes. They go through a set of mechanical instructions telling the body to do various postures. We even a certain rhythm and Reena, within 90 seconds on the first day, one and a half minutes on the first day there, there, there’s a lady who emailed us last week. We, we put up her, uh, her email up on our website. It’s a beautiful story. My name is Tony Tom Wilson, as you said, I’m overwhelmed. I’m a mom with kids. I just, I have no time. I try to meditate. I’ve always failed. And uh, I sat down to do your meditation in my mind. Said, Tony, you’re just wasting your time. You’ve never been able to get that state. You won’t be able to do it now, and she said, I used to be able to do the breathing you recommend, and suddenly my heart was full of bliss.

    Dr. Dawson: My eyes filled with tears and I was there. And then she said, I’m going to do this every day. And that’s what I to do is inspire people with a simple meditation method to spend just a little while. So it takes 30 seconds to be in this deep, deep state. And then, uh, I, I recommend at least 15, 20 minutes if you have time, 40, 45 minutes, but at least 15 or 20 minutes to stabilize yourself and to start that process of neurogenesis, you’re now building your emotional regulation capacity. You’re building good things in your brain and your mind and your body so that you’re resilient. You have the ability to handle life’s challenges and you aren’t just at the whim of fate

    Reena Jadhav: and that you’re able to enjoy the beauty of life because sometimes, you know, our daily life gets in the way of truly enjoying life. So I do the shopping. We have a gurus 21-minute meditation and bam at the end of 21 minutes I’m happy and blissful and giggling and I can feel the love around me and I can hear music and no, I’m not crazy. It’s. It’s so beautiful. I don’t know why more people don’t do it, so how can we get more people to do it? Before we dive into the next chapter, do you have some links we can share? Are there audio downloads? Tell us access

    Dr. Dawson: people. Don’t do it because it’s hard. When I. When you were reading my bio and mentioning things that I had done, I thought I should also include in that bio failed meditator was I learned to meditate when I was 15 years old and I was never very regular about my practice. Very successful. it was just hard like an in the meditation center, what I was learning meditation at 15, the teacher said, but essentially the simple all it is, you sit down and this pastor I knew still the old mine. I’m like, are you crazy? How my mind? I’ve never been able to say hi this. So that’s why people meditate, they sit, they close their eyes and sit there and thoughts into their minds. So what I did was I designed about 10 years ago, I designed a really simple meditation called eco meditation, eco meditation.

    Dr. Dawson: I teach that in the book minds matter. I also have links to the website also. There’s a wonderful app called insight timer. It’s the world’s biggest meditation app and I have many meditations on insight timer that guide you through eco meditation, but it has seven really simple steps to it and the mechanical, they do not involve spleen or my that are not involved in. They did not involve believing in anything or taking a course or having any kind of religious orientation. They’re just mechanical things to do with your body because it turns out if you just do, do certain things with your certain muscle groups in your body, you enter this very, very deep state, the same physiological state as a master meditator. So you’re mimicking the physiology of a master meditator. And it turns out when you do that, but many kids, you’re there in 90 seconds. So that’s, you know, for example, the workshops, we will measure people but an EEG and the on day one that they’re in 90 seconds by day two or day three further and under 30 seconds and then meditation is already affected. So you’d just be 20 minutes, 30 minutes off of that and you’re then in that deep space.

    Reena Jadhav: Brilliant. Well, we’re going to go ahead and put all that in the show notes. All right. Next chapter, chapter two. How energy builds matter. What is the essence of that chapter and how can energy build matter?

    Dr. Dawson: Yeah, it seems really. Uhm really. Yeah, that entity had literally change matter in the book. I talk quite a bit about a close friend of mine called bill Bengston and he’s an energy healing a practitioner, but there’d been something like 12 randomized controlled trials of his work and he puts him, he works with, with, with mice. These are mostly mouse experiments and because mouse mice have cancer and he puts his hands over the cadence of mice, mice with cancer and cancer go away and just a few days. So

    Reena Jadhav: let’s step back for those of our listeners and viewers who don’t know what energy healing is, could you just do a quick primer on that, please?

    Dr. Dawson: Sure. So we are beings of matter. We think of ourselves as being these physical bodies and uh, that’s what we think VR and we’re also beings of energy and many technologies is like MRIs. They’re measuring our magnetic fields. Eeg is, are measuring our body’s electrical fields. And So we are beIngs of energy. Your heart has an illiquidity feel. It extends about 15 feet away from your body. So when you approach another person and you’re 30 feet away, two of these fields, you’re having a field interaction with them. In some experiments I talked about in mind, a matter of example, they took people who couldn’t see each other and then one group went into heart coherence and then when they were quIte a long way from the person they were intending to influence that postman heart coherence at the same meadow. Second. So, uh, we are beings of energy.

    Dr. Dawson: We’re communicating in these energy waves and their energy healing methods. Uh, the one I teach mostly is called EFT or emotional freedom techniques. It’s focused on psychological change there also ones like reiki, healing, touch, therapeutic touch that use energy for physical symptoms and physical change and energy is powerful, so they’re always ending healing methods you can use. And so when you have a symptom or disease or diagnosis, you could approach it from the point of view of matter. You can try and change the magnitude and try and change the cells, change the biology, do surgery, do pills, and those, those have a role in healing. And you could also approach it as an energy question is, is happening my energy body that is producing this, this change in my physical body, and so I really recommend people check out energy healing as well as material level healing.

    Reena Jadhav: And could you show a little demonstration of EFT? I’m extremely familiar with it, but it’s not mainstream knowledge. Not even. it’s not even as well known as Reiki is. So could you sharE a little bit about, you know, what EFT is tapping and also why does it work? What’s the science behind it?

    Dr. Dawson: EFT uses acupressure, so when you go to an acupuncturist, you have a needle inserted into a meridian energy flows in 14 meridians in the body, you the measure them. I use a device called a galvanometer in my live workshops and I actually will have a volunteer component, the front of the room and I’ll literally use the galvanometer. I can find their acupuncture points there, physical points that are easy to find and measure on the body. They’re not imaginary points. Um, so you have these energy flows and what you can also do is stimulate them by touch, not needles. And so EFT, tapping on the points like this and what people do, like the criminal from Vietnam who had PTSD, he would remember the bad stuff that happened. Like what exact example that he described was as his very first solo and he took her from the deck of an aircraft carrier and as he was taking off the edge of his plane caught fire.

    Dr. Dawson: So here he was thinking about this, the controls, Taos swimming, bail, bail. And uh, he is, as he thinks about this, he is at a 10 out of 10 emotional intensity where people rate their intensity from zero to 10. So it’s thinking about the voice saying bail is a 10 out of 10, is totally triggered remembering this event 40 years years ago. And then he does the acupressure tapping. Why he does that. What happens then is that this sends a signal to his body that simply says you’re safe to go directly to that part of the brain that handles emotional regulation. They have a campus, the amygdala, the emotional midbrain, and that part of the brain MRI research with the art, it just calms down. It just immediately you start tapping his points that emotionally triggered part of the brain goes quiet now he still remembers bail.

    Dr. Dawson: He’s has that memory of that. That now Is tenant attendance gone down to a zero. And it’s just a fact of life. If it’s something you just will tell you quite commonly is no longer hitting that emotional intensity. So ups is acupressure to accompany your negative triggering thoughts and people just shift dramatically. We have a wonderful project, will the veteran’s stress project, I mean treat veterans with EFT through the veteran’s stress project and we’ve been southern randomized controlled trials of various kinds of people with PTSD and all of those trials show that nine out of 10 people lose their symptoms. Those symptoms like anxiety,

    Reena Jadhav: incRedible results

    Dr. Dawson: as facts. Yeah. Just go away.

    Reena Jadhav: And those are incredible results. I, I’m just, I’m, I’m amazed. So is this something that’s available to all veterans at this point?

    Dr. Dawson: It’s available, but the veterans in the VA because EFT is an approved therapy in the VA and so, uh, it’s available to them, but for many, many years it wasn’t available through the VA. So we started the veteran’s stress project and the first year I was like 2007 reno. Yeah. Well, we wanted to hook up veterans with, uh, with, with therapists who did he have. And the first year it was just such a total failure. We had 12 veterans doing it during the first year and we had 12 therapists available to them. Now you go to the veteran’s stress project website, there are about 300 therapists. They’re treated over 20,000 veterans over the last 12 years and those people who’ve done it, they’ve got their lives back, get their phone numbers up there. They tell her the veterans to go and get those six free sessions for the veteran’s stress project. It makes a huge difference. So yeah, it is pretty widely available either outside the VA, through the stress project inside the VA. We’re now working with the VA on something called a private-public partnership where they will have people, for example, on their suicide helpline, refer people to them, to the veteran’s stress project so that they can get the help they need

    Reena Jadhav: in this particular chapter. So let’s get back to that poor mouse width or all the that had cancer and with energy that we’re able to get healed. What is that magic in energy healing? How are we going from back to front energy to matter and curing cancer?

    Dr. Dawson: Yeah. Here in Kansas, so we, we, we can measure energy and we can measure the fields around the body and some of them are a little harder to measure and some of them are very easy to measure. So for example, the Hartsfield we imagined very, very, we’re using it because it’s a strong peel. The brain’s field is much, much weaker, but we had measured it with an MRI and so these are babies, these aren’t mysterious energy. Energy is that we have over a century now. I’m RBGs and half a century of MRIs, are very well understood phenomena. And so we have these energy fields. And uh, I think the first guy that really, the first researcher to really put this on the map was a yale professor, Howell Saxton burr. I talk about him a lot in minds matter. And then 1940 [inaudible], he’d been doing a lot of experiments with chickens and salamanders and their energy fields and shipping them and healing.

    Dr. Dawson: But he did a large-scale research project with women and some of these women had uterine cancer and others didn’t. and he found that their energy signature is their energy fields. Other two women were completely different. In fact, if, if he was brought an energy field diagram of one of those women in the study, he could tell whether they had uterine cancer or not based purely on the energy flowing through their bodies, but not only that, he found that sometimes they have the energy signature of uterine cancer and they had no diagnosis. They’ve been examined by a doctor and they definitely did not have uterine cancer, but here their energy fields show they did. ThoSe women went onto developing uterine cancer, so in other words, it was showing up in the field before it showed up in the body and on the website of my nonprofit NIH, you’ll find over 600 studies of using energy to heal various conditions, autoimmune diseases, cancer, psoriasis, shingles, headaches, all kinds of things.

    Dr. Dawson: people who’re editing entity healing and usually involves some kind of intention. It usually involves a certain state. I’m part of the healer and the book I talk about coherence, mind, and people who have chaotic minds are usually much less effective at this. You have to calm yourself and is this really profound state in which you’re hooked up to nonlocal, mine, Allen jane, yet you’re channeling the energy of nonlocal mind into your local environment. You’re directly and intentionally for healing toward a target human being, an animal, whatever it might be, and then you’re shifting the energy field and then life at uterine cancer. There are many stories in the book and there are so many examples of people who just healed miraculously from cancer using those energy healing methods.

    Reena Jadhav: Chapter three, how our emotions organize our environment. What is the essence of that chapter?

    Dr. Dawson: This is so interesting, and when I was reading the studies for this book, Reena, I was just blown away when I began the book with the way the book got going was my wife is just a wonderful human being.

    Dr. Dawson: And um, I just feel so incredibly lucky to be married. I call her my anGel life. She is just such a. She just walks into a room like we often, she doesn’t speak during any, any of our workshops. We just walk into a room and everyone just feels good because she has such, such incredibly Powerful, positive energy and so, uh, she, but she doesn’t, she doesn’t deliberately as well, like when she’s driving around in her car, she works as a teacher, teaches art to kids and she puts CDs and the cd player have a car and she listens to the teachings of Abraham, Abraham hicks, and that’s just her spiritual nurturing. And so, I mean Her car, every once in a while she was driving and I’d be in the car, that’d be the cd player. And the avionics is saying thoughts create things. And I would think, oh, that’s just a metaphysical fantasy, but I am a scientific researcher.

    Dr. Dawson: I, I don’t think there’s any validity in that, but I think has a wonderful, you know, maybe those in some ways. Obviously, if I think negatively, I am changing my hormones, my stress hormones by my brainwaves and so on. So I began to really delve into this. I thought, I thought I would. I would look at all the links in the chain of evidence between a thought and the thing. And see if I could prove scientifically That thoughts do become things I, I thought I would actually probably not find all those lanes. I’Ve got to find some links, but I find a broken chain and in mind to matter, there are broken links. I was able to find the scientific evidence for every single step in the transition from a thought to a thing. It was just an amazing process. So, uh, yeah, uh, in, uh, there are, there are, there are so many examples in the book of people healing themselves, meaning their relationships, he healing their relationship with money.

    Dr. Dawson: Um, and one of the dramatic examples comes to my friend Beth Mizener, who’s written a book now about her experience. So Beth was diagnosed last year with cancer. She found a large lump on top of her right breast. And what it especially measured, uh, it had, uh, it was about to five centimeters in diameter. This is a pretty big lung, heart, heart cancer, heart, cancerous mass. And it when, when the doctors found that she was given a variety of scans, the scans found that all of the lymph nodes under her right arm had filled up with cancer cells. And that’s pretty bad news because you live system goes all around your body. It’s like your blood flow. And when, when cancer gets into the lymph nodes can travel all over the body. They also found three spots of inflammation on her right lung. So it looked as though the cancer was spreading, I think a serious diagnosis.

    Dr. Dawson: And she was being treated at MD Anderson cancer clinic, which is one of the top cancer hospitals in the whole world. And what is the morning of the day when her doctor showed her the scan and showed her what her condition was? And her oncologist said I want you in radiation today, not tomorrow or next week. It’s the morning, I want you in radiation this afternoon. It’s that serious. And Beth said to her oncologist was very supportive of this, uh, said, you know, I do want to make a rapid decision. I’m going to go home and I’m gonna, just do some processing around this before ill-treatment, so she went home and processing about her diagnosis and decided to try energy healing first. Now this is really important because a lot of people go and they try Reiki and they try EFT and they try things after they have gone through an aggressive course of chemotherapy and their immune system is very weak at that point.

    Dr. Dawson: It’s really Hard to do energy healing with that. In fact, Bill Benson, the guy with the cancer healing in mice, he actually won’t work with people who’ve been through conventional treatment because their immune systems are often so badly compromised. He can’t do much for them with energy healing, but anyway, beth decided to do energy healing first, so she did. She absolutely tackled it with the determination that is our hallmark. SHe cleaned up her diet, which is pretty good, but she made it excellent doctor. That diet or exercise routine, she improved that. She turned off all her alert. She quit watching the news. She quit being involved in charitable work, which he did a lot of, but some of the stressful, so this reside will the board. She was a member. She watched her thoughts, watched her energy. She did intensive Teagan. She emailed me and follow me and she said, I’m really scared.

    Dr. Dawson: I just got a gene test and I have eight defective genes that predispose me to breast cancer. I said, well, beth, you have 24,000 genes there and say let’s work with those surrogate work. With, with, with that. Christine was. This was a surrogate for my wife was was a surrogate for beth will be this EFT tapping and visual imagining for her beth, the ci gung intensity. She had. She has done energy work done to her, so all this powerful stuff of shifting Reggie and again focusing on energy solutions to a material problem, tumor live those ad spots of the lung. So in March of last year, she got a diagnosis. By may of last year, the tUmor had shrunk by about two thirds and her lymph nodes were clear by an August. Her blood tests showed no trace of cancer. So that is the power of energy to heal the physical body, and that’s why I’m so passionate about getting this stuff to people that we’d be talked earlier about a month ago about this is that energy is powerful.

    Dr. Dawson: Energy is healing, and people go so quickly to looking for material solutions and neglect. The other. Gina mentioned other problem, but often that gung that EFT tapping that energy work can make a dramatic change to the physical body. The work of Harold Saxton burr in the forties, but those women with uterine cancer shows up, shows us that it’s the energy that goes wrong first and then things show up in the physical body. So when you get that diagnosis, go to energy first. How can you shift and change and alter that energy in which your cells are being formed each second, I show you the book. If second 810,000 new cells in your body, if they are being born and the energy and environment of love and compassion and kindness and beauty and intelligence and wisdom and and and generosity, that is a very different energy field than one of fear and stress and anger and blame and resentment, so our emotions in chapter three, I show how our emotions are literally turning things off, turning things on, and one ERP study the researcher found that 72 genes were turned on by one hour of EFT, and those things include a genes for that fight.

    Dr. Dawson: Breast cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, colon cancer. Those beings were all being upregulated, dialed up an immune system. Genes were being dialed up. genes that have to do with forming the myelin sheaths around the white matter in your brain, the insulator around your neurons, which was neat. THey need to have to conduct inflammation through the axons. The white matter remodeling neurons. Those genes are being turned on. Memory and learning genes will be turned on. Immunity genes are being turned on. Genes that help your body combat inflammation were being turned on. 72 genes turned on for one hour of an energy therapy tapping go back and pressure points. Do we have tea? This is amazing. If I had a drug that could do all that, I would be a billionaire while I’m holding bake sales to raise money for my nonprofit and do the research. You know, it’s not a drug, it’s free. It’s just there on the web. They’re on my website. I mean this stuff. It’s amazing. It’s available. I want to make sure that the people know that they can use energy to heal matter

    Reena Jadhav: and that is why we’re doing these interviews. That’s the whole purpose of healthier. The podcast is to give a voice to healers like yourself that have done the research, that have the proof and this information you are absolute must get out to everyone. So if you’re listening to this podcast or watching these interviews, please share. Every one of us knows someone who has cancer. there’s just no question about it. And most of us know someone who was actually passed away of cancer. So please, you’ll be doing something amazing today if you share this, share it on your social media or specifically with those people that you know could benefit the most. And I know we’re talking about scary things like cancer, but it can actually transform your life on a daily basis where you can get you out of depression. I actually think we need to start teaching teens that, but I think that’s another podcast.

    Reena Jadhav: I think the reason Dawson, we don’t have enough of this in our daily lives, the reason we don’t go to energy is that that’s not how we’re raised. We’re told the first thing you do is you go to your doctor and your doctor will tell you what to do and you just blindly do what your doctor tells you. That was me until two years ago, right? So until the age of 45, I thought that’s how you healed yourself as you’ve called the doctor and then the doctor did. And now what you’re sharing, what I’ve learned is that, no, no, we heal ourselves. Healing is within and we can be reborn healthier within a year. Um, to your point, you can activate all those genes and you can be reborn. Every new cell can be reborn, healthier, which is remarkable. What a great power to have inside of us.

    Dr. Dawson: I call that to your everyday superpower in the above matter in the book, your everyday superpower. You’re literally able with your consciousness, your shipping neurotransmitters, you’re shifting. Hormones are shifting, jeans, you’re remodeling your body based purely on thought alone, so you may as a wake up yourself with positive energy. Give your $810,000 new cells every being born, every second. That loving energy, field nurturing energy, the and then live your life that way. When you do, you feel better. You’re much healthier. In some of the research I talked about in the book, people measure a 400 percent improvement in productivity at work, at 260 percent improvement in problem-solving ability and a doubling of creativity. Things that are just phenomenal results. And again, they’re just based on energy shifting your energy.

    Reena Jadhav: All right, chapter four, how energy regulates DNA and the cells of our bodies. What is the essence of that chapter?

    Dr. Dawson: Actually, before we talk about that, I wanted to mention one more thing about chapter three and one more important concept that, uh, has an effect on a larger scale and that is the nearest search in a field called emotional contagion. And the model here is that our emotions are as contagious, so candy as contagious as flu or contagious diseases, and when we feel an emotion, it doesn’t stay contained within our mind and our body. It spreads to other people and famous Framingham heart study which has been going on now for 50 years. The researchers find those happy people actually putting this emotional contagion and happiness around them. If you have a friend who gets happier, you’re likely to get happier and make people around you happier as well. So happiness is contagious. Three or four levels out. So his sadness and anger and negative emotions as well. In one famous experiment on facebook, the researcher has manipulated the feeds of Facebook users and they were able to produce emotional contagion. And just a couple of weeks in 700,000 people, almost a billion people in facebook. Uh, we’re unwitting victims of emotional contagion in this experiment, so we’re affecting the world around us a radically by our own moods when we heal ourselves, where cuny influence and the world around us, that’s the power of what we have, what we can do with ours, an interstate.

    Reena Jadhav: Remarkable. That’s incredible. And what’s interesting is that we intuitively know this right? When you’re hanging out with people and they’re happy and cheerful, you get happier and more cheerful. And when you hear someone complaining and whining, you sort of see yourself slipping into complaining and whining as well. And so, uh, there’s, there was another study would say that you eventually become the same emotional state as the five of your closest friends. So choose wisely.

    Dr. Dawson: Yeah. So choose your media wisely. Choose your internet, what websites you visit wisely. Use. Choose everything. Moving new movies, music, websites,

    Reena Jadhav: movies, yes. Yeah, don’t watch more movies. I tell my teenagers all the time, stop putting that stuff in your, in your subconscious. So how does energy regulatory DNA, that’s very powerful. If we can influence our DNA.

    Dr. Dawson: Yeah. And uh, there is a key paper which I talk about in that chapter and it was reviewed, we review of the side of the literature going back 50 years and they found a hundred and 75 studies showing that energy affects cells. Certain frequency is trigger certain effects in cells. And in the book, what I focused on was the frequency is generated by the human brain. So there is a lot of frequency is that that affects cells, but the ones I really honed in on in mind, no matter where the frequencies that you can generate yourself and dodginess lee with your brain and what they do to cells and this research aReena is absolutely mind-blowing. The, uh, the research shows that some of the frequencies that your own brain generates, especially during meditation, are able to all kinds of changes in your cells. They can stimulate the formation of new nerve cells and new synapses, especially in the memory and learning centers of the brain.

    Dr. Dawson: They can reduce the symptoms of Parkinson’s disease. They can inhibit the growth of cancer cells. They can improve memory. They can synchronize the firing of neurons in different parts of the body. They can speed the healing of wounds, they can regenerate bone tissue, they can, um, enhance the activity of your immune fighting, your immune system’s white blood cells. They can regulate free radicals in your body. All of this done purely by the frequencies that you generate when you meditate, and I also have diagrams of the book showing egs are people who meditate, and what happens is that these healing frequencies that the two slowest frequencies in the age spectrum, the whole delta, and theta delta is very slow wave one to four, zero to four cycles per second, and then theta is four to eight cycles per second. You see that they have a little bit of feta and delta where they start Meditating and they have huge theta and delta after again as little as 90 seconds.

    Dr. Dawson: So there are meditative states. you’re literally stimulating the production of stem cells. You’re regenerating the Tila mirrors, the anti-aging molecules in your cells. All this is going on when you meditate. It’s just amazing how energy, especially the energy of your brain is producing all these changes in the cells of your body. Now I also go and look at how it reduces changes outside of your body, and here is where it’s so cool, so water this stuff over here. When a healer takes water and activates it, blesses it, energizes it. It literally changes the molecular structure of the world. I’m just looking around to see if I have a little molecular model of a water molecule. I don’t have one close by, but what happens is the angle of the bond between the big oxygen atom and the two hydrogens and age two.

    Dr. Dawson: Whoa. That bonding angle, when water is blessed, that bonding angle changes and if you use that less water to water the seeds, more of those seeds germinate in the blessed water, then in the last water and the plants grow bigger and taller and have more chlorophyll in them than those watered with water that’s not blessed. So again, the active intention, the lack of consciousness, that blessing is received by water. it literally changes the molecular structure of water and then that has biological effects around us as well. So as we change our consciousness, it is affecting things and matter inside our bodies and also outside of our bodies. And what we forget is that we are mostly water too. So

    Reena Jadhav: if intention can change and transform a water molecule that’s outside and class, imagine what it can do inside because we are predominantly water, right? So the power of blessing and that, that power of intention, of positive intention I think is the most powerful field or tool or medicine that we know of a that we don’t utilize enough.

    Dr. Dawson: That’s right. Yeah. And so it’s helped. It’s made me change my habits now. I literally blessed my food before I eat it. I bless my vitamins, I take them in the morning and I am aware of the power of intention to do that. And so it makes you aware that we’re having this effect all around us and we may as well use that intentionally for our good.

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely. And even words like Louise Hay used to say I love you that just that much, just saying I love you, I think transforms again, the molecules, the energy around and makes it more healing and more beautiful.

    Dr. Dawson: It does.

    Reena Jadhav: All right. Chapter five, the power of the mine. You mean there’s an incoherent mine hiding in there somewhere.

    Dr. Dawson: There’s an incoherent mind and there’s a coherent mind. And what I pondered in this chapter was why are some people such brilliant manifesto and others can’t manifest anything. And I, I had a friend years ago and she was a visionary. She just had the amazing ability is to articulate the world and a better world at a great future for her and her kids and her life. ExcepT that none of it ever happened. She just was, she, she had it all up here, but nothing ever happened in the external world out there. I have other friends and like I, I’m, I’m, I love my dear friend and mentor, Jack Canfield. If Jack has an intention, it’s going to happen. It’s just like, you know, it’s, it’s. I mean Jack, Jack Canfield, John Gray, Tony Robbins, all of these people, they are master manifesters. What’s the difference between the person who commented on this with the person who does and the answer turns out to be interesting.

    Dr. Dawson: It has to do with coherence and so coherence is when things are in phase where things are resident and the example of using the book is a laser and light, so if you take a regular light bulb, a regular led or incandescent light bulb and say, say a 60 watt bulb, it illuminates, sheds, treads, light around 10, 15 feet away from it, but that those light waves of scaffold though they’re incoherent light. If you take that same 60 watts and you turn it coherent where all the waves are resonant, that 60 watts laser can cut through steel plate. Okay? That’s the Magic of coheRence. And In the book, I have lots of illustrations, lots of lots of lots of diagrams, lots of photographs, lots of medical images, and I have side by side the medical image of a personal anecdote, eg who was incoherent. Brainwaves are brainwaves roll all over the place, their nest with somebody in the heart.

    Dr. Dawson: Coherence, metal coherence, physical gold, coherence at their brainwaves are highly irregular. IT’s those regular brainwaves, the incoherence of those master meditators that are having an effect if people have don’t have coherence, coherence, coherence, mentally and emotionally, they are not able to produce those results, and what they then find happens is synchronicity. The whole chapter focuses on synchronicity. Synchronicity is produced by these people who have a coherent mental function and they just find that when they intend things, they happen. I already funny what happened to me the last month and I never met Tony Robbins. I’ve always wanted to meet him. I had this vague wish but about it, but a year or two a was thinking I just love to meet Tony Robbins in person, but I’ve met with one of his events and I don’t have any kind of contact with him. so about a month ago I get an email saying Tony Robbins would love you to speak at one of his live events.

    Dr. Dawson: So I scratched my head and thought, well, this is Tony Robbins event, or is this Tony robbin? And, and they said, no, no, this, you’ll be on a panel with Tony Robbins and Michio Kaku, who’s the father of string theory, one of the most famous physicist, Michio Kaku and Tony Robbins on a panel at one of these masterminds. So again, I just had the thought there and I did nothing. I took no action whatsoever. And it just manifested. What’s the difference? And the difference is metal coherence. If you’re mentally coherent, you’re able to make things happen. And in that book, I also talk about probably the most radical thing from a scientific standpoint in the entire book, which is that people in those states of mental coherence can affect the fundamental forces of the universe. There are four forces in physics there, the strong and weak nuclear forces, gravity and electromagnetism.

    Dr. Dawson: Those are the four forces of physics. And I present research in the book showing that with mental coherence people. Not everybody, I Mean they’re. These are, these are highly trained, highly coherent people, but they could literally affect the electromagnetic force like gravity and they can affect the strong and the weak nuclear forces and this is radical consciousness is literally able to ship the four fundamental forces of physics and I say that cognition is the fifth force. It is the unifying force. It is the unifying field in which everything is happening and there’s a universal consciousness that is collapsing reality. It will be thinking of as material reality all the time and you can be one without nonlocal mine and they lived to live your local life as a person in touch with that nonlocal emergent reality

    Reena Jadhav: and how can we get a coherent mind? How can be we be aware of that and create that new reality for us. Meditation, okay,

    Dr. Dawson: it happens here, that 92nd window, initially eco meditation that in 30 seconds, 45 seconds, so people are really pretty able to acquire that mental coherence and also in mental come here. That’s what you’re wanting to manifest is different. You are sitting there in coherence thinking, I want a red Ferrari. What you’re doing is when you were that state of oneness with the universe, you’re moving with the universal mind, then you might have really elevated feelings there and you’re then focused on the wellbeing of the planet. You are trying to manifest the next, you know, ring or the next outfit or that expectation. You are the one with this universal consciousness. You want them and you manifest what that universal consciousness is moving towards.

    Reena Jadhav: All right, chapter six in training, self with synchronicity. How do we do that?

    Dr. Dawson: Yeah, so we know now scientifically that all of this is the big picture. How do we then trained ourselves that way and that takes practice? It takes that meditation practice. It takes using EFT to tap away your stress. It takes time in nature. It takes kindness and compassion to takes elevated emotion. It takes emotional regulation, so you put all of this together and suddenly sacred as things like the Tony Robbins story to start to happen to you so you are trying so hard. Your life unfolds synchronously. You in the MoRnIng and meditate and university brings you all kinds of synchronicities and things start to happen like the keys in the ocean over and over and over in your life, and then it becomes your new normal. It just becomes the way you live your life. You know you’ll be led effortlessly to the people with whom you’re supposed to play and sing and dance in your life.

    Dr. Dawson: Carl young, the synchronicity. Einstein thought the synchronicity. Einstein said, synchronicity is God’s way of remaining anonymous, but you can train yourself deliberately and then he started having those types of segments experiences over and over and over. Now, one of the interesting things about this is when you are in that state of coherence, you have abilities that don’t only have one of those is preconditioning. A precondition is a really interesting field of study and there had been over a hundred studies. Tightly controlled trials are and they show that there is a thing such as knowing or having some sense of the future. And so I review that, that research, and it’s so interesting that people have these experiences of deja vu, of knowing and research shows that that’s not the occasional this happens to, that this happens to lots and lots and lots of people. They have these experiences like telepathy, clairvoyance because anomalous experiences in research, but the audit novelists, um, most people have them, Chinese people have them, Japanese people have them.

    Dr. Dawson: Argentinians had them, Americans had the Mexicans have them, Canadians have them. People from all over the world had them. About two-thirds of people have some kind of out of body experience or pre-cognitive or clairvoyant experience. These are just natural human experiences. They are not the anomalies we, we think they are. But what I also do in the book is I provide a really clear scientific explanation for the why, why this works. And the why has to do with the planet we live on. Earth is a giant electromagnet. There’s a north pole and south pole. We use a compass to find our way around. And so you know, there’s a north pole and south pole, but like any magnet, there are field lines of flux around the planet and these field lines have been measured now by geologists for route a century they’ve, they’ve, they’ve known about these lines, they predicted these lines before the bound them.

    Dr. Dawson: And so there are these huge lines, the cool the field lines, and as the solar wind blows past the earth at about 2 million miles an hour, it actually fluxes these field lines like strings on a guitar or a violin. So it sets up A resident frequency in these field lines. And there are several node frequencies that side of the study in the field line residences of the earth and in life the at the end of that chapter, I have one diagram from a scientific study that I think is one of the most stunning pieces of research and evidence ever shown. It is the heart coherence rate of a meditator for one month overlaid over the fluctuations are the earth’s field line residences for that one month. And in those 30 days, they track each other closely. So when you’re in tune like that, when you’re in cart coherence, when you’re a meditator, you are literally in tune with these solar system sized energy fields that are around you, that provides the first really solid scientific evidence for things like distant defects, distant healing, because if you’re in tune with these patterns, you’re in tune with everyone else’s in tune with them as well.

    Dr. Dawson: And That’s a huge insight. I had one, somebody aha moments when I was writing the book and looking at the research, but that was. That was the big one that when you’re in tune with the nonlocal mind when you were to nonlocal fields, not local reality, you’re literally in tune with everyone else in tune with that. So those secrets things that. That’s what Tony Robbins note gets in touch with you and says, help me on my paddle. So.

    Reena Jadhav: So you can create your own reality, right?

    Dr. Dawson: You are creating your own reality.

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely can end in a positive way because I think we’re all stumbling into our reality is because we’re not necessarily controlling it mindfully and with your tools and techniques, you’re empowering us all to take charge and hence create a far more beautiful picture and you know, imagine the power of waking up in the morning and saying, well, experience, but I like to have today. I’m going to think of it to your point. I think I want to be on the Tony Robbins show or I think I want to go meet with him and bam, there comes the call because you are in sync and you have now developed that power, that superpower of making life happen to you the way you want it to happen to you instead of stumbling

    Dr. Dawson: and you’re very careful about what you think about. Christina and I, my wife and I are very careful about what we talk about. What do you think about what you say we want? Because we can manifest stuff that you know, if we’re manifesting from the level of our local mine or out of fear, then that will not be our highest goods. We’re very, very careful to tune hundred the highest good before we seek to want anything.

    Reena Jadhav: All right, next chapter, chapter seven. Thinking from beyond the local mind, what is the local mind and why do we want to think beyond it?

    Dr. Dawson: People who buy the book often think that this is a book about how to manifest mind matter. You know those two things. How do you do that? My live courses called turning thoughts to things and so people say, well, I want my soulmate. I want to live in Santa Barbara. I want to have that job with Amazon. I want, you know, they want all these things and that they’re looking for ways to mitigate the world energetically and magically to get them. And that’s not what this is all about. That’s thinking from the local mind. That’s staying stuck in your local reality. But most of us do that. We wake up in the morning, we had this thought about the same thing we thought about yesterday. We see our bodies the same way, our jobs, the same way, our partners, the same way our children, our parents, our whole world.

    Dr. Dawson: We are literally recreating the world using our consciousness the same way every day and what I urge people to do is unstick themselves from that process to release themselves from this feverish attachment to their local reality and merged blend with that same force that keeps 4 million starlings flowing in an effortless dance of connection in that block, that that, that, that tells the humpback whales how to migrate from the equator to the poll every year. All of these processes happening in nature. I challenge people and say, do you think you’re exempt? They’re happening for you too. why not tune into them? And so we teach people, we train people to manifest not out of their conditioning, out of the limited human self that they are sure you can manifest the red Ferrari if you want to. We will that make you happy. Probably the world instead, tunes into nonlocal might be one with that universal consciousness and then have your dreams come from there.

    Dr. Dawson: Have your desires come from their desire. What nonlocal mind has for you and that is infinitely more elevated, infinitely more precious, infinitely more full of love and kindness and beauty and sweetness and anything your little local mind over here I can dream up, so that’s where the book ends with this coal to that in the afterward of the book, off of that, that’s some of the chapters I say, imagine a world in which we’re doing this in large numbers. My goal, Reena, this space might seem like a totally sky-high ambition. My goal is that a billion people wake up in this way and everything I do is motivated to that. I do the science because it helps people to make these changes in their lives. What happens when even 100,000 people began living this way? I talk about the Renaissance. How the Renaissance didn’t take 200 years.

    Dr. Dawson: The Renaissance hap took about 25 years, involved about a thousand people in five cities in Italy and after those thousand people and they’re 25 years and those that very limited geographic area, suddenly law changed. The architect has changed. Our changed education changed music, change philosophy, change in education, changed everything, changed radically in 25 years. Now we’re in the middle of one of those huge evolutionary leaps and Protestants and so what in the afterward of the book, I say, what will the world look like when everyone has access to this and many people are they on a daily basis that’s worth country with that vision

    Reena Jadhav: and it would be an absolutely beautiful planet and a beautiful universe to live in. You have something called the Maharishi effect of course, which was if you got enough people to think a certain way, you could raise the stock market and prevent accidents and I think you were taking that same experiment on a 1 billion people scale and saying, you know, what could we do? Could we create a utopia? And it’s absolutely something worth fighting for and I’m with you. I will do whatever needs to be done to help you get your message out so we can get to that billion number that you’d like to reach you. And for those of you who are listening in or watching, what can you do? You know, let’s all join and do this together. Let’s create a far more beautiful, happier, joyful love-filled world and it can be done like that. As Tony Robbins says, I actually went to his unleash the power within and he says, you know, like that. It doesn’t take time. It doesn’t take forever. you just have to make a decision and that step one. So any parting advice for those who are listening or watching, what is the one thing you wish everybody would do starting now?

    Dr. Dawson: Love yourself.

    Dr. Dawson: Just love yourself. When I work with people in my live workshops because I teach those things workshops, I teach eip, workshops, professional workshops. I train a ton of therapists and doctors and nurses and medical professionals every year as well, and they typically have some up the front of the room and I’ll work with them a while. The rest of the room is working on their own issues, so I’ll be working with somebody up front and they’ll tell me their story and we are. One of the things that just hurt me, I feel so, so bad about is people’s self-talk inside their heads. They are so full of an unhealthy self-tool, unhealthy messages toward themselves and so they, they describe their problems to me. Yet I just think that they’re, they’re, they’re suffering so much and there’s something really moves me. And so,  the big messages, just love yourself have you are whatever gender you are, whatever your financial situation, whatever your body is like, whatever your level of sickness and health let go of the struggle between those parts of your psyche.

    Dr. Dawson: They’re telling you to have to improve with EFT. We don’t use it as self-improvement. We just used self-acceptance. Self-improvement begins with self-acceptance. People beating up on themselves and try to force themselves and saying, you need to lose weight. You need to quit smoking. You need to modify your diet. You need to go and look for a better job. You need to change. You need to shape up. you need to transform this part of your life that’s not working. And we’re hard on ourselves that way and we have a lot of negative self-talk and we just tell people to breathe and just love yourself. Love yourself. You are trying your hardest and your best and you have been for your whole life. Love yourself, accept yourself. So that’s what he will teach people to forget self-improvement. Just go for the self-acceptance because when you do that, you’re no longer having that struggle within and that liberates all of that power for self-improvement. So paradoxically you give up self-improvement and self-acceptance and self-improvement happens as a byproduct. So my main message is just living in love every day, live outrageously love extravagantly. That’s my mOm

    Dr. Dawson: made for me. So someone sent me if you say four words on a billboard for the whole world, what would they be? and that it was those four words. It was lit, exuberantly love extravagantly. And why don’t just live from that standpoint of love and compassion and joy? Want to be like a child playing every day. so, uh,

    Reena Jadhav: yes, I love it. I love it. Thank you so much again from the bottom of my heart for spreading your message, for sharing your, your brilliant insights and your stories and for the rest of you, love yourself. And if you’re having a hard time figuring out why you can’t love yourself, but there’s a ton of resources available, we’re going to be putting some links in the show notes. Of course, you can access the book, there’ll be a link to purchase this book as well as the other great books that Dawson has written. And but that said, stay smiling as I always say, love yourself and I’ll see you on another podcast.

     

    Reversing Auto-immune Disease With Dr. Will Cole

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    Dawson Church

    WEBSITE:
    mindtomatter.club

    SOCIAL MEDIA:
    www.facebook.com/EFTUniverse
    www.instagram.com/dawson.church.3
    www.linkedin.com/in/dawson-church-68b4a8
    twitter.com/EFTUniverse

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!

  • Book Summary “Unstuck” By Dr. James Gordon

    Book Summary “Unstuck” By Dr. James Gordon

    BOOK SUMMARY “UNSTUCK” BY DR. JAMES GORDON

     

    HealthBootcamps iTunesHealthBootcamps SoundcloudHealthBootcamps YoutubeHealthBootcamps Buy The Book

    Read the Transcript Below the Bio

    James S. Gordon, MD, a Harvard educated psychiatrist, is a world-renowned expert in using mind-body medicine to heal depression, anxiety, and psychological trauma. He is the Founder and Director of The Center for Mind-Body Medicine, founding Dean of the College of Mind-Body Medicine at Saybrook University, a Clinical Professor in the Departments of Psychiatry and Family Medicine at Georgetown Medical School, and recently served as Chairman of the White House Commission on Complementary and Alternative Medicine Policy. He also served as the first Chair of the Program Advisory Council of the National Institutes of Health’s Office of Alternative Medicine and is a former member of the Cancer Advisory Panel on Complementary and Alternative Medicine of the NIH.

    Dr. Gordon has devoted over 40 years to the exploration and practice of mind-body medicine. After graduating from Harvard Medical School, he was for 10 years a research psychiatrist at the National Institute of Mental Health. There he developed the first national program for runaway and homeless youth, edited the first comprehensive studies of alternative and holistic medicine, directed the Special Study on Alternative Services for President Carter’s Commission on Mental Health, and created a nationwide preceptorship program for medical students.

    Dr. Gordon has created ground-breaking programs of comprehensive mind-body healing for physicians, medical students, and other health professionals; for people with cancer, depression and other chronic illnesses; and for traumatized children and families in Bosnia, Kosovo, Israel and Gaza, in post-9/11 New York and post-Katrina southern Louisiana, and for U.S Military returning from Iraq and Afghanistan. In areas where psychological trauma is widespread, they have created local leadership teams to fully integrate the CMBM model into the ongoing services of the entire community or nation.

    Dr. Gordon’s most recent book is Unstuck: Your Guide to the Seven Stage Journey Out of Depression (Penguin Press). He’s also the author of Comprehensive Cancer Care: Integrating Alternative, Complementary and Conventional Therapies and Manifesto for a New Medicine: Your Guide to Healing Partnerships and the Wise Use of Alternative Therapies (both Perseus Books). In addition, Dr. Gordon has written or edited 9 other books, including the award-winning Health for the Whole Person, and more than 120 articles in professional journals and general magazines and newspapers, among them the American Journal of Psychiatry, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, Journal of Traumatic Stress, Psychiatry, The American Family Physician, The Atlantic Monthly, The Washington Post, and The New York Times. He also helped develop and write the educational materials to supplement the public television series “Healing and the Mind with Bill Moyers.”

    Dr. Gordon’s work has been featured on Good Morning America, The Today Show, CNN, CBS Sunday Morning, FOX News and National Public Radio, as well as in The New York Times, The Washington Post, USA Today, Newsweek, People, American Medical News, Clinical Psychiatry News, Town and Country, Hippocrates, Psychology Today, Vegetarian Times, Natural Health, Health, and Prevention.

    Follow Dr. Gordon’s work around the world on www.cmbm.org and his blog, Healing Ourselves.

    Books:
    Unstuck: Your Guide to the Seven-Stage Journey Out of Depression

    Others:
    Professional Training in Mind-Body Medicine
    Professional Training in Mind-Body Medicine Postcard

    Join HealCircles to get free trusted support for greater health!

    healcircles

     

    Check out Dr. Connealy’s podcast interview where she reveals the best cancer diet to follow!

     

    Check out Dr. Elizabeth Boham’s podcast interview where she reveals how to prevent and heal Breast Cancer?

    Are you serious about your health?

    Then we have a gift to encourage you! Click here for our founder’s Free Health Journal. it gives you 30 days of free weekly tracking of your moods, diet, meds, symptoms, notes, goals and gratitude.

    free health journal

     


    TRANSCRIPT:

    This is auto-generated and may have mistakes. Please listen to the interview for accuracy.

    Reena Jadhav: Dr. James S. Gordon. He’s the founder and executive director for the center of mind-body medicine. He’s a Harvard educated psychiatrist, while a renowned expert in using mind-body medicine to heal depression, anxiety, psychological trauma, and he is the clinical professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Family Medicine at Georgetown Medical School. He served as the first chairman of the Advisory Council to NIH office of alternative medicine and as the chairman of the White House Commission on complementary and alternative medicine policy under President Clinton as well as Gw Bush. Now Dr. Wardman has created some groundbreaking programs that are comprehensive mind-body healing or physicians, medical students and other health professionals for people with cancer, depression, chronic illness, and for traumatized children. And to coordinate. Welcome.

    Dr. Gordon: Thank you. Nice to be here.

    Reena Jadhav: We are so honored to have you here today and this is a masterclass on stuck which is your guide to the seven-stage journey out of depression. Dr. Warren, why did you write this book?

    Dr. Gordon: Well, Unstuck is a book that we just kept growing inside of me. I’m one of those people. I am a writer as well as a doctor by profession, but it feels like something that grows in me. The almost like a child, except instead of nine months, it took almost nine years for this one to come to fruition and what I was trying to do is to respond. Initially, the catalyst was responding to a young girl, 15-year-old girl in the Philippines who wrote to me in detail about her being depressed and was wondering what she could do to help herself. She had no money for a psychotherapist and there were no therapists around anyway, and so that girl was very much in my mind as I wrote this book and all the other people who want to learn how to do whatever they can to help themselves when they’re depressed, including perhaps so many people.

    Dr. Gordon: Some of the $30 million people here in the United States who are on antidepressants want to find out if there’s another way besides drugs to deal with their depression, so I wanted to write for all those people and eventually it came out on the page and became the book which is, which is unstuck. I’ll show you that. Here’s a copyright here, a paperback copy of it, and it has these dark clouds. I kind of, I’d like to cover somebody else designed it, but I really liked the design and the dark clouds gradually becoming lighter till the sun comes out and I think one of the really important messages in the book is that being depressed for a period of time doesn’t mean you’re sentenced to a life of depression. Depression can come as very much as a part of life and one can learn from it and move through it and come out from the other side stronger and wiser.

    Reena Jadhav: When do we start classifying what’s normal life, sadness, life comes at you with days of happiness and days of sadness. When did we start classifying it as depression?

    Dr. Gordon: You know, I think there were some reasonably clear definitions and then there’s some blurring of the boundaries that depression, what’s defined as a major depressive disorder, so-called clinical depression usually involves an eating too much or too little, being exhausted, not being able to focus or concentrate, being very pessimistic about the future, having a sense of being preoccupied with what’s gone on in the past. It’s been fortunate, uh, feeling helpless and hopeless as a kind of generality. Now that’s depression and, but see, I’m not as interested in making that distinction between sadness and depression. What I’m saying is that all of us are going to go through periods or most of us, maybe not everybody in our lives when we’re in some state that has some of those characteristics. This one end of the spectrum that we call clinical depression. Maybe we’ve lost a family member and we’re going through grief and or we have an illness that’s overwhelming to us when trying to figure out what to do with it and we feel helpless and hopeless and pessimistic.

    Dr. Gordon: That’s all understandable, but none of that means we have a disease that necessarily needs medication. Uh, I see medication, I want to make this clear upfront. I don’t see it as all bad, but I see it as a last resort, not a first choice. So when you’re going through a difficult time, whether it reaches the threshold of clinical depression as according to statistics that do for about 20 million people in the United States, or whether it doesn’t reach that threshold and you’re just feeling kind of discouraged and pessimistic and you don’t really feel like doing things or you’re going through a period of grief. Some of the same principles apply to the ways you could understand yourself and help yourself and learn from this period. Take this period as a painful time of learning and then move forward. Learning about what the imbalances are in you, what the difficulties are, and finding new ways to meet those challenges.

    Reena Jadhav: I’m thrilled to hear you say that medication isn’t always the answer. I feel having gone through my journey, that there’s a reason. Sometimes we are meant to feel the pain because we grow from it. We grow from those emotions and I think we’ve come into an existence in a world where it’s almost like we want to duct tape emotions that are negative or that make us feel too much and it’s like, well, let’s just take antidepressants because we don’t want to feel sad or we don’t want to understand sort of what’s happening inside and I’m so thrilled to hear you say that medications should be treated as a last resort because there are so many other so many other ways and you’re going to talk about them. So let’s get started.

    Dr. Gordon: Okay.

    Reena Jadhav: Introduction. The introduction. Is there some other way? Dr. Is there another way?

    Dr. Gordon: Yes there is. And that, you know, it took me. I’ve been working with this other way since the early 19 seventies and adding different elements to it and so they are there. They all came together in unstuck, but the basic idea is to look at depression as and this gets into the next chapter as a wake-up call. It’s letting you know that something is out of balance because he logic please, psychologically, spiritually, socially, all these different ways in one or more of those ways and the ways to work with that are through all those avenues. If you’re in a job where you can’t stand you and you can stand your boss and you feel you have to stay and every day going into work as torture and the way to address your depression is by addressing your job, and I’ve had plenty of patients work here in Washington DC and plenty of people who have come in have come in to see me with the job as the major issue.

    Dr. Gordon: Second, so you need to look at the whole picture and then you need to address the areas of imbalance. Also, what we can do is that the physiological imbalance that may be there and also it’s not there and everybody, whether it’s a, you know, deficiencies of cortisone or dopamine or endorphins that those can be addressed in other ways besides medication. Just very simple meditation with at and not a sea change. Those levels of brain neurotransmitters so can exercise, so can eating in a healthy way. So there are many, many avenues that we can use to help ourselves and then there are other, most of them have to do with self-help. Things that we can learn to do for ourselves. Reaching out to other people can be helpful. There had been studies comparing psychotherapy with antidepressants and the psychotherapy comes out in many of those studies at least as well as the antidepressants and that’s just psychotherapy without adding nutrition and exercise and meditation. Other techniques of stress reduction, so there are other ways. There are individual ways that can make a difference and there is a comprehensive or holistic or integrated approach which is really what unstuck describes and shows you how to. How to use that, get to make it even bigger difference. So yes, there are. There not only is another way. There are many other ways,

    Reena Jadhav: and how does someone who is suffering from depression or just deepened sadness for extended time decide which of those methods might work the best in your experience with thousands of patients? Have you found some kind of a quick trick or a secret need saying, hey, for Rena, meditation will work, but for Joe, finding a group of friends or psychotherapy will work better?

    Dr. Gordon: Well, the first thing is you typically have to listen to people. Number one has to pay attention to what they tell you. So I always ask people, and this comes into the first chapter of the book. Once somebody realizes and you’re describing somebody who has heard the call, somebody who’s come to understand that there’s something, something’s not right. I’m feeling down and I’m feeling helpless and hopeless, pessimistic about the things I used to love, don’t please me anymore. So once you’re in that state, the question that I would ask and the question I would urge people to ask themselves is, what’s going on? What? What, what are the things that are really troubling to me, and the second part of that question is what’s helpful. Everybody needs to be looked to individually in terms of thinking about what can be best for them, but what I’m always focusing on for everybody is I’m teaching them some form of meditation, some way to quiet their body and mind and come into balance.

    Dr. Gordon: I’m always working with physical exercise, finding a kind of movement or exercise at somebody, a patient person likes to do. I’m always working with nutrition and looking for what’s most appropriate and individualizing that as well. In fact, all of these have to be individualized. So for example, even if the research shows that jogging is fantastic for depression, if you hate jogging, going to help move your body. Um, so dealing with stress, with the meditation of some kind, some kind of movement of the body, working with nutrition, nutrition and working with finding some kind of social support either formally with a clinician or informally and slash or informally from other people. Those four are always important to look at. The fifth ingredient, if you will, is helping people find meaning and purpose. What? Because so many people when they’re depressed, it’s because they’ve come to a point in their life when what gave them pleasure and satisfaction before is no longer doing it, and this may mean may mean they need to simply renew themselves internally and balance out the physiology and psychology, but it often means they need to look for some other way to work, to live, to connect with people, some new chapter in their lives.

    Dr. Gordon: So all those five. I’m always paying attention to

    Reena Jadhav: chapter one, the call. Finding the right way. Dr. Gordon, what is the essence of this chapter and how do we find the right way?

    Dr. Gordon: Well, I, my chapters, I borrowed some and adapted from Joseph Campbell for his book called the hero with a thousand faces and it’s sort of important, very readable book about the journey of the hero and the heroine can be a woman as well as a man of course. And what those stages of self-realization or, and to me in a modified form, those stages are the same ones that we need to move through as we’re dealing with depression. And the first one is the call, the call to the journey, which means, okay, I, I guess I’m depressed. I’m not feeling so good. I, um, you know, I don’t enjoy getting up in the morning. I don’t, I’m not thrilled to go into work. My, uh, uh, my husband doesn’t look so good or irritable with my kids or something. Something’s not right. And rather than dismiss that temptation to particularly perhaps in our society where we say, get over it fast, suck it up, move on, move ahead, take a pill to make yourself feel better or just ignore it. What I’m saying is pay attention to the coal. The coal is letting you know that something is out of balance in your life. And then what you need to do is to find ways to reestablish that balance, which really important. If you don’t pay attention to the call, nothing is ever going to jail.

    Reena Jadhav: It’s that acceptance, that recognition that I need help me hating my kids or my family isn’t a normal experience and it’s, it’s not a normal emotion I should be feeling because I think you’re right. A lot of us, when we go through that time period, not gone through it, we think that that’s actually how life really is as opposed to the fact that it’s actually imbalanced that is making me feel that way and that separation of the way I’m feeling is not how I should be feeling comes. I think from learning to separate yourself from your mind and that comes from meditation or it comes from, I think in a reflection. So, um, yeah,

    Dr. Gordon: exactly. Becoming aware of it and you may need a little time and little space to become aware of it. Writing down in a journal what’s going on can be very helpful too because all of a sudden you start seeing things on the page that come out are coming out of your unconscious or your imagination or your intuition that may not come easily when you’re just trying to make a base. So you just write down what’s going on with you and all of a sudden you start discovering, oh, you know, I, I find that I’m really most unhappy at this particular time of day when this is happening, or it’s this particular kind of interaction, or I’m really craving something more in my work situation. Whatever it might be. I think that that. But the more you can recognize what’s going on and in the beginning, the better. But if you don’t, that’s okay too. As long as you have a sense that you need to do something about parts of your life that are not working for you,

    Reena Jadhav: and for those of you listening or watching the video, please note are going to put in a link to the health journal, which is, as some of you know, the Free Health Journal that I wrote and used myself to heal. It has sections in it where you can put in a word of gratitude tracker modes on a daily basis and start to see patterns. So if you’re watching or listening, don’t forget to go to health bootcamps. Look at the show notes and we’ll put a link in for a free 30 day journal and you can download because I think Dr. Gordon journaling is scientifically proven, am I right in terms of the incredible value and benefit in tracking your nodes and coming to some kind of an understanding of how your inner being feeling.

    Dr. Gordon: There’s wonderful research if some of the viewers want to check it out by by James Pennebaker and his colleagues at University of Texas showing that if you write in a journal as little as 20 minutes on three successive days about things that you’re feeling that emotional importance, you can decrease your level of anxiety, improve your mood, decrease stress hormones. This is very powerful medicine and if you do it regularly, you know pretty much every day the difference can really be quite important over time. So it’s important for realizing what’s going on and just the act of writing is itself therapeutic.

    Reena Jadhav: And that you said it is really a medicine. I wrote an article called why this is my number one medicine because it is a medicine. It’s just doesn’t come in a

    Dr. Gordon: box and a pill, but it certainly isn’t medicine. All right. Chapter two, guides on the journey. What is the essence of that chapter? Dr. Borden, for most of us necessarily needs a guide, but most of us, when we’re depressed, when we’re down and pessimistic and feeling hopeless and hopeless, it’s enormously important to have somebody there with us who can help us take the next steps on our journey, hopeless. Look at what’s going on. Help us figure out what the different dimensions might be of our suffering at that time. So, uh, and this comes this a very ancient notion. If you look at all the, you know, if you look at the epics, for example, the Odyssey, Odysseus has Athena, the goddess of wisdom. She’s a very good guide. She’s with him all the time. She’s helping him feel better, look better, understand things that he can’t grasp, but she’s been a model for modern guides.

    Dr. Gordon: We need somebody. Most of us, I certainly did when I was going through a period of depression in medical school. And I found someone who I felt could understand me, who would respond to me, who respected me, who was kind, not indulgent, particularly, it could be kind of tough and kind of humorous and getting me to understand the joke about myself as well, but he got who I was and he was somebody I felt connected to. And I think this. This is so important that one of the problems with a lot of the therapists who serve as guides is that people go see them, but they may not feel it’s really the appropriate person. You need somebody who’s got good credentials, who knows how to be a guide to people who are depressed, who is a psychotherapist or a nurse practitioner in psychiatry or pastoral counselor or a psychologist or psychiatrist.

    Dr. Gordon: You need somebody with the training, but you also need somebody who you feel treats you with. What the great psychologist Carl Rogers called unconditional positive regard. Such a beautiful phrase and that’s what I would suggest that you look for when you’re finding a guide. Guides can have all kinds of different theoretical perspectives, but for the professional guide, I mean they can be more involved in behavior therapy or more involved in, um, guide using guided imagery or psychodynamics or fraud inside. All of those can be helpful, but you need somebody who’s going to treat me with kind of loving respect. But the other thing of horses, the guides don’t only come in, the person of professionals that are friends can be very helpful to us as well. Not The friend who is, um, you know, thinks there’s something so wrong with us that she’s got fix us and tell us exactly how to do it.

    Dr. Gordon: The friend who was really there who is really present for us, willing to listen to us, willing to share her own experience of course, but, but who we feel is there with us no matter what and doesn’t have any particular ax to grind. You’ve got to do x therapy or you got to see my therapist. It’s worth looking at those things. But then it’s up to each of us to make the decision. Is this the right way for me to go? So, friends, family can help us, guides, professional guide can be very important and the other part of guidance that’s really crucial that I talk about and show people how to do in that chapter on guides is how to access the inner guide, the wise guide inside us or imagination or intuition cold what you want. Call it the unconscious, Carl Young, the great Swiss psychiatrist, cold collective unconscious.

    Dr. Gordon: People in some societies, think of it as spirits that are outside rather than inside. You can think of it however you want, but if you do the kind of an exercise that I described it unstuck. When you relax and you breathe deeply and you go into a relaxed state and you imagine yourself in a calm, safe place and then you invite a guide to appear, you can begin to have a guy with a sorry, a dialogue with that guide and the guide who appears, as I describe in some detail and also people can look on our website, cmd m.org for some of these experiments as I call them. Some of these experiences that are therapeutic that you can use for yourself and you can find out more information about them on the website as well as in unstuck, but these are, these are devices, experiments, and help each of us get in touch with our inner guide and once that inner guide appears, who may appear as a wise old man or wise old woman or figure from scripture or family member, you can begin to ask that guide question, why am I so depressed?

    Dr. Gordon: What should I do about it? How do I deal with my husband? Whatever, whatever the questions are, this is a way of beginning to exercise those muscles of intuition and imagination that unfortunately in our modern society have atrophy for so many of us were not used to consulting ourselves. Inside. We just want to look to the outside expert and the quick fix. So the. The message of this chapter is yes, outside guides are fantastic and we all need to develop that internal capacity to use our intuition and our imagination.

    Reena Jadhav: How frequently should we be contacting or guides whether physical or spiritual when we’re feeling sad, depressed? Is this something you recommend doing daily, weekly? What’s the frequency? Adoptive

    Dr. Gordon: as often as you need it. So what I recommend for people, uh, as we sort of look at the whole program is doing some kind of quiet meditation every day. Maybe just breathing deeply in through your nose and out through your mouth with your belly, soft and relaxed, focusing on the word soft and belly, focusing on the breath, focusing on the feeling and your building. Doing that for five or 10 minutes. And again, there’s a video of that on the cmb m.org website. You can follow that video, doing that, doing something active every day to release stress, release tension, to build up the energy to build up those neurotransmitters. The very same ones. The drugs are aimed at increasing serotonin and norepinephrine and then consulting your imagination. And I’m, I’m being a little vague. I say whenever you need to. So sometimes it may be every day, sometimes it may be once every week, once every couple of weeks.

    Dr. Gordon: While I do it now, I’m not feeling depressed, but I do it when I come up against a problem that you know that doesn’t. The answer does come to me immediately. What should I do about this relationship? How do I address a problem in my writing? I’m working on a new book. How do I. How do I address the problem in this chapter? What is this physical symptom that I’m having mean to me? So whenever something comes up that feels important to know more about and the answer is not coming to you right away, I consult my wife Guide and if my wife God is not interested in talking to me about it, she’ll tell them, hey buddy, no bother.

    Speaker 4:    Yeah,

    Dr. Gordon: so it’s a process and there are many other techniques for accessing the imagination, which I described in unstuck with a wise guide is a very beautiful, very direct one and it works so well. I’ve seen it work so well for so many people.

    Reena Jadhav: Beautiful. Chapter three, surrender to change. What is the essence of that chapter?

    Dr. Gordon: Well, when you’re depressed, one of the characteristics is nothing much is changing, right? You’re so you’re kind of sunk like this. You’re feeling I’m going to be like this forever. It’s never going to get better. I’ve been in that state. I understand. I’m laughing about it now. I’m not a bad thing to laugh about it even when you’re in the middle of it, if you can, but it’s not so easy, but the idea is if you’re in the state where change is not happening and the natural, the natural state for humans, for all organisms is to be changing all the time. So what depression is doing is it’s getting you fixed or to quote what the title of my book. It’s getting you stuck. That’s why I called the book unstuck because people who are depressed kept coming to me and saying to me, I’m stuck.

    Dr. Gordon: How do you get unstuck with the most direct route to getting unstuck, which is not the only route, but the most direct route is to shake things up that are stuck. So one of the techniques is to shake your body, to move your body in order to surrender. And surrender means somehow bringing yourself into the current of life. Bringing yourself back into this process of continuous change, which is what it is to be human. We’re always changing and growing and learning and new things are happening. If we’re fully alive when we’re depressed, that process slows down or shuts down, so in order to remove that process, we need to put out some effort and the effort will help us to surrender to that lively lifelong process of change and that in order to do that surrender, which is really saying, okay, I’m gonna, take part in life, I’m going to accept what’s coming.

    Dr. Gordon: I’m going to move with it. I’m gonna. Learn from it. Some people are able just to do that. There’s a guy who might write about in that chapter called Milton who was an airplane mechanic and a former Army master sergeant, gritty, rigid guy, very angry, very depressed, very angry at his ex-wife and angry at his kid. They moved away and he just can’t deal with it and he’s feeling worse and worse and one of them, one of the doctors who’s playing, he was servicing as a mechanic, referred them to me and I saw them. I said, you know, I think what you should do is that you should read this book called the Tao Te Ching by Lao Tzu, a Chinese great Chinese class, like it’s the, it’s a book about how life is always changing and how you need to surrender to the change to the way that’s what the Dallas understood.

    Dr. Gordon: The Chinese, the Chinese sort of practical and spiritual natural perspective was learned to surrender, to change. So he read the book. He spent a whole weekend, is very conscientious. He spent a whole weekend reading the book. I’m looking at all, you know, he read it in the translation. I suggested Steven Mitchell Stevens, a friend. His translation is great, but then Milton said I was an all day. He came back to me a few days later. He spent all day reading this translation and it was great and I think at first it didn’t make sense and then it started making sense and then I got interested and I read other translations. Well, the bottom line is he spent a three day weekend reading, half a dozen different translation, walking around, reading, sitting on park benches when he called up his wife and kid on Sunday, uh, after the end of the weekend as he always, you know, good coal up on Sunday, usually he was angry as hell, but this time is ex-wife answered the phone. He told me and he said, hey baby, how you doing? And she said, what are you been smoking?

    Dr. Gordon: And he said he had a very nice conversation with her and then he talked with his 11-year-old son and he said, instead of belittling my boy and making him feel small, I was just asking him, you know, how’s school going, are now, you know, you haven’t any difficulties in any way I can help you. He said it was a totally different kind of conversation. He said, so doc, this is on the second visit. He said, so doc, I’m really happy I met you. And uh, helped me change my life around. But between you and Lao Tzu and me, I don’t think I need to see you anymore.

    Dr. Gordon: So he was able to surrender. Most of us are not like that. Most of us have to do something very active physically to get out of this mindset in which everything looks gloomy and do me a negative to get out of this body when we’re depressed. I don’t know if you noticed that. I certainly did. My body is kind of shut down. I don’t feel like moving. If you look at depressed people or when you’re depressed, it’s sort of like this head, shoulders slump. So you need to do something very active to get out of that. And I, and uh, in that chapter I recommend somewhat are called expressive meditation. And one of the easiest is shaking your body, just getting up, standing up your knees, bent and shaking your body from the feet up through the knees, hips, shoulders, and head for five or 10 minutes and standing for a couple of minutes.

    Dr. Gordon: And then letting your body move to some music. And again, people can read it in Unstuck. They can look on our website and see, see people shaking and dancing and see my instructions for doing this expressive meditation. This, these expressive meditations and shaking and dancing is only one of the hundreds. These are the oldest forms of meditation on the planet and they’re beautiful. These are the ones that allow us to free ourselves from these constrictions and help us surrender to life again, so I recommend that people who are depressed do one or another of those every day and yes, it will feel like a total pain in the butt and I can’t do this and it’s too much fine. Say thank you for sharing and get up and do it and do as much as you can. If you can’t do five or 10 minutes of first, start with a minute or two, just get started moving your body and what I’ve seen working literally training and doing workshops for tens of thousands of people all over the world and the people we’ve trained at the center for mind, body medicine have in turn worked with many hundreds of thousands, is that this kind of expressive meditation is often the beginning of healing for people who were depressed, really anxious.

    Dr. Gordon: People who’ve been traumatized, people with chronic illness and it seems a little strange. It’s not part of conventional medicine or conventional psychotherapy, and yet this is what our ancestors knew and know how crucial this was for all of us and just do it. Not a question of your viewers taking my word. Just check out how to do it again and on stock or on the website and do it. You decide for yourself. See the difference it makes when we do. It was just, we’re just down at, we were talking before we got on the air about work we’re doing in Broward County, Florida. Uh, the community that survived the school shootings down and people were very traumatized. Many of them quite depressed after the shootings. And yet so many of them felt revived as they would do these expressive meditation’s not just once, twice, three, four, half a dozen times. Sometimes even the first time said, oh my God, I’m starting to feel a little bit alive. So that’s, that’s the key to surrender. In order to surrender, in order to let go and be part of life, we need to begin usually by putting out some real active effort.

    Reena Jadhav: It’s so true. You know, I think of it also as acceptance. It’s when something terrible has happened to you, just accept that. That’s just to your point, the way of life, that’s just how life flows. So what I was going through with a horrific health crisis, second time I had to get to the point of accepting what was happening to me and saying, okay, there is something in this that I’m supposed to grow from, learn from, and I’m just going to accept what’s happening to me. I’m not going to fight it anymore. I’m not going to swim. I’m going to float through it, and I think that’s what you’re calling surrender is in my visualization that I would do is that I’m just floating.

    Dr. Gordon: Beautiful. And that’s exactly right. The acceptance is another word for surrender

    Reena Jadhav: and so it was something terrible has happened where there’s been a shooting and God forbid you’ve lost a child, you know the. The second part of it is to your point, is to say, because we started asking questions, why me? Why this horrible tragedy? There is no god help. How could a god exist? How horrible things happen to beautiful innocent souls and what I realized, you can’t go there because there’s no answer to that so that

    Dr. Gordon: yeah, but people have to do that. We will. We have to go through a certain period. Most of us, we can’t accept it. Why is this happening? Why me all this thing. This actually comes. This moves into the next, the next chapter, which is really dealing with the demon.

    Reena Jadhav: The other thing that I’ve noticed as I interviewed Dr. Jeffrey Thompson last week and we were talking about sound healing and sound vibration, and I’m connecting the dots and tell me if I’m wrong. I think to some extent, when you put on music and you move, you’re probably recalibrating the vibration. You’re probably rejiggering your brain waves were. Has there been any research done into where do our brainwaves sick when we’re depressed and the fact that sound and movement starts to maybe elevate those?

    Dr. Gordon: I don’t know if there’s been research on know the research specifically done on changes in brain waves. There’s certainly has been researched on showing that, you know, deep breathing and use helps people. It helps people with depression and there certainly researched one of that movement, uh, is extremely useful for depression. There’s a whole bunch of studies that have been done. Again, comparing movement, active exercise with a variety of antidepressants, showing that exercise, those just as well or better than antidepressants without the negative side effects there has not been researched on that I know of on these express that meditation. We use them as part of the comprehensive program in unstuck, in what we train people to do at the center for mind-body medicine, and we have research showing the effect of our comprehensive program. Would you very much includes these techniques on depression, on anxiety, on posttraumatic stress disorder?

    Dr. Gordon: So I think I would say the specific research hasn’t been done, but there’s been enough done that it is, as the scientists would say, suggestive so that you’ve got everything to gain and nothing to lose by. Fortunately, more and more research is being on the kinds of approaches that we’re discussing now on the effect of exercise on depression. The effect of meditation on decreasing the size of areas of the brain that are responsible for fear and anger, for example, the Amygdala and the emotional brain and increasing activity in the frontal cortex, areas of the brain, responsible for judgment and self-awareness and compassion. So the research researchers are getting more and more interested in the kinds of approaches we’re talking about and that research is beginning to appear and the research on our model, which is the one I’m teaching in unstuck, the research is quite good on the use of our model to treat people who have been traumatized who are also depressed.

    Dr. Gordon: So I’m, you know, don’t worship the research but look at it, look at it critically and I think it will encourage many people. And then also keep looking at your own experience. What is making a difference for you? Chapter four, dealing with demons. How do we deal with those demons? Dr. Gordon will, first of all, demon the word demon comes from the Greek word Diamond d a I, m o, n which was not just something negative, but it was also the kind of a genius. It was there inside us that could, that we could consult, that could help us be and become who we’re meant to be. Over time it got narrowed down to the demon to something threatening, uh, you know, unpleasant and dark and horrible. What I would say is we need to recover some of that ancient meaning and we need to understand that these dark and painful and horrible to us aspects of our lives also have something to teach us, so we need to work with them rather than just to try to lead them to get away from them or to drug them into submission.

    Dr. Gordon: So if we are angry, for example, you know, why did this happen to me? How could this have happened to me? I’d been such a good boy. You’re such a good girl. Or how could, how could I help in this terrible thing had happened? What I might say is you’ve got to work with that team and you got to work with that anger. Don’t pretend it’s not there. Don’t just wallow in it. Don’t drag yourself up so you don’t feel it. Hit a punching bag, scream and shout. Get out the anger, start becoming aware, full, fully experienced, all that frustration and what will happen often as you begin to work with this particular demon of rage and outrage really is it’s something else will open up. Sadness will come, the deeper sadness the anger may have been protecting us against and they will soften up and change will be possible again, or the demon may be procrastination a, that’s one of mine.

    Dr. Gordon: I don’t know if you’ve experienced that and writing, but I do at times. I’ve got to put it all I’ve got. I can’t do it. Okay. So this is me, this is a demon that I’ve had around me on and off over the years. What do I do about it? Do I just beat myself up for once again, putting off, doing something? Uh, do I keep trying to do something that I just can’t do or maybe I shift gears. Maybe I start doing something else. So I take the, um, the injunction to do something productive and I generalize it and so I stopped doing the writing on the book and maybe I write emails to people and if I can’t do that, that maybe I straightened out my desk something else. So, you know, again, I’m, I’m recognizing this particular demon. I’m not pretending that it’s not there, I’m not going to war with it, but I’m trying to figure out a way to learn from it and to move through it.

    Dr. Gordon: And I don’t know how many times I’ve found that if I back away for a moment from procrastination and I either start working on some other kinds of writing or I do something a practical, right, even I moved my body and I just take a walk. I then come back refreshed. So we need to do, we need to become aware of the demons and we need to find a strategy and it’s going to be different for each one and an unstuck. I outlined ways of working with 10 or a dozen different kinds of demons. Each of us has different payments. And so there are different strategies and what you can ask your wise guide. Also what you should do if your demons, anger, you’re angry all the time. Okay. What do I do about the sanger with your intuition has to say,

    Reena Jadhav: could you share what those demons are? You mentioned in the book that you outline a few demons and some strategies. So anger is one. What are some of the other demons?

    Dr. Gordon: Well, resentment, which is a much nastier form of anger, you know, sitting around, stewing about, no, how could she have done this to me or how could he be like this? And another one is envy. Oh, he’s so much better at doing his job. I wish I could be like in another one is jealousy. Oh, my husband, he keeps looking at that other woman. I’m all that I mean, all the spiritual traditions including a new test. And they’re very clear about that. I can’t do anything at all last. Well it’s good to be lost four in a way, but if you’re going around, you know, constantly preoccupied with, you know, who am I going to sleep with next? And just driving your self and everybody else crazy. That’s a demon. That becomes a demon for everything and oh know it may. Maybe impatience. That’s another one I know about which is slightly different. So all, all of them we’ve. We’ve all got just about all of us have one or another. Even the Shane said their demons and they had to work a lot of the pictures of the saints in the desert. They’re there by themselves. They’re wrestling with their demons.

    Reena Jadhav: Let’s talk about a specific demon just because I know so many people who are dealing with us, which is that of the emotion that emerges when you lose something really important. Whether that’s loss of a child. We’ve got some friends that have lost a child to cancer or another lost in a car accident. So losing something that you love tremendously. Losing a spouse, losing a parent. That’s something that every single one of us is going to experience at some point, you know, losing someone you love. And of course, that creates a demon within. Could you just share one or two quick tips on how can someone deal with that? Because that can take over your life.

    Dr. Gordon: I’m not sure that that’s a demon so much. I think the demon would be if you continue to be disabled by that loss. The demon might be inertia or slow or. No, I can’t. I can’t move. Or the demon might be the anger that we discussed. I’m so angry. How could this happen? I think grief has to be honored. You really need to traditional societies and you know, even our modern religions understand that it’s going to take the first severe bowl. So it’s gonna take a year. So the first thing is being patient with yourself.

    Reena Jadhav: Thank you for saying that. I feel like we live in a society that doesn’t give us permission to feel sad without labeling it and then trying to put pills in her mouth. Thank you for saying that. It can take a year and it’s okay. Right. To take a year to process those emotions.

    Dr. Gordon: And so it’s really important to understand that and to accept it. And one of the things where people get in trouble that I’ve seen is that they’re, they’re told, well, get your act together, move on. Suck it up and it’s just not helpful. I know we do need to function to some degree, but it may take us time and we may not be functioning optimally. The other thing is we need people to talk to about what’s going on. This is where the whole idea of a guide even even more important that as we’ve seen in working with psychological trauma here in the US and around the world and there are other people who’ve looked at work with trauma has been the single most important factor in healing is the support and connection to other people. So reach out to other people. One of the problems with weight loss is we feel like we’re the only one who’s experiencing it now.

    Dr. Gordon: Maybe the only one who’s ever experienced it, and this is partly physiological because certain parts of our brain get disabled by trauma or at least become somewhat dysfunctional. So understand and connect with other people who can share with you who can be there for you as you’re going through what you’re going through and whole still don’t understand that they either have been or will be traumatized. So those, those are really probably the two most important places to start. And then the men. It’s a whole process where you can begin to use all the other tools that we’re talking about in unstuck to help you keep moving through this period.

    Reena Jadhav: Wonderful. Chapter Five, the dark night of the soul, who that sounds heavy. What is the essence of that chapter?

    Dr. Gordon: It is heavy. The phrases from John of the Cross, the 16th-century Spanish mystic, and the idea is that some of us, not all of us to go through a period of despair. Despair means without hope. We’re. We’re quite literally without hope, and this is often. This is the time when people feel suicidal and act on those suicidal impulses. So if you’re feeling in that state, in that dark night of the soul, you’re feeling I, nothing is ever going to change. I don’t know if it’s worth living anymore. I’m thinking maybe I should end it for sure. That’s the time when you need to reach out for a guide and for a professional guide. That’s the time when you need somebody there with you who understands and is not terrified by what you’re going through. I want to repeat that. This is really important. There are professionals who are beautiful at working with people who are suicidal.

    Dr. Gordon: They were others who were made intolerably anxious by it, and so they rushed to the prescription pad. They don’t want to hear from you. They start getting agitated. They may cut you off. Don’t talk to those people. Find someone who really, who really understands what you’re going through, accepts it and understands that you can come out on the other side. One of the things to keep in mind is the phrase, the dark night of the soul, the darkness it becomes to use that other phrase, it becomes darkest before dawn. So often that darkness is the beginning of the turning around to the light coming back on. Now, one of what I’ve found over the years that that’s really important is people need an experience of hope and experience of change to believe that hope is justified as change as possible. So we’ve seen working with many, many people who were going through this dark night that simply doing some of the techniques we discussed earlier, soft belly breathing or shaking and dancing and seeing the little change that may happen.

    Dr. Gordon: You’re breathing slowly and deeply with your ability, soft and relaxed muscles in your body are beginning to relax. Doing that for five or 10 minutes and feeling the difference. That experience is a direct antidote to the feelings of hopelessness and helplessness because you actually have helped yourself. You’ve made a difference. And if you can make one difference, this is what our brain understands. You can make more than one different. So having some kind of experience of change becomes critically important in this stage. The other thing that’s important that we need to do is if we’re in an insert of intractable depression, it’s not changing. We’re feeling in despair. Part of that consultation with a guide, if we haven’t done it earlier, may mean looking at all the potential biological as well as psychological, social and spiritual reasons why we may be so depressed. So sometimes people get stuck and go into this deep state when there’s a lack of nutrients in your body, they’re missing one or another vital nutrient or when their gut is not where their intestinal tract is not working well and there are substances leaking across the intestinal tract that are causing inflammatory reactions perhaps in our brain that are contributing to our depression that are not relieved just by meditation or by, um, by you know, moving the body.

    Dr. Gordon: They may need a specific and not even just by good ed, but that may need a very specific nutritional program. So that’s an important time to go to see somebody who practices integrative medicine or functional medicine who can help you look at those biological possibilities. And then this dark night is also the time and this comes to the next stage when many of us feel the need for some kind of spiritual counsel for some perspective that’s larger than the one that we have now. And that a direction in which we need to be looking.

    Reena Jadhav: Thank you for talking about nutrition. I’m convinced having done over 52 interviews at this point and having talked to hundreds of people who’ve gone through different chronic illness issues themselves, that if someone starts to feel sad, depressed without a trigger, so it trigger could be the loss of someone or a horrible boss that’s making your life miserable, like there’s no real trigger and the triggers are made up and that’s what’s making you feel hopeless and depressed. Nutrition is probably a huge underlying factor and then so is lack of sleep. Dr. Gordon, have you done any research into what sleep disruption does to creating that sense of depression, anger, anxiety, all of those negative emotions.

    Dr. Gordon: Let me just say one more word about nutritional. Come back to sleep in and unstuck. In the chapter on the call, I talk about a basic nutritional assessment and the basic nutritional changes. I think that’s really important too, for people to follow those recommendations on a basic program supplementation. A very significant portion of our population, for example, is deficient in vitamin D, b vitamins and chromium and selenium and others. We need to replenish our system to deal with the stress that we are experiencing and you deal with those deficiencies so there’s a basic program for it. If that basic program is not enough, then I would suggest consulting an expert in nutrition, functional medicine or integrative medicine and I would do that if you’ve been depressed for a long time and slash or if you have a lot of other physical symptoms and certainly if you’re in this dark night of the soul, if you haven’t done it before, done that consultation before I would do with that.

    Dr. Gordon: Sleep is also very important when really it’s a kind of a kind of a renaissance of interest in sleep and there’s a lot of research going on showing that sleep disturbance can contribute to a whole variety of conditions that cause us trouble including anxiety and depression and sometimes sleep disturbance is caused by sleep apnea. A particular condition where we stopped breathing. Dirt Wall were sleeping and you may need to be tested by that and your partner can tell you whether he or she is at various moments in the night was terrified you were going to stop breathing altogether, but even aside from sleep apnea, so many of us are so anxious that we have trouble getting to sleep or we’re so worried about what’s going to happen tomorrow or the day after that. We wake up early in the morning with our minds full of ideas. We wake up at 3:00 instead of six or 7:00, so we really need to look at what’s causing the sleep disturbance and I also need to use remedies that are at least for a period of time that is helpful for us going to sleep.

    Dr. Gordon: Some of it can be dietary, changing what we eat, getting rid of processed food, getting rid of the stimulants of various kinds. Maybe important to use herbal remedies that are helpful for sleep at least for a period of time like Valerian, skullcap and passion flower. Some people use Melatonin can be helpful. Small dose of Melatonin, three or five milligrams can be very helpful for sleep, so it is important to get sleep and balance, but doing all the other things, doing meditation, doing exercise, um, connecting with other people, sharing what’s going on with you, with other people, eating in a way that’s in conformity with our biological programming. All of those will contribute to good sleep.

    Dr. Gordon: Chapter six, what is the essence of who we are? Whether we think we are or not, we are spiritual beings. We’re, we’re connected. And I’m defining that in a way that’s really very general spirit, uh, is a word that has, that also means breath in many languages. So there’s a deep understanding at the earliest stages of humanities languages that there’s a connection between our breath and what we’ve come to call the spiritual world. It is a connection between what is within us, the breath we take in and the outer world into which we breathe, the much larger world, and that when we breathe, we can use breath as a way to connect with what is so much larger than ourselves. We are creatures who need meaning and purpose in our lives is not that we can’t survive without meaning and purpose. People do, but it’s very hard to thrive and that meaning and purpose really is as and especially the older, the older we become, we find that it’s not just about basic survival needs, having enough food or having shelter and having a sexual partner, that there’s much more, there’s much more to life, there’s much more depth in a relationship, is much more, um, value and importance and we can contribute to the world around us to not only to the people who are closest to us in our family but to the larger world that we are in fact connected to the larger world.

    Dr. Gordon: Whether we call it a natural, whether we call it other people, whether we call it the universe or great spirit or God, that there is a connection that’s there. If we pay attention and then if we treasure that connection and make it an intimate part of our lives, it can make all the difference in. It gives us a reason to live. It gives us a reason not just to survive, but to live and to thrive and to celebrate life, and there are many, many ways to experience the spiritual. There are thousands and thousands of pathways, some of which have to do with religions, some of which had nothing to do with religion, but the meditation, whether it’s the quiet soft belly breathing or expressive meditations like shaking and dancing, the more we do them, the more we find ourselves opening up to a realm of peace, a realm of a sort of exist. The word you used was beautiful. The acceptance of what’s going on, the world of connection to something larger than ourselves. So these are pathways toward the spiritual. Another is being in nature. There’s nothing like, you know, going for a walk. I’m looking out my window. I got this house. The house was a perfectly nice house, but not that remarkable except I’ve got trees out back. Just looking at those trees every day just helps to renew me and helps me.

    Dr. Gordon: It helps me to feel that connection to that, that larger world. And for those who have been. I live in the city, I’m very fortunate, but I’ve worked a lot with people who don’t have views of trees as I do from their home, just going to the park, walking around the park for 15, 20 minutes or half an hour, just changes the day. All of a sudden, the people feel recalled to who they really are. We grew up in nature. We are a part of nature. If we can reaffirm it. That’s a way of experiencing ourselves as spiritual beings. So all these are routes to the spiritual. All are important. The more we can realize ourselves. Um, and one of the ways I kind of look at this is through the lens of the golden rule. Do unto others as you would have them do unto you or don’t do to other people what you don’t want them to do to you said differently in different religious traditions.

    Dr. Gordon: That’s a beautiful way to be spiritual, to really sort of see a shake yourself out. I’m not so interested in Highfalutin ideas about, oh, I’m so spiritual. I’m interested in how do people treat me, what do they like and how do I treat other people? That’s how I, you know, that’s, that’s the way both the old and the new testament and then also it’s the in Islam and Sarah in the yoga tradition. Not to have that as fundamental. If that’s not there, everything else I think not so seriously. I don’t see it as being loving with other people, treat them with respect and that’s the way you realize the spiritual and it feels so good to do that.

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely. Like you know, I have been meditating now for over two years and I do pretty intensive meditation every day and I’ve had some pretty remarkable experiences during my meditations and one of them has been feeling like we’re actually in most and Dr. Gordon. He is the most overwhelming experience to realize that actually were immersed in love. We are surrounded with love. I know it’s called dark matter. We don’t know what it is. There’s all this stuff around us, but it’s music and it’s love and knowing that you’re actually based in love changes your perspective sometimes when you’re really depressed, are you really down? You feel like, you know, you get into those waves of nobody loves me, nobody cares. I’m all alone. And then to realize actually no, I am so loved

    Dr. Gordon: and they’ll be more in touch with it. For some people that’s big, that’s a huge leap and if they can just feel that sense of acceptance or peace for a moment or connection between their own breathing and the world around them, that’s the first step. And then perhaps they’ll come to that place that you’re describing or maybe in listening to a piece of music that will help them to hear the music that maybe all around us all the time, but it’s a stepwise process for some people it’s dramatic. Uh, and you know, very, uh, all-pervasive for other people, it’s just a little bit at a time. And again, patience, be patient with yourself.

    Reena Jadhav: Yes, took me two years to get here. So certainly it didn’t happen overnight.

    Dr. Gordon: Some people, it may take 20 years or two hundred.

    Reena Jadhav: That’s why you need guidance. That’s why you need people that can accelerate that process, whether that’s from a sound healing, binaural beats or whether that’s finding a group, which is how I got to accelerate my experiences and release my Kundalini is it’s, it’s, you know because it’s.

    Dr. Gordon: It was really important. There are many different pathways and many, many different ways to experience the spiritual non, in my opinion, and experience [inaudible] better known as worse necessarily human beings that have devised thousands and thousands of different ways. Find one that suits you and some something doesn’t suit you. No matter how many experts and Gurus told you. Find another way.

    Reena Jadhav: Yeah, don’t keep doing it if it’s not working. That’s right. So true. And I’m going to say another kind of thing. As they say, watch for signs. I feel the universe is always presenting us with the right option. We just have lost the art of observation or noticing and if you start to keep a journal, the health journal again is one way you can do it. If you start to make notes of what’s showing up in your life over and over again, you might be surprised that that’s actually the right thing for you at this point in time,

    Dr. Gordon: either the right thing for you where it’s telling you got to, at any rate, just telling you have to deal with it.

    Reena Jadhav: Yes, exactly. Exactly, and deal with it. I think the worst thing people can do is when they get depressed as not deal with it, just a wallet when at an accepted as that. That’s kind of like fate. This is it. This is how I’m going to be, and I think that’s what it needs to. What we’ve seen lately, unfortunately, we’ve lost some really famous people. It leads to that level of-of extreme reaction where you ended up committing suicide and Dr. Gordon, I want to thank you again. Your book is so timely because it seems like there’s a lot of that going around and so my goal is to raise awareness with everyone who’s feeling that way right now to kind of buy your book, listened to this masterclass, so if you’re listening or watching, please share this. Share this with everyone out there because you never know who’s going through what and what thoughts that they’re feeling.

    Dr. Gordon: So a couple other things I want to say kind of in conclusion. One is, and this is one more chapter by the way. Okay, that chapter seven. Let’s do chapter seven because it put it all together. You.

    Reena Jadhav: All right, chapter seven, the return. Dr. Donna, where are we returning back to?

    Dr. Gordon: Well, we’re returning back to ourselves, but as all the tales that we read about-about the journey of the hero or heroine who’s gone on this journey of self-discovery, you come back to the same place, but with different eyes, you see it differently. So at the end of this journey, what we have is a program that we’ve put together from all of the different tools and techniques we learned in the other six stages and that we’re developing a daily program of working with meditation. We’re both quiet, meditation and active proactive expressive meditation using our imagination, using guided imagery, guided imagery, maybe using drawings or written exercises to access imagination are all things I described. And unstuck. We’re seeing people somewhat differently. We’re seeing that person who we thought was, um, we really didn’t like. We come back and we said, oh, she’s not so bad. Very interesting.

    Dr. Gordon: One of the things that we see in our training, and I want to talk a little bit more at the end about our training at the center for mind-body medicine is people sit in the same small group of 10 people over the course of five days, 16 hours over five days. And they watch not only themselves, they learned about themselves, but they also see the other people in the group. We don’t let people argue or interrupt or analyze or interpret everybody’s there to work on themselves, but what happens is by the second or third or fourth or fifth day, that person who you were envious of in the beginning, you know he’s, you know, he’s got his thing. I’ve got me and he’s got his issues. I got mine and that one you thought was a total idiot. Turns out actually not to be so dumb after all.

    Dr. Gordon: So this is a process. As you become more self-aware, you start seeing other people and your relationships differently. You start, you know you and your partner have been in a pattern for years, which may not have been. You know, may have been okay when you first got together, but it’s not working anymore. You’ve fallen into a cotter and not work and all of a sudden you’re seeing not only that it’s not working, but you’re seeing, oh, here’s the way I can make a change. Here’s something I can do. I can say, come on honey, let’s go out for a walk. Something simple or let’s take another look at the way we’re dealing with our problems. Let’s I’m going to try to get out of the fixed ideas iPad before I wanna invite both of us to really put our heads together in a different way so you’re coming back with fresh eyes, with a hole, if you will, the whole toolbox of tools to use to keep yourself in balance, to keep yourself in the process of change, to deal with the demons, to reach out to other people, to connect with the larger world, to have some kind of spiritual practice.

    Dr. Gordon: All these things you now put together in a program that is at that is right for you and each of them is going to be somewhat different for each of us and that’s the return. And then life feels different, feels a little lighter, feel a little more competent, feel a little more hopeful or maybe a little more about what you can do. So that’s, that’s the return and that’s coming back home. And there are all these wonderful pictures. I mean, if you think of Odysseus’s homecoming, you know he’s gotta to slay the suitors. You know that who was trying to get his wife to leave him and marry them, but once he’s done that, he’s home. He’s with his, with his family and he’s, he’s. But the same thing happens to all of us want as we come through this kind of a journey, which is sometimes an ordeal and sometimes simply an adventure that we come back stronger. We come back more flexible, we come back more able to live our lives fully and that’s what I would. That’s what I hope for him, for myself and for everyone. You know, everyone I work with and everyone who’s reading unstuck.

    Reena Jadhav: I definitely want to share a little bit more on the return Dr. Gordon because I think when you go so far into being sad or depressed or just kind of living our lives, we forget what the original place feels like. We forget how to feel amazing sort of jumping out of bed with joy and I didn’t know you could feel this way until a year out of having sort of done everything. In fact, we must be sold sisters from from a previous life because our health through Kansas structured very similarly and having put myself through all of that sort of the nature walks and it heals on activities and have gotten to a point where I am just always happy and I hadn’t felt that way for decades. I mean starting from Undergrad, you know, there’s the stress of getting grades and there’s relationship drama and there are all kinds of stuff that goes on. We get so mired in our day to day life that’s full of serious ups and downs. We forget that there is an original place that’s calm and joyful and bless, blissed out. Share a little bit about that if you will please. People don’t even know where they’re returning to. Like we are like coming back to,

    Dr. Gordon: well, I think there is in all of us that possibility for that joy. There are some people though who really, um, may not even remember that they’ve ever experienced that. People who’ve been down and out for so much of their lives. So it’s a bit unfamiliar to them. And the idea is often there, and I’ve seen this with people who’ve been depressed for a very long time because I’m not sure I trust this, you know, I feel good about what’s going to happen next. When is the other shogun a fall of when am I going to go back again? So I think this is where the continuing practice is really important and we’re meditation helps you see those thoughts that threatened to drag you back down on the one hand and helps you appreciate bringing, having the meditative mind, the mind that’s more capable of being there in the present helps you appreciate exactly that joy that you’re talking about that Oh yeah, I’m drinking a little ice coffee here.

    Dr. Gordon: This is so delicious. And not just drinking it as a matter of habit, but really enjoying it and all, you know, I feel my body feels kind of sitting in this chair. I’ve kind of been ignoring my body, but now I’m paying attention. Oh yeah. It feels pretty good and I got to shift my position a little. That feels even better. So it’s really like a continual awakening and that’s what we need to come to. And, and even as we do that, there will be moments when we’re not happy all the time that we’re anxious and angry and envious.

    Dr. Gordon: But it’ll also if you allow it to, it will go. And that’s again, that’s the whole message of this on stock approach is that um, issues will come. Um, there’s a, uh, I like to use a lot of reggae and training and workshops just happened like reggae, Jimmy, cliff, uh, one of the songs he says, the opposition will come your way. The opposition’s going to come our way, who we are. And the idea is how do you relax with it? How do you not get totally thrown by it? And if you’re thrown for a while, and he said, okay, I was thrown for a while. It’s not that I’m an idiot or a bad person or this approach hasn’t worked is just the weekend and now we need to come back. So it’s an ongoing process of coming up against difficulties and then coming back to this moment and accepting and appreciating what’s going on in this moment.

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely. There is a beautiful place to return to everyone who’s listening or watching this. No that, no that there is a beautiful place. Even if you may not have experienced it for a long, long time, fight for it, you know, strive for it. You will get there. Don’t, don’t accept a place of sadness, a place of depression as the defacto state of mind for the rest of your life because it’s not true.

    Dr. Gordon: If I accept it and move through it and beyond paradox, you have it to begin with and then you can move through it.

    Reena Jadhav: Yes. Yes.

    Dr. Gordon: Not either or.

    Reena Jadhav: That’s right. That’s very true. That’s very true. And there is this beautiful place that you will come to where you’ll be just joyful and happy to be alive. So with that said, Dr Gordon. Thank you so much. One last step for anyone who’s listening to this, what is the one thing you want them to do right now to get back on the journey to being on stuff?

    Dr. Gordon: Get up from watching this, listening to this and do something you enjoy doing. Find something you really, really give you a little bit of pleasure. The other thing that I wanted to mention to people is, aside from reading on stock, um, which I hope you’ll all read and it’s out in paper, you can order it on Amazon, is those who are interested in not only using this method for themselves but for others should take a look@ourwebsiteww.com. Www dot c, m, b, m, Charlie, Mary, Betty married.org, and if you want to use it with others, come to our training. We’re training people. You don’t have to be a health professional is a professional training, but it’s open to those people. Water. Learn this method in depth Waterloo, the science water experience, the techniques, and the small groups and wanting to share it with other people. So we have health professionals, many different times, educators, community organizers.

    Dr. Gordon: Peer Counselors, leaders of women’s groups, people who want to share the work with their friends and their churches, synagogues, mosques, we’ve trained about 6,000 people around the world and I just want to welcome anyone who’s seeing or hearing this to take a look at the website, look at the videos, look at the work that we’ve done all over the world with people who are depressed and traumatized. Look at it as a really nice video from 60 minutes that features our work with traumatized kids in Gaza and Israel. You get a feeling for other videos too. You get a feeling for what this can do and please come to join us and if you’re working with people who are underserved or you yourself have a low income and you’d like to do this, we will do our best to give you at least a partial scholarship to come to the training you want you to be there.

    Reena Jadhav: What a great opportunity. Thank you so much for sharing that and your kindness and generosity in making it available. For those who are underprivileged as well. We are going to be putting all the links on the show notes, so make sure you guys were listening and watching. Please check out the show notes for the link to the website, to the programs and I hope you’ll take advantage of some of these great opportunities. I, I believe I will be flying out as well. So Dr. Gordon. Thank you so much again. And so the rest of you, what else? The music and go dance. Go for a walk in nature and I will see you on another podcast.

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    James S. Gordon, MD
    Address: 5225 Connecticut Ave. NW, Suite #414,
    Washington, DC. 20015
    Tel: 202.966.7338
    Fax: 202.966.2589

    WEBSITE:
    cmbm.org

    SOCIAL MEDIA:
    www.facebook.com/MindBodyMed
    twitter.com/mindbodymed
    twitter.com/jamesgordonmd
    www.linkedin.com/company/the-center-for-mind-body-medicine
    vimeo.com/mindbodymed

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!

  • “What’s Making Our Children Sick?” Interview With Dr. Perro and Dr. Adams

    “What’s Making Our Children Sick?” Interview With Dr. Perro and Dr. Adams

    “WHAT’S MAKING OUR CHILDREN SICK_” INTERVIEW WITH DR. PERRO AND DR. ADAMS

     

    HealthBootcamps iTunesHealthBootcamps SoundcloudHealthBootcamps YoutubeHealthBootcamps Buy The Book

    Read the Transcript Below the Bio

    What’s Making Our Children Sick? is a radical rethinking of the relationships between our children’s food, medicine, and health in the twenty-first century. Michelle Perro, MD, a veteran pediatrician with over 35 years experience successfully treating children, and Vincanne Adams, Ph.D., from the University of California, provide a clinical and scientifically sound explanation of the pediatric health crisis the agrochemical industry has helped to create, and present a food-focused, go-to resource for parents, practitioners, and health educators to follow. This book explores the links between GM foods, pesticides like glyphosate, and the emerging science around our gut health and offers a path forward to help heal our kids and reverse the compromised health of our food supply.

    Michelle Perro, MD is a veteran pediatrician with over thirty-five years of experience in acute and integrative medicine. More than ten years ago, Dr. Perro transformed her clinical practice to include pesticide and health advocacy. She has both directed and worked as attending physician from New York’s Metropolitan Hospital to UCSF Benioff Children’s Hospital Oakland. Dr. Perro has managed her own business, Down to Earth Pediatrics. She is currently lecturing and consulting as well as working with Gordon Medical Associates, an integrative health center in Northern California. Her new book, which she co-authored with Dr. Vincanne Adams, is What’s Making Our Children Sick?: How Industrial Food Is Causing an Epidemic of Chronic Illness, and What Parents (and Doctors) Can Do About It (Chelsea Green Publishing, 2018).

    Vincanne Adams, Ph.D. is a professor and vice-chair of Medical Anthropology, in the Department of Anthropology, History, and Social Medicine at the University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Adams has previously published six books on the social dynamics of health, scientific knowledge and politics, including most recently, Markets of Sorrow, Labors of Faith: New Orleans in the Wake of Katrina (2013), and Metrics: What Counts in Global Health (2016). She is currently an editor for Medical Anthropology Quarterly, the flagship journal for the Society for Medical Anthropology of the American Anthropological Association. Her new book, which she co-authored with Dr. Michelle Perro, is What’s Making Our Children Sick?: How Industrial Food Is Causing an Epidemic of Chronic Illness, and What Parents (and Doctors) Can Do About It (Chelsea Green Publishing, 2018).

    Join HealCircles to get free trusted support for greater health!

    healcircles

    Are you serious about your health?

    Then we have a gift to encourage you! Click here for our founder’s Free Health Journal. it gives you 30 days of free weekly tracking of your moods, diet, meds, symptoms, notes, goals and gratitude.

    free health journal

     


    TRANSCRIPT:

    This is auto-generated and may have mistakes. Please listen to the interview for accuracy.

    Reena Jadhav: Hey everyone is screened here. Of and. Healthier. So today we’re talking about what’s making our kids sick. And on this show, we have two amazing scientists researchers doctors I want to welcome you Dr. Michelle Arrow and Dr. Vincent Adams who are the authors of what’s making our children sick. Welcome doctors. How are you?

    Dr. Perro: Well thank you for having us. Glad to be here.

    Dr. Adams: Yes thank you for having us, Reena. Good to be here.

    Reena Jadhav: How did you decide or why did you decide to write this book.

    Dr. Perro: OK well I’ll start with you and then let Van Sant jump in.

    Dr. Perro: RENA I have been on a journey for care children for nearly four decades now and about twenty-three years ago I had a son. He’s 24 now. My son had some health challenges and I had a serendipitous encounter with a homeopath. And she’s an M.D. homeopath and she literally changed my son’s life and she changed the path of my own career. I studied homeopathy and eventually got into integrative health. That world led me into some other types of people doing activism stopping the spray of pesticides. About 12 years ago and these moms here in Marin County in Northern California needed a pediatrician on their board and I would love deadly fighting kicking and scream joined in you know small kids. Medical practice the whole deal. And these gals literally transformed Northern California with stopping the spray against a light brown apple moth which actually turned out not to be a pathogen.

    Dr. Perro: But these gals one of them, in particular, asked me about GMO Riina and I didn’t know about GMO. And she forced me and very tactful ways a guy would read Jeffrey Smith’s book Seeds of Deception. And this was in 2006 and when smart women speak I listen I read that book and Jeffrey’s amazing well-researched book I learned about the work of a researcher who first studies gamers in Europe named Dr. Arpad pistes. And when I understood his work light bulbs went off in my head to understand the relationship. What about genetically modified food and the rising health crisis that I was starting to see in children which I first noted about 15 20 years ago and it all came together and it literally transformed my clinical practice.

    Dr. Perro: And then I went to write a book what about you and yes so I.

    Dr. Adams: My path was not so direct as Michelle’s to this book.

    Dr. Adams: I’m a medical anthropologist by training and I’ve written many books. This was my seventh book I think and I spent many many years working in Tibet working with Tibetan medical doctors on issues of Safe Motherhood and alternative approaches to health and healing that the Asian Medical Systems offered. And my field was one that had always been sort of position in some critical relationship to mainstream medicine I would say. And so we were very I was always very interested in and have taught for many years on the politics of healthcare. The politics of knowledge around healthcare and when I met Michelle about I guess it’s around five years ago almost six years ago now we started taking walks together. She was my neighbor and I started hearing her tell me these stories about these sick kids and some of the stories really rang true for my own children as well.

    Dr. Adams: And I thought this is a really interesting story. She’s talking about this rising epidemic of children with chronic disorders that aren’t being helped by mainstream medicine. And I thought there’s something really interesting here and there’s a story to be told about integrative medicine. That was the thing I first thought I would want to read a book about. I was not so on the page with her about the idea that genetic modification of foods had anything to do with the health crisis. I was skeptical like a lot of people and when I first went to the internet I just thought like a lot of people do. Yeah, this is kind of a conspiracy theory and I’m not sure I believe it. However when I started to dig in and when I started to interrogate Michelle a little bit more about the science that this was based on and I realized how controversial it was and how fascinating it was but also how scary it was because if any of these controversial sciences were actually right then we were facing an epidemic.

    Dr. Adams: And so at some point, I decided well this is a really interesting topic as well. And I remember on one of our Heitz I said to her you know you make a great book and she said she’s been wanting to write a book for many years and so I said OK I think we can do this. And I began interviewing her on our hikes and I began. We set up to interview a lot of her patients. I started digging deep on the science and digging and deep on the context of the crisis that we were facing which was not just about GMO foods and pesticides it was also about the crisis of medicine and the inability of mainstream that is to really deal with one the problem of food in relationship not to the normal culprits but the foods that we thought were healthy that may not be because of the pesticides but also the models that are being used in medicine to take care of people that just weren’t able to get at the root causes. And so that’s how I ended up working on this book together with Ensal and it’s spent a great great experience.

    Reena Jadhav: And thank God you did. Because I think this is a book that’s much needed at this time. You know you talk about it being sort of a chronic epidemic of children’s illness says a little bit about what are we seeing and how bad of an epidemic is you want to start Michelle.

    Dr. Perro: So yeah I certainly can talk about that I live it. I walk the walk. I see it almost daily because I still do a kind of good practice and I can tell you since Vinson and I wrote the book which we finished about a year ago over a year ago things have gotten worse and it’s manifested in clinical medicine just every day. And it’s not a day that goes by that I see some very alarming kids. And as Ventana mentioned without the tools to manage them. So what we have is a situation where one out of two kids now has a chronic disease. And that in itself is shocking. That’s about 51 percent of children. And by definition chronic actually means a disease that happens for more than three months and has no treatment and Western medicine that’s the actual definition of chronic. Just for your listeners the types of illnesses on the rise which is essentially all of them.

    Dr. Perro: I could start with neurocognitive disorders which are the types of diseases like autism Autistic Spectrum Disorder are now affecting one in 34 Bwaise one into children. And when we wrote the book it was 143 boys 1 in 68 kids. So it’s gonna get worse. Asthma very common. One in eight American children that are white. One in six African-American children and Latino children is kind of varied. I mean if you look at issues regarding food allergies, in general, I spend a lot of time talking about food and got in the book. There are some really good chapters too which is very interesting because there are severe types of food allergies affecting about 1 in 13 kids and low-grade chronic food sensitivities or intolerances which are debatable in Western medicine are affecting about 40 percent of kids. As far as we can tell but in my own clinical practice of kids with chronic complex health issues, I saw 95 percent of my patients had evidence of chronic food issues intolerances or sensitivities.

    Dr. Perro: And we can talk about. I think it’s very important to talk about mental health issues because mental health issues in Western medicine it’s the brain is cut off from the rest the body at the neck as if these two things aren’t related and they are. Affecting a shocking 46 percent of kids where diagnoses such as anxiety and depression OCD eating disorders can bring sleep disorders that are rampant that are now affecting children as well. And so this extends into endocrine issues autoimmune obesity. And we go into the book and right in our introduction about all these statistics it’s all science-based. We intend I think like 260 citations. We really were careful to document scientifically what we were reporting on. And so by definition, you have to understand the definition of an epidemic is under one and a hundred people. And we clearly have matched that in the majority of childhood issues. And so this is what we’re looking at now as parents as clinicians as educators etc.

    Reena Jadhav: such as having doctors develop as you mentioned to me that she saw her first child case of a mess. So we’re starting to see episodes of diseases like amass that are showing up in children which is third of what age are you seeing kids having chronic illnesses. What’s that age group like.

    Dr. Perro: So the age group is it’s all over the map. The most common is the most common ages that we see really. You know I’d say they start entering kindergarten. But the truth be told it’s about five years old. It’s way younger than that. And I have now. There are what we call soft signs when kids are born already with issues that are already concerning. So, for example, I’m seeing kids clearly infants who are covered head to toe on eczema. We have a kid like that in the book. But babies are born with severe eczema within the first few weeks of life. There are babies who are able to tolerate any feeding breastmilk anything that moms eating Mom’s or on the severe food restrictions. And these babies are suffering which could secrete severe crying and stuff like that constipation starting in infancy. Soft signs babies with sleep disruption and can’t get themselves to self soon or these Locky stormily patterns of behavior starting in infancy.

    Dr. Perro: So we have these soft signs that these kids are not right early don’t know quite what to do with them. And then as children get older they start to evolve into more classic clinical diagnoses later on in life. But there are soft signs in infancy. We’re seeing it early and earlier. All the other stuff I. My biggest fear right now is if you know autism is not bad and chronic infection are pandas and other immune diseases related to the brain. So this autoimmune issue like the M.S. that you are bringing up so rightfully Riina is very concerning. And we’re now starting to see more and more.

    Reena Jadhav: Yeah when you see a 10-year old I think it’s horrifying. You know it should be out having found out more about health issues of assumptions and Matt and the rest of it correct. So what is causing this? What started this.

    Dr. Perro: Well I know that you can jump in here.

    Dr. Adams: And then you can follow up because we all wore the same sure. But you know like the way we talk about it in the book is that we do a lot of case studies in the book.

    Dr. Adams: So the goal is to have readers be able to identify with some of the stories that maybe are familiar to their own stories as well. And I would just add as a footnote on the last comment that what Michelle was talking about of these things showing up in infants. I mean she also did does point out and we talk about it in the book that parents who are exposed before or during pregnancy to some of these problems you know produce children who are homeless as well. So there’s a lot of discussion of the problem of epigenetics and genetics in the book but in a way that is legible to the average reader. So I mean what we say in the book is that it’s is probably the case that our kids are getting sick and it, by the way, it’s not just kids.

    Dr. Adams: I mean adults are getting sick too. But kids as Michele’s often want to say are going to show the signs very early. Their cells turn over faster so they’re likely to show the symptoms earlier and possibly get sicker. Plus they’re starting at a younger age looking to have sicknesses for longer anyway. People are getting sick from exposure to a lot of things the chemical exposure level endocrine disrupting toxicants things like PCBs they lights parabens. From the built environment in the household even from the hygiene and beauty Project’s products that are in use today by a lot of people also have an impact on health. So these are there’s a sea of chemicals that are out there. We in the book just focus on one possible route and that is the food route because it’s the one thing that people put in their mouths or throughout the day or three times a day or several times a day.

    Dr. Adams: And it’s the most potent source of health and disease. So we specifically focus on the problem of modern food and what we mean by that is modern industrial food. So since the dawn of agriculture men have been humans have been changing the way we grow things and the DNA of food that’s without a doubt. But what we did in the 1970s is we start some companies started to figure out how to modify the DNA of plants into ways that are the most prolific of the crops that are grown today. One of these was to create a plant a seed that could withstand the spraying of Roundup or the use of glyphosate which is the active ingredient in the herbicide Roundup The second type was a modification that would enable the plant to become a pesticide in its own right. That is inserting the DNA the protein that would kill insects into the plant itself.

    Dr. Adams: Well originally these companies thought that these would be safe for humans. One life essay they thought didn’t have an effect on human cells that it was only effective on plant cells because they have the enzymatic pathway that humans don’t have. Well we now know that our microbe biome does have that asthmatic pathway and so the question about whether this product the life of say in the roundup and in other herbicides that have Glaive for sale is having an impact on the gut is huge and we take it up very seriously in the book can go into the evidence for the harms of glyphosate and the risks of life of saying that is available now. The other type the inserting of the pesticide or the thing that will kill insects in the plant itself. It’s it’s a technique that has been used historically by farmers to spray on plants that would kill insects.

    Dr. Adams: Now we the GM technologies enable farmers NABL companies that make these seeds to insert the protein right into the plant itself which means you can’t wash it off it’s in the plant no matter what part of the plant is eaten it will have this protein and the way it kills insects is it goes in and pokes holes lining up its gut and kills the insect by way of a kind of septicemia. The assumption on this one too was that it was not harmful to humans because the pH of the human gut is different from that of an insect gut. We now know that the active activation of the protein which is what is required of that ph of the insect gut doesn’t matter because these proteins are pre-activated and most of the crops that are grown with them. So there are studies out there that show that there is there is plenty of evidence to show that BT is also a likely harmful agent to humans.

    Dr. Adams: What the way we approach it is through this whole model of how the gut is a new piece of the puzzle that enables us to connect the dots between the science and the evidence that’s out there from the clinical world of sick kids. And you know so part of what we have to do in the book explains what do we mean by the microbiomes and what are the kinds of diseases that disrupt the microbe that we’re talking about we’re talking about a disrupted microbiome. And I’ll turn it over to Michelle because she can explain those things better than I am.

    Dr. Perro: What then Santa is referring to is now children. Adult dogs are affected by what we’re seeing are two main issues. There they’re more than two lead me but we focus on two and we go into it. We have a couple chapters on the book. One is called a leaky gut or intestinal permeability and the other is called despite AOSIS or imbalance microbiomes. So let’s go into some depth on what and for your listeners on what these two issues are because most of us have it and we explain why Leekie got. Normally we have these really tight junctions that line and test them our intestines are not like a cement wall things have to pass like nutrients to feed our systems our biologic systems. So there is these little kinds of modulators in modulating by this protein Cozart Yulan that tells the cells when to open it shocked based on what needs to pass.

    Dr. Perro: But what we now know that these little Zombieland soldiers have been affected by GM food genetically modified food and pesticides so that they are disrupted. And for many of us they are leaking show that proteins for example before they’re incompletely broken down into their little molecules are being passed in too big of proteins and this is one of the reasons why we think there are so many issues regarding what’s gluten sensitivity or gluten intolerance. These molecules are large our immune system there is one cell away sitting on the other side of this leaky God is seeing these I’d say for example large protein molecules as foreign invaders and we’re mounting an immune response which is then become something called inflammation and it will come when it goes on and result in that becomes chronic inflammation which is one of the root causes of many of the disorders that we are seeing now.

    Dr. Perro: But what we have to appreciate is that many things are passing through our gut our gut begins with our mouth and with our tushy that it’s got. People treat this like oral cavity as some dental issue. Oh no no no it’s not a dental issue. This is the beginning of your got so many issues started here. Someone also passes through the air. Well, how about Frankie toxicant seeing light gas and you know Peyton’s and God knows what kids are putting in their mouths. Art supplies. There are so many toxic things going in there pesticides people are spreading at their homes. Not all pesticides come from the food a lot of them are being sprayed in home gardens right in the mouth. So all these things are passing as well and this toxic soup is passing into our children our dogs and ourselves. There are no studies looking at the effects of the toxic chemical soup on health.

    Dr. Perro: We barely have enough on one chemical we have over 80000 chemicals now on the market. So now we have this passing. It causes chronic inflammation. It travels throughout our bloodstream. It can also be our biggest nerve the main Nergal nerve highway into our brains cause a leaky blood-brain barrier and get into our brains leaky gut leaky brain. These are related and we have a great kid in the book we talk about one of my great patients and Zed and I talk about so that’s Liiga. The second thing that been said and I really go into a lot adapt and boy this is the fiend cutting edge of medicine integrative and Western is the microbiomes and the microbiome is the collection of the organism as a bacterial viral fungal that make up this organ in itself. We have many microbial organisms in our gut that stay in and are the harmonious balance.

    Dr. Perro: These microbes are responsible for many functions in our body. And the biggest one that I would focus on right now is immune function and what a healthy microbiomes your immune system can go astray. Vitamin production goes astray detoxification goes astray. And what we know is and we’ll get into this in a bit that Clay phosphate which is the main ingredient in Roundup which is the most ubiquitously sprayed herbicide in the world 700 compounds contain goit glyphosate derived as base herbicides. Although there is a problem now going on we know that later and glyphosate is also an antibiotic patented by Monsanto. Now bear so there are disruptions happening and so that disruption in the microbiome affects our immune function or by new production detoxification and hence this is how so many of us are starting life right now and we have a very poor inadequately robust microbiomes which is setting us up for later disasters and there’s a lot of good research on this now so you did a ton of research into what might be out there that’s trying to kill us.

    New Speaker: Now what that research did you find shocking or horrifying where you felt people need to know this and we need to be the mouthpiece for each share with our audience about those shocking facts that you found out.

    Dr. Adams: What I can jump in with a couple that I that shocked me right off the bat and know the science on this is not very clear but the fact that glyphosate was patented as an antibiotic early on in its use it’s not considered it’s not something that’s been studied much to see what the actual impact is of having a ton of Goliah say ingested in our bodies and the impact that might be having on our gut. But there’s a lot of that is shocking to me to realize that that is the case that it is an anti-microbial and so antibacterial so you know the question of whether with a lot of the okay. The second thing that really shocked me was that the regulatory agencies have always relied on industry produced results in order to determine whether to regulate a chemical or not. That was surprising to me.

    Dr. Adams: I mean ignorant I was but it was shocking to find out that they don’t do their own studies. They also don’t rely on research that’s Nessus that is truly independent. So there’s a revolving door between a lot of these regulatory agencies and the companies. There’s also a huge revolving door between the academic institutions that are doing this research and the companies that are paying for it. Monsanto was a huge player in all of this since the 1970s and it certainly played a huge role in the ease with which these foods were brought in and not regulated because they were considered the equivalent to other foods or generally recognized as safe foods and we don’t test all of their foods so they were grandfathered in or they were allowed in under that rubric. So the lack of actual testing on humans of these foods which really aren’t like other foods was shocking to me.

    Dr. Adams: And the third thing I have been repeatedly shocked about is the degree to which the people who have done really good work in the science community to try to document what the impacts are of these foods on animal studies. The degree to which they have been attacked and forced out of their jobs and you know whose reputations have been destroyed was really shocking to me. I know I again I thought it was a conspiracy theory and then I started reading about and I realized oh my God what are they. You know it’s almost as if that is evidence in and of itself that there is some kind of corruption going on. And when you look at the kind of money that has been garnered by the agrochemical industries to produce not only the seeds but also the herbicides and the fertilizers that go along with growing foods this way it starts to all make sense.

    Dr. Adams: You know it calls it a conspiracy but it’s definitely a bit of a Gordian knot of control over this industry in ways that really couldn’t risk having any bad press. And so you know there are a lot of good books out on those whose politics there’s a great book by Kerry Guillem called whitewash about the relationship between sento and it hiding truths about life of say a great book by Stephen Drucker on the politics and the legal issues surrounding the regulatory processes and regulations around or lack of regulations around GM foods. And so you know I mean this is part of why I was so motivated to help write this book because well it’s that the you know the missing piece in this whole story was around how given this whole set of arrangements around the politics the regulatory agencies the attacks on science what wasn’t becoming obvious was what actually is happening to people who are eating these things and that’s the piece that Michelle brought in that she had this knowledge about got this clinical evidence and then we put it together with these stories from the lab and stories from the scientists who’ve been attacked in the kind of starts to make sense.

    Dr. Adams: And one way it makes sense is as she said through studying what’s happening in the gut. You know I will say scientists don’t know that much about microbiomes. They are learning more every single day. But we do know one basic thing and that is that the food you eat has a serious impact on your gut. So if the food you’re eating contains a lot of pesticides or things that are potentially harmful to your gut you should be worried about it.

    New Speaker: And to me, this all sounds so obvious the fact that we need to do research to prove it itself to me is mind-boggling to me. Would it make sense that whatever you eat impacts your entire body including that or the fact that if you’re going to spray something that kills insects there’s a high probability it’s going to hurt you too? Because at the end of the day we are insects to people. You know we can’t be out there as someone with GOP say to me you know you can’t screw nature and not expect to be screwed like that. And I thought wow that makes sense right. We think we are above the law with respect to what we can do with what’s around us and not be touched by it. But I think. I was equally horrified when I read about the fact that recently there was another study out of MIT that MIT researcher either if you’re similar with where I’m going with this but it was a study in autism.

    New Speaker: And there was a forecast of I think 1 in 3 will be autistic in the next couple of decades. And there was such a revolt against that information that that research studies. Now. I’m there’s it’s difficult to get a hold of it so there’s so much pressure against people that are out there the lone voice trying to be heard with the message of buyer beware. You can see him a buyer you need to be where you need to be in charge of your own health and your child’s health. And don’t believe what you’re reading because it’s so industry-sponsored research. So thank you for coming out and sharing this. You know very loudly. Michelle anything to add to this. What horrified and shocked you that you want our listeners and readers viewers to see that Vince did a great job.

    Dr. Perro: And my viewpoint. There are so many things that have shocked me over the past 20 30 years of being in medicine. My biggest shocks Demings this topic is that there were no studies on humans and the effects of GM most number one. Number two that when these topics were first considered both genetically modified processed and Glaive to say both were found to have carcinogenic potential. And industry can the research we’ve known as early as 1983 that climate change was carcinogenic. The original researcher on GM Dr. Arpad pussies showed changes in the gut there were potential carcinogenic lesions. And his research was squelched immediately and as Ventana already alluded to what happened to scientists who dared to speak out and had concerns. So this whole carcinogenic concept. And then one when the IRA through the World Health Organization announced quite pesetas a carcinogen Class 2A in March of 2015 that the wrath of industry fell upon them and how there was a well-crafted response to bring them down which has come out now through carrys work.

    Dr. Perro: As you’ve heard a whitewash. And with the recent trial against Monsanto here in San Francisco a few weeks ago 2080. This idea that labeling scientists who are concerned to label us as anti-science and the manipulation regarding that by industry is very concerning and has literally created like our sealed our mouth shut with duct tape. Because there are so many people are afraid to speak out for fear their careers their families or their own lives which is shocking that we no longer can speak out and this idea that we should not be practicing the precautionary principle that our children the universe bees or your dog are not of concern that profit has trumped a health is you know as a practitioner I can tell you it’s always shocking when profits trump health and that our children aren’t so undervalued that we would bring this stuff forward and the worldwide devastation that has been caused for the name of profit the idea to you cannot patent food but you can patent a seed.

    Dr. Perro: And that industry wanted to own food production is so nefarious it sounds so conspiracy provoking. But in my own life this is what I have come to a conclusion but I would also say that been said and I do it and I cannot do this any longer. If I didn’t see the strains with Sterm courageousness of women I say most women because those were my people I see mostly moms that were out there hello dads. But are the women who are who are battling those that are for once and for these moms fighting this battle. I’m not so sure I would continue because they are so strong so ferocious fighting for their offspring for their kids that they enable us to keep doing what we do because of the strength of their character. And it is the moms in my opinion. Even though I keep saying I want to get the diet involved who are going to change this conversation.

    Reena Jadhav: I couldn’t agree more. As a mother of two teenagers I feel outraged but I also feel helpless and I feel confused and I feel frozen in terms of what do I do. Where do I start? Because the groundwork that you’ve laid in terms of sharing the critical information which translates into basically anything that’s a genetically modified crop or a grain or a food item, as well as anything that’s been sprayed with like the state, is toxic it’s going to hurt me it’s going to hurt my baby and if I’m going to get pregnant then it’s going to hurt flying by fetus. So where do we start? Because there’s so much misinformation out there. You know who do you believe. And then there’s of course confusion because you know on one side you read something and then with another very well known renowned health speaker you’ll hear a different perspective. You’re right on live 8 right. Is it good is it bad? I you’re right. You can google and find both sides of the same page 1 of Google. So where should a mother who either has sick children and she’s trying to get them while or is worried about her child falling sick? What can she do today? Starting right now.

    Dr. Perro: OK so I think being sad and I can both agree that if we just create doctors doom and gloom here we’ve done nothing. If we create a level neurosis frozen mother syndrome then we’ve done nothing.

    Dr. Perro: This situation is fixable. Children get better. Ninety percent of my patients got better. There are some issues you know you can’t.

    Dr. Perro: But the majority of kids get better because the body has an innate ability to heal itself. If you give it the right tools. So let’s just start there that people do get better. So what can moms do? And hopefully Dads please step behind your wife. Don’t argue with that.

    Reena Jadhav: Thank you for saying that because I know at least a few families where the father is fighting the battle against doing what we would call integrative.

    Dr. Perro: Right right here my own house. My husband can take his shoes off at the door and he still sneaks junk food into his closet. I’m sorry honey I just throw my husband under the bus but I’m OK. Now everyone buys organic food and Vincent can go into a whole course that she’s setting up to do more than that. If we just start with organic if people can’t feed their children organic I know we know about the expenses and moms and dads and children having to get into the kitchen. This is not just mom’s job by the way of getting in the kitchen. We have to get off processed foods. We have to get cooking again and we have to really understand the need for organics. I tell people to do that. It may take a month it could take six months it could take a year.

    Dr. Perro: Don’t beat yourself up. You make mistakes. You may have bad days. It’s OK. It’s a journey. We are on a health healing journey. It’s not one day you know that Rome was built. Number two can they get a simple or more complicated water filter. I believe filtering the water. And 3 if they could reduce the toxic load that Sam was referring to before the cleaning products their personal care products. You know all that and the House if they can decrease the load so kids aren’t so toxic so they don’t have such a toxic allostatic load or they have to keep up their shoulders. We get help kids to ease the burden of toxicity. You know let their little bodies heal themselves so decrease the load. And I would say if you can take your shoes off at the door because when the most toxic things in your house is house dust and all that stuff you’re bringing in and the dog and everybody else. And so that is a guideline for people to start and look and see what happens to your own kids. Do that for at least a month. People say Oh I did three days there is no change. Whoa whoa whoa whoa whoa. It takes some time to get the body back healing and then there are other things we do like probiotics multivitamins etc. and then we start to layer in. But those are the basics and they’re doable.

    Reena Jadhav: They’re very very doable. You know I had for those few who 3v before you know I will in cancer 35 in an overwhelming crisis 10 years of at 40 by ten years later and I had to do everything you just mentioned Michelle and more. And yes it was a 15 months journey. But guess what. I rehearsed every one of those 28 and I am healthier today than I ever wants. So but what I also realized is that when I got healthy and I sort of got back into eating a little bit of Junsu processed foods and it just doesn’t seem that nature right. We’re lazy at the course that we don’t need to do something we don’t. I went right back to that. So to me, I’ve been a personal experiment one proving that when you take things out you get a perfect meal. But if you bring it all back right and you can go back to being sick again.

    Reena Jadhav: So it works. It’s doable it’s very doable and in fact that those a few were listening and we are going to be offering a three-day free boot camp just to help you ease your way into the process. And if you’d like to continue their infosphere longer you can but I just want you to know that we are here at help who gets to help you make this transition. Children should not be sick children should be out there playing. Having fun living their lives are you not visiting hospitals. What did I want to ask you another question? So as a parent I’ve heard that’s not going to go to my doctor and my doctor is going to say what most right. Go ahead.

    Dr. Adams: Going to say so the take home I mean first of all you say what can we do about it. Well in the book, please. Yes please read the book your arm yourself.

    Dr. Adams: We wrote the book as a resource for people like you who need to be able to convince others that there might be something going on here that they should pay attention to. You know the people who roll their eyes when you say oh I only eat organic or who the doctor should say there’s nothing true about leaky gut. So give them a copy of the book as well. Buy one for yourself one for. But you know what we do spend a fair amount of time in the book. At the end, we end on a positive note in that we look at different ways in which we could think about attacking this problem. One is we take our hats off to the moms we call them warrior moms as you both talked about the ones who are there in the trenches generally more women are taking care of their kids and husbands who are doing it.

    Dr. Adams: We take our hats off to them too but they are not only fighting the fight in their home sometimes at their schools sometimes in their own families against the indulgences of grandparents who don’t believe there’s anything to worry about when they feed them packaged and sugared and you know GM foods. But we also then moved beyond that to talk about how we really need to convince the reluctant constituencies and by these people, I would say the scientists and doctors who really don’t know that much about this topic but who have jumped on board the bandwagon of reading it as a conspiracy. And so to that end we say we really need to get these people to pay more attention to the evidence that’s out there and to really think about this in a new way. And finally and here’s where I do see more men involved.

    Dr. Adams: You know this is not just an issue of clinical care or of household kitchen habits and eating habits. This is a global problem and it has to do with climate change as well. We know there’s plenty of evidence that organic farming reduces the carbon load it produces healthier foods and there are debates within the organic community as well around whether it’s standard industrial organic or whether it’s regenerative farming, of course, the best is regenerative farming that packs those soil full of nutrients and reduces the carbon footprint. But those that is also why we need to be on board the organic bandwagon and we need the government to subsidize it instead of subsidizing Monsanto so you know we do try to reach all those levels. We talk about this thing in the book called Eco medicine which is an approach to medicine health and planetary survival that connects up the all these pieces into an entire ecosystem and thinks about the saving of the planet by way of organic foods and not just the saving of our guts then we can’t actually have healthy guts unless we have healthy soil. So all those things are part of the story as well and you know that there is also a resource page at the back of the book for people who are interested in getting involved in activist efforts that makes a lot of sense.

    Reena Jadhav: Now how is your practice different from other practices that are out there that teach your children.

    Dr. Perro: Michelle So my clinical practice the way I do it is you know it really knows I take a very long intake. It could take an hour and a half to do an intake. Most of the kids I see are complex chronically ill children and their families because you wind up seeing mom or dad or grandma eventually. So it’s a long interview and the and the history also often begins prenatally. What was Mom exposed to what was that exposure to and genetic patterns and epigenetic patterns so all that has to be filtered and this really matters particularly in terms of homeopathy you know because we treat the state of mom during the pregnancy you know and before? And so these are all factored in. We also we do a lot of dietary history and in a lot of very specific Sterling history and infancy history and sibling relationship history and how is a child doing a socially all these things are factored in. I do you know the way I’m looking for very different things on the physical exam when I even do work in urgent care which is what I do now. I’m a pediatric emergency physician by training. I like acute care. I’m just shocked how many people tell me our doctor never even examined my kid. I hear that shocking.

    Dr. Perro: You know just to physically examine children and I’m looking at the usual things your doctor checks your ears and your throat and your lungs and your time you know that. But I’m also looking for signs of nutrient deficiencies and toxicity. I’m looking at hair quality. I’m looking at the quality of the tongue I’m looking at the nails and many Western practitioners. We are not trained in tunnels and nail assessments by the way such as with them. You know oftentimes in eastern medicine there’s a lot of arm on tongue nails pulses cetera. That’s right. And then the lamps are different. I use a functional medicine approach and I look at the usual routine battery of labs that we do in Western medicine.

    Dr. Perro: But in addition of looking for food antibodies I’m looking at the microbiome I’m looking at Marmaris of information. I’m doing nutrient levels toxin intoxicant levels and then I’m looking for things that are often debated in Western medicine although I can’t even figure out why such as chronic infection why Lyme disease Epstein Bar Virus etc etc.. Herpes TMD Bardella you pick it. I’m looking for those infections as to why and then I’m looking in addition to what’s in the home. You know we asked parents to take pictures of what’s in their pantry. You know what their cleaning closet. Let’s see what you’ve got so it’s very more holistic. Find the root cause we don’t treat the symptoms. I’m a biologic systems ace approach and it’s based on functional medicine integrative medicine holistic medicine. There are many terms to express this and then we as integrative practitioners have a very expensive toolbox that we use.

    Dr. Perro: I often will use some drugs but I really prefer homeopathic remedies herbs. A lot of supplements mind-body techniques and a lot of manipulative types of medicine such as cranial osteopathy right key acupressure biofeedback hypnosis or whatever their child may need. There are many ways to heal children. There is not one way to do it. There are many ways so these are some of the ways that we assess a kid and we proceed with healing. Parents are the main doers of these complicated protocols we try to keep it simple it can get complicated it can get a little expensive. Which I am not. Happy about. And people have to be in for the long haul. This is not a two-week program. These programs can take months to get kids reversed. So parents have to be willing to be participants change to make changes. As you said kids will relapse. If parents have made the fundamental changes in the diet they will relapse and go in for long. This is a long game short game.

    Reena Jadhav: Well it’s a game to live a long life healthily right. That’s what the government has to get. Oh right. That’s right. Right.

    Reena Jadhav: The goal isn’t just to be healthy for two weeks. The goal is to be healthy for life and to live a long life. And for the first time ever last year as you know we saw a raw and longevity in the United States so it’s it’s clearly something that I think everyone needs to be thinking of this as a parent how fiercely are you protecting their child. And next how fiercely are you protecting your family your spouse your self because of your sex. Then of course who’s going to take care of the family. Right, so that becomes obvious when he falls I did.

    Reena Jadhav: There are children who are healthy and who don’t show symptoms and I think you talk a little bit about what parents of even seemingly healthy children need to reach but need to take charge share a little bit about that so you can have some things that are brewing and have no clinical manifestations or very mild symptoms that everybody writes off constipation occasional bloated tummy. Not so nice smelling gas little Salk’s symptoms. And if we correct those early and those are the kids who are often just corrected by diet the kids who really don’t have significant pathology get with organ issues. And that does have simpler disruptions which are more easily reversed. Those kids are some of my favorites because when you change them of their diet or give them some simple things like probiotics those kids reverse easily.

    Dr. Perro: So what you can recreate a healthy terrain. And remember we know this is what we’re trying to do we’re trying to recreate a terrain that is healthy and supports better health and gives the body the tools it needs to do the systems it knows how to do. That’s all we’re trying to do. If the terrain is unhealthy and that usually resides around the cells it’s called the extracellular matrix and that’s what we try to clean out. Kids have a less risk of developing these issues later on. Many diseases take a long time to develop like cancer like an autoimmune disease. So we can set this healthy terrain to give the kids the tools they need to stay healthier and they do better parents really ask the parent. And what I tell parents is you judge if you don’t, believe me, you’ll be the one doing the experiment at home and come back to me for three months and let me know Argo’s.

    Reena Jadhav: That’s all great. Also is a good example. So if somebody there’s a child who has constipation you mentioned a really good one which is the child for almost constipated to some extent. What do you typically recommend as a protocol? Is its probiotics. What else do you do? Are there tests involved. And it’s a wonderful test.

    Dr. Perro: It is a big question right now. And you know goes into some specifics because it depends on the age of the child how they’re being fed where they live mother’s health history. But if you’re talking infancy the first thing you do is ask the mother what she’s eating. And you correct the mom’s diet. If the babies actually eat and you get foods that are more fibrous more water. If that doesn’t correct it the first line I’ll bring in is homeopathic remedies simple one single remedy and I have about 15 that I might use for constipation and see the K will get reversed with just one simple remedy. If that doesn’t do it I’ll bring in more complex remedies based on something called German and biologic medicine. And if that doesn’t do it I’ll start running test. So the idea is simple first correct what’s obvious start digging deeper and you might have to start digging to get to a root cause of things don’t simply correct you haven’t got to the root cause.

    Reena Jadhav: I love it. You are amazing Michelle immense at last question. So mother listening to you. What is the first thing you want to go do right now?

    Reena Jadhav: To fix it. I think it’s been said by all.

    Dr. Perro: If I could give a mom if I say there’s one thing you could do they say give me the one thing to do. Guess right now. Right now I’d say from now on in every time you go into the supermarket the grocery store wherever you shop is to look for the organic option.

    Dr. Perro: If you could just do that if you are going to buy organic eggs or not organic. If you can just simply make those changes one by one. That would be my wish.

    Reena Jadhav: Beautiful beautiful and all share one which is if you think it’s too expensive. Go to Pasto. It is not expensive. I go to Costco I get my organic berries and eggs and milk and so much more. And it is not that much more. It’s pennies more maybe sometimes you need at the same price as an honor.

    Reena Jadhav: Canning food item might cost them so I don’t mean to Turkey but 11 cents. But also doctors like us often don’t take health insurance and we are way more expensive than those aches and if little Johnny or little Susie is homesick. Ten-twenty. Twenty-eight days. You’re like my son was 28 days a year. Mom or Dad is missing work. Yes. And if you factor in the amount of time that parents missed from work staying on this ticket it will compensate for those organic free range eggs.

    Reena Jadhav: Oh absolutely thousand times over and time is over just the fact that you won’t have a kid that has to go to the hospital a lot more. You’ll save all those prescription drugs where the price keeps going up. Clearly one of those old adages right a shoo-in tonight. What was that? I’ll edit this for info. The stitch in time saves nine soda. Right. That very old adage that I throw a wet stitch in time saves nine perfectly applies to the US. Do what’s right now so you’re not going to be having incredibly large expenses later on in life. More importantly much more important a forum other senior child smiling versus seeing your child upset angrily depressed anxious in the hospital getting tests. There’s just there’s no money. There’s nothing that’s so expensive that is not worth seeing your child smile. So with that said Michelle once and thank you so much for writing this book it truly is an eye-opener. We’re going to be putting the links to the book and show notes everyone please please read the blog. We will be launching a three-day free bootcamp to help you parents out their transition into keeping your child’s healthier. Please check it out and horses always stay smiling. Thank you, Reena.

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    Michelle Perro, MD
    Landline: 415-455-9199
    Cell: 415-609-3541
    Email: mdperro@earthlink.net
    Skype: mdperro_1
    Website: www.gordonmedical.com/team/michelle-perro-m-d
    Book on Amazon
    Book on ChelseanGreen.com

    Vincanne Adams, PhD
    Cell: 415-717-0680
    Email: Vincanne.Adams@ucsf.edu
    Skype: vincanne.adams
    Website: dahsm.ucsf.edu/faculty/vincanne-adams
    Book on Amazon
    Book on ChelseanGreen.com

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!

  • Miracle of Sound: Sound Healing to Erase Disease and Pain with Dr. Jeffrey Thompson

    Miracle of Sound: Sound Healing to Erase Disease and Pain with Dr. Jeffrey Thompson

    MIRACLE OF SOUND_ SOUND HEALING TO ERASE DISEASE AND PAIN WITH DR. JEFFREY THOMPSON

     

    HealthBootcamps iTunesHealthBootcamps SoundcloudHealthBootcamps Youtube

    Read the Transcript Below the Bio

    Jeffrey D. Thompson, DC, BFA is Founder/Director of the Center for Neuroacoustic Research in Carlsbad, California. He is a physician/musician, composer, scientist, researcher, educator, and author. Although interests, natural talents and his scientific approach to holistic healing created a paradigm shift in his life and in the field of sound, he is certified in physiotherapy; chiropractic radiography; craniopathy; sacral-occipital; blood analysis and nutritional counseling; Chinese meridian; bio-magnetic and color therapies. He is world-renown for his clinically proven, mind/body harmonious brainwave entrainment programs for sleep enhancement; physical, mental and emotional healing; creativity and peak performance; meditation and personal growth through the scientific application of sound.

    Dr. Thompson has been a pioneer in the field of sound, especially sound scientifically evaluated, researched, tested and composed.  He began experimenting with sound when a child, then mastering multiple instruments and having his own band. His experimentation for healing purposes with specific frequencies began in earnest in 1980 at his Holistic Health Center in Virginia. Futuristic then and now, he continues to lead the field with his auditory, kinesthetic and visual therapeutic products and work.

    Within the first six months of producing his first musical sound recording, Isle of Skye, the American Hypnotherapy Association recommended its use for hypnosis.  In the years since, Dr. Thompson has generated more than ninety acoustic modulated audio programs sold and used globally by holistic physicians, chiropractors, psychiatrists, psychologists, clinical social workers, bodywork therapists as well as corporations and the general public, not to mention the hundreds made for corporations and businesses and the tens of thousands for individual patients.

    Dr. Thompson lectures widely on the use and benefits of sound. A born teacher, he has taught college and post-graduate courses, presents at healthcare conferences, offers CEU seminars, and educates and certifies holistic healthcare practitioners of many disciplines. He has an active clinical practice which draws people nationally and internationally, many with very serious and multi-dimensional health challenges, and many who have lost hope, but who find it again.

    He offers great value to society directly and also indirectly by the many individuals and businesses using his work to produce and/or empower the efficacy of their own work. As sound is the most powerful force in the Universe, so is Dr. Thompson’s work the most powerful in the field of sound for healing and personal, frequently transformative, growth and empowerment. His motto states it well – “

    “Healing the Body*Heart*Mind and Spirit through the Scientific Application of Sound”

    Join HealCircles to get free trusted support for greater health!

    healcircles

     

    Check out Dr. Connealy’s podcast interview where she reveals the best cancer diet to follow!

     

    Check out Dr. Elizabeth Boham’s podcast interview where she reveals how to prevent and heal Breast Cancer?

    Are you serious about your health?

    Then we have a gift to encourage you! Click here for our founder’s Free Health Journal. it gives you 30 days of free weekly tracking of your moods, diet, meds, symptoms, notes, goals and gratitude.

    free health journal

     


    TRANSCRIPT:

    This is auto-generated and may have mistakes. Please listen to the interview for accuracy.

    Reena Jadhav: Hi everyone. It’s Reena Jadhav here founder of healthbootcamps and the host of healthier and today we are going to talk about the power of sound or healing. What is your headache or that menopause symptom or that pms symptoms or even cancer could be completely eliminated just from the power of sound and you know what you all you have to think about is the fact that ella fitzgerald cracked a wine glass with her singing to realize that there is so much power and so it’s trends in our voice that if it could shatter wineglass, there was possibility that it could do so much more to our bodies as we listened to it. So here to tell us all about it is Dr Jeffrey Thompson. Hi Dr Jeffrey, welcome.

    Dr. Thompson: Hi. Thanks for having me.

    Reena Jadhav: Alright, well we’re gonna give you a little more background and for those of you who are listening to this on the podcast, please note it’s being shot as a video, which means you can get onto health bootcamps, dot coms, youtube channel, or check out our website for the video series on this and of course there’ll be show notes as well. So a lot of the stuff we talk about today will be available to you, so don’t forget to check that out and share. All right, let me tell you a little bit about Dr. Jeffries background. So Dr Thompson as a founder, director of the Center for Neuro acoustic research in Carlsbad, California, which is a research center, actualizing vision of healing the body, heart, mind, and spirit through the science of sound. He’s considered the world’s premier sound healing researcher, brainwave, entertainment expert, and high tech personal transformation, innovator, motivator and futurist. He’s a physician. I’m a musician, a composer, inventor, educator, as well as an author. He’s been certified in multiple healthcare modalities and what’s amazing is that he’s applying his cutting edge expertise to healing people. Welcome again. Thank you so much for being on our show today.

    Dr. Thompson: Yeah, I, I suggest that whenever you’re feeling down on yourself, read your, uh, your CV. It always makes you feel better.

    Reena Jadhav: It sure does. Well, especially if you have a cv like yours, right, you, you are, you’re clearly very accomplished. And we’re, we’re so glad you made the time today to chat with us. We’re going to dive right in and then we’re going to go into the background because I’m always just so fascinated with what the heck is brain in training anyway.

    Dr. Thompson: Got To do with your body clocks, my, um, we were discussing a few minutes ago that the body is kind of a simple system that’s kind of complex in its execution. The simplicity is basically just a couple of rules. Rule number one, survive at all costs. Rule number two, do no self harm and get the most out of the least amount of energy expended waste energy. So in order to not waste energy, our internal body clocks time, all of our internal body clocks to the world, pulses in the world, light pulse, electromagnetic field, pulse, vibration, pulses. So for instance, um, you set your body Thermostat by gland in the center of your brain, the pineal gland being sensitive to light dark cycles and at times your body thermostat to the year by noticing how long the day length is, which is always shorter. Summer Equinox, equinox, if you’re a woman, you have a mental cycle every 20 days because the pineal gland is sensitive moon, new moon cycle.

    Dr. Thompson: So when I was dealing with a women who had irregular menstrual cycles, we could fix about half those women just by burning a little tiny light bulb by the, by the, in the bedroom, by the window, pineal gland into thinking the full moon was shining. So you’re shining this little light for the two weeks of the new moon when there’s no moon out fooling the pineal gland to think the moon is still there. And we cycle it takes about three months. Things get a little weird for three months. And then it all snaps in and we’re seasonal affective disorder where the body thermostat is not set correctly. The medical fix for that is to expose yourself to full spectrum daylight light bulbs for one that resets the pine thinking. The length of the day is longer in resetting your synchronization, uh, so we can use that with electromagnetic fields or with light or sound pulses.

    Dr. Thompson: So in this case, we could create a sound that’s pulsing it, a brainwave speed, and your brainwaves will try to time themselves to this external pulse because it’s the most dominant kind of drum beat in the environment that my body is always looking forward to save energy, right? So that, that means that that’s true, that that the earliest kind of a use of sound waves to control consciousness by controlling brainwaves, shamanic drumming, the practice for pound hour pounding a drum. And I’ve done this in my lab, I’ve, I’ve taken these recordings. So and time them Dennis spectral analysis. It’s about four and a half to five cycles per second. And that’s a theta brainwave state where you go when you’re dreaming. So that means that I could start pounding in my drama at four and a half cycles per second data, and within five minutes the people sitting around the fire at nighttime would have their brainwaves go from this rapid beta pulse, slow down, slow down, slow down until it reaches this five cycles, a second pulse, and take you from a waking state down to a dream state without going to sleep first.

    Dr. Thompson: And that’s a classic definition of a trance state.

    Reena Jadhav: Yeah. Which is why all cultures have these drum beats and chance

    Dr. Thompson: and chanting all of it. Um, when I, uh, sit in a group of people, there’s this other thing about bio clock. If you take, you’ve heard this story where you take a number of women and put them in a dorm room together, and after a while you start synchronizing their menstrual cycles. That’s because your proximity of your bio clock of your body is closer than the moon. So the body will change allegiance to the most dominant pulse in its environment.

    Dr. Thompson: That’s outbrain and treatment works. So we can, we can take advantage of something we know about a property the body is using to help it survive in common deer that and grab it using sound waves. So the property is, we know the body is looking for the most dominant pulse in the field. We provide that with a soundtrack and then we come and your brainwaves and we can take your consciousness where if we want to go, it’s pretty mind blowing when you have problems like you’ve had a concussion brain now is disrupted in its functional pathways. So we can put headphones on like I’ve got one tone over here and another tone over here. There is slightly out of tune. We create a beat binaural beats and uh, it’s an interaction between those two. It forces the hemispheres to synchronize, to compare notes in order to hear this pulse and then in train to it. And that synchronizing of the hemispheres is exactly what’s wrong if you’ve had concussion because the pathways have been disrupted and we’re firing, we’re forcing signals to fire it down. Those pathways, open them back up. So that’s great for a number of different conditions.

    Reena Jadhav: Yeah, let’s talk about that. So what, what are the different conditions we can improve?

    Dr. Thompson: Well, for that particular example, the concussion or add and Adhd, dyslexia, epilepsy, all of those have that as a component non-communication of the pathways.

    Reena Jadhav: Have you seen some clinical research or studies, especially as we talk about add where they’re giving kids mets, you know, wouldn’t it be better to prescribe, um, music instead is if it’s going to deliver the results, the same results or maybe even better results in the same for dyslexia. Same for, um, uh, how about Alzheimer’s?

    Dr. Thompson: Alzheimer’s Too. So Alzheimer’s is a bit different. That’s a synchronicity for different areas in the CORTEX are supposed to be synchronized and when they become unsynchronized again, end up with a series of conditions, just like the ones I listed that Alzheimer’s specifically is one of those where that plaquing that forms on the brain is actually forming on those four zones is called the default mode network. It’s network of the under function of the brain that needs to function properly and you can entrain that to you could use in treatment to resynchronize.

    Reena Jadhav: Great. Great. So what all have you done? So what, what’s available today? So if someone designed. I’ve got to check this out, frankly, that’s me. I’d like to check this out. How do you translate what you shared into something that someone like me could actually purchase or use?

    Dr. Thompson: I’ve been doing this now for 38 years, so I’ve seen large population groups of patients over time and that’s given me a sense of a generic approach that I produced as a series of soundtracks on cd or downloads. And so there’s a um, you know, I’ve got a website and I’ve got these, I’ve got 90 cds in categories, a meditation and boosting creativity and relaxation and meditation and healing. And so you choose a category and then there’s, you know, dozens, dozens of CDs there, but they’re listed in order of, you know, I, I, I go there and go, oh no, what, what, how, what, what do we do with this horrible with the site, you know, and you say, but look at the category. What are you looking for? Sleep. You can’t sleep, click that. You go to a thing with a whole bunch of sleep soundtracks. But the first one at the top is the one you buy first.

    Reena Jadhav: Gotcha. And you purchased these? Not already is downloadable or do we do you ship something? Okay. And then you just pop on a headset and away you go

    Dr. Thompson: headsets or important elicit sleep. You don’t need to have synchronicity of the hemispheres. You get to sleep so you can just play it by your bedside. That particular one I did a to save my own, saved my own mind because when my son was an infant, he would not sleep. I didn’t sleep. And so I made the soundtrack to put him to sleep. And at nine minutes, exactly bang, he was out. And one of my best selling cds, it’s on Youtube.

    Reena Jadhav: We will have to put the link in there.

    Dr. Thompson: 17 million views.

    Reena Jadhav: Geez, what as a parent, I can tell you why I could have used it

    Dr. Thompson: You can’t live without sleep

    Reena Jadhav: and there isn’t a kid who doesn’t create that sleep disruption in their first year. Right? I had to, which means I had two years of sleep disruption along with my husband. So that definitely sounds like a lifesaver. Um, you know, we have a lot of listeners that tend to be women who have chronic illness or autoimmune, especially as we start to get into our mid forties, late fifties, we start to see sort of occurrence of auto immune. What have you found with respect to sound healing and autoimmune or chronic illness?

    Dr. Thompson: Oh, my current work is using a, um, a sophisticated kind of medical monitor that I helped develop is called heart rate variability. So a little risk sensors on a one on each wrist and it measures your heart waves and it does different math. And what pops out the other end is the ability to see your sympathetic parasympathetic nervous system that forms the autonomic nervous system. The part of you automatically controls what’s under the hood. Presupposing all of this. Let’s just get this straight. So in inside each of us has this inherent biological intelligence knows how to grow my body out of two cells, read the blueprints, differentiate the tissues into everything that I am, and then make it all run on automatic without me thinking about. And that’s my true biological identity. It’s wise, it’s connected. It’s who I connect with when I have a true spiritual experience or in Mr, right?

    Dr. Thompson: That’s what happens to me, my ordinary thinking mind. The part of me just talking to you now is exercise so much that it is Arnold Schwarzenegger it up and it thinks it’s me and it’s. This is not me who’s talking to me right now. It’s a part of me like my hand or my fingernail, but it’s not who I am, who I am. Is this part of me under the hood. That and that is participating in the immediacy of the moment, which happens before a thought because thinking it takes time no matter how hard I tried to think myself into the present moment, I’ve always missed it by a thousand because that’s how long it takes to fire the thought, right?

    Reena Jadhav: Yes. it will be called instincts, right? And that instinct is connecting to the source energy.

    Dr. Thompson: It’s a now thing.

    Reena Jadhav: Yes.

    Dr. Thompson: So in Hawaii that the holy people in Hoy the cohoanuts, their philosophy clicks right into this whole idea where I’m basically God grants all prayers. Therefore my present experience is what I prayed for in the past. But what happens before a thought. So it’s not prayer that we normally have a dish definition. It’s a state. It’s a state of mind. Where is kind of like the infinite spirit says, you can have anything you want, I’ll granted to, but you have to ask for it and the more perfectly you asked for it, then we’re perfectly. You can get what you want, but you can’t ask with words and you can’t mask by thinking. You have to ask by going into a state that’s now

    Reena Jadhav: and an emotion, right? It’s more about feelings. It’s not about thoughts at all.

    Dr. Thompson: This idea of the corner preference go into this state where you could flesh out and visualize what it was you’re praying for to such a degree that you could feel it as an emotion. And then that was recognized as the moment that the prayer was deposited into the universe and then that would get granted. And then you might say that, oh, I didn’t think about this or I didn’t think about that. So I’ll go back in and Polish that part out with sprayer. Right? So it becomes a co creation of reality between you and the universe, a, a marriage of forces.

    Reena Jadhav: And Are you able to put someone in that state without the intensive practices and chance and drum beats so someone can actually be in that manifest? I guess we’ve used the word manifesting. Manifesting or manifestation is the Buzzword, but it’s a state.

    Dr. Thompson: Exactly the point that, uh, that, uh, we’re now, we now have the understanding and we have the monitors and we had the equipment in the 21st century to have star Trek and star trek meditation. It’s, we know just exactly what different states of consciousness look like in different states, what it looks like in the brain with computers and eeg equipment. We know what it looks like over here. We can train your brain waves to andy place we want. So why not train your brain waves to these states that research has shown us is where your brain goes when you’re maximizing your creativity or your meditation or your self awareness or,

    Reena Jadhav: or corporations, leaders, ceos, you know, how do you get them into place where on a daily basis they’re making critical decisions that could either help the company or hurt the company and how do you get them in a state where decision making is flawless instead of flawed.

    Dr. Thompson: I did that work with Cisco and Nike and the big companies. They were hiring me to boost creativity and problem solving. I didn’t hire me to, uh, to boost productivity, but that’s not now productivity. It’s creativity because that’s innovative product that sells and put your company bottom line.

    Reena Jadhav: Exactly.

    Dr. Thompson: So we could, we already knew that from research that where the brain goes from, his creative is theta where you go in your dream.

    Reena Jadhav: So let’s talk about that before you go into deeper into that specific example, talk a little bit about what those brainwaves are. What do they mean, and then would love for you to continue explaining how this process works

    Dr. Thompson: with or without getting bogged down with the super science. The brain is this. Electrical organist got these little neurons, 300 billion neurons with 300 trillion connections.

    Reena Jadhav: Supercomputer

    Dr. Thompson: a little neurons are firing electrical signals, but they’re not firing them at random. They’re firing them together in waves with depolarization together, and that’s based on the same principle of why the wineglass vibrates. When you signal signal right. Note, it’s called coupled oscillators. If you and I are close enough together, our, our, a heart rate and respiration and pulses and brainwaves begin to synchronize up just by proximity to each other. That bio clock, so that’s why the neurons or synchronizing up together in huge waves of depolarization. So it turns out that the speed of those waves that depolarization are directly linked to certain states of consciousness. So if I’ve got 30 of these, firing every second Beta High Beta, that’s focused attention here in the regular world, uh, but if they start to slow down, if the waves polarization start to slow down down towards 13 waves per second or 12 or 11, now I’m an Alpha.

    Dr. Thompson: And then enter an inner peripheral vision kind of state. And if I keep going down, I go into theta at a seven hertz and less. And that’s dreaming or daydreaming and going slower and slower. I get into Delta and that’s where I’m kind of deepest stage of sleep where physical recuperation takes place, data is worth dreaming happens. And that’s where emotions get healed. A Alpha is an inner kind of holographic mental state and that’s where the mind gets worked on. So we can train you to each of these different states and we can calculate specific brain wave states can use medical monitors. So I can hook you up to this heart rate variability device. Now we can see the major computer under the hood that tells all your body’s systems what to do. It’s coordinating the entire thing, right? That’s the part that grew up my body out of two cells, one on automatic without me thinking about it. And that part, when it starts to drift and it awry, then the systems that it controls symptoms as alerts to tell me what’s going on. Please pay attention to me because there’s something happening here. And unfortunately it seems that the modern medical system, uh, their approach is to silence those alarm.

    Reena Jadhav: Yes

    Dr. Thompson: it’s a symptom management. You’ve got a,

    Reena Jadhav: or as I say, duct taping the symptoms, but you just want to duct tape.

    Dr. Thompson: We don’t want to hear it. Yes. So you’re in your, you’re in your living room watching a movie and the smoke alarm goes off and that’s annoying. So you’re a prescribed headphones,

    Reena Jadhav: right? That’s exactly, yeah, that’s a great analogy. Or worse, um, pull down the, the alarm. So it doesn’t beep anymore.

    Dr. Thompson: No. So then the next one is to do an operation. To remove the smoke alarm and then when the fire gets to your couch and starts burning your arm, then you’re prescribed cortisone cream, so it’s like completely missing the point. Remember my mom when she was in her eighties and my dad died, her way of dealing with that was getting high blood pressure. She never had high blood pressure and it took three different medications to get her under control and one time she said to me, how come I’ve got this high blood pressure? I never had high blood slip on. So you’re dealing with it, dealing with it, and she’s, well, I’d be happy to take the blood pressure medication so I don’t get a stroke or something while they work on why I’ve got the high blood pressure and fix that. I said, mom, that’s not the plan. Nobody has got a plan to fix it or managing it with a pill and that’s going to be you do the rest of your life that

    Reena Jadhav: Yes.

    Dr. Thompson: And, and it’s kind of like, in my mind, I’m thinking if the blood pressure medication pill is the cure for my blood pressure, it means that I was born with a congenital lack of medication problem boys that you were born without enough pills,

    Reena Jadhav: you were born without a standard. We got to put one in, you know? Yeah.

    Dr. Thompson: The medical profession tends to poo poo the idea that there is a inherent intelligence in the body that can heal itself

    Reena Jadhav: well because we’re, we do what we’re trained to do. I had a lot of angst against the medical system after they failed me twice. And then I just realized that they are wonderful people, you know, as I’m out there either viewing, they just do what they’re trained to do. So if you’re right, that’s all it is. So we’ve got to fix the training that we’re giving them.

    Dr. Thompson: All of us doing the best we can to it. It’s just that you might be self diluted because of the brainwashing that you’ve been putting.

    Reena Jadhav: That’s exactly it. That’s exactly it.

    Dr. Thompson: Unfortunately. That’s kind of the way it is. That the problem in this case is that we have a sickness oriented society and then we’ve surreptitiously kind of under the hood brainwashed the whole population to believe that, uh, that this is the system that you have to use because they’ve successfully kind of sold a bill of goods that anybody who’s not a medical doctor is a quack base.

    Reena Jadhav: It’s exactly it.

    Dr. Thompson: It’s not the right to treat cancer except for medical doctors. We’ve got, we’ve got dibs. Excuse me. I’d made on main major diseases and uh, the rest of your holistic people out there will, you can, massage backs are crashing for back pain. You don’t get into the big boy stuff,

    Reena Jadhav: right. Where the big money is. I mean, I hate to say this, but it’s like don’t come with the big money is because that’s the domain of the pharmaceuticals who provide the training, who then trained doctors to write more prescriptions. I mean, it’s, which is a different podcast interview, right?

    Dr. Thompson: Yeah. Go for us in the holistic field, it’s kind of like, excuse me, alternative to what? Complimentary to who you were here for thousands of years and you guys are the johnny come lately is with all these fancy schmancy ideas that completely misaligned with the way the universe put together and you wonder why you’ve got a whole society of people who are sick because from children, we’ve all been brought up to drag our bodies in when there’s black smoke coming out of the tailpipe. Miles a gallon.

    Reena Jadhav: Exactly. Exactly. Exactly, and then we’re being, you know, either surgically fixed are fixed with prednisone and steroids and the numbers tell the truth when we have a healthcare crisis of epic proportion and it’s not going away until I think you as the listener and I’m now speaking to those who are listening and watching this episode until each one of us together takes charge of our health and uses the medical system for what it’s designed, which is if you do end up in serious hot soup as they say, you break a leg, you end up with very high fever. Medical system is fabulous, but it’s not a great way to actually restore health. It’s a great way to address an emergency situation that needs instant rectification. So, um, so with that said, so you’ve explained what these different waves are. Have you been able to create sound that impacts and can lead to each one of these states or have you got sound for specific states? Only at this point?

    Dr. Thompson: Um, I have sounds for all kinds of different states.

    Reena Jadhav: Okay. So you cover all of them from one the Beta state of Gama.

    Dr. Thompson: Alright. So I discovered a brainwave in 1989 that I call it epsilon. It’s below delta. When we were, we were taught that there is Beta Alpha Theta, Delta Beta is, you know, 13 hertz to about 30. And then Alpha is this in Betas that Delta is that the lowest rank frequency I was taught was a half a cycle, a second zero point five hertz. But I was seeing below that on my eeg equipment with patients and I’m going, what the heck is this? And then when they would get up off the table after treatment, they would describe, Oh, ah, you won’t believe what happened. I was floating out of my body was up at the ceiling, I was watching you do that.

    Reena Jadhav: No Way

    Dr. Thompson: to my house and I found my keys.

    Reena Jadhav: Out of body experiences.

    Dr. Thompson: Yeah, and pre-cognitive experiences and a spiritual revelation, so epiphany’s. That’s what was happening with this brain activity that was below delta and I’m thinking, so I started researching, has anybody else reporting below Delta brain activity and the know and at one point years later when I was doing work with a neurofeedback biofeedback brainwaves with very expensive eeg and machines, and I’m asking these guys, have you ever seen below delta activity? And they said no, but I wouldn’t be able to. Why not? Because they cut the brain frequencies display off at one hertz

    Reena Jadhav: interesting the display issue

    Dr. Thompson: because they don’t believe there’s anything below it because that’s what taught. They don’t even bother to display it so you couldn’t discover what’s there. That is a metaphor for humanity and I walk away from that going, where are my blinders? Oh, I do that for me. Ultimately, when you take that question leads the seats. So when I see patients who have the biggest breakthroughs for me to go through the physical detox phase and then the emotional detox phase, and then the self defeating belief system, detoxification, oh mommy and daddy didn’t get a divorce when I was three because of me. It wasn’t my fault, but I thought it was sentenced to life in prison to only get so much help and so much love and so much the rest of my life. And if I banged my head against that artificial wall, my subconscious mind has all the power it needs to come out and sabotage my life in any way possible.

    Dr. Thompson: It’s necessary to keep me on my job, to keep me in the toxic relationship, to judge my health. You know? So the biggest breakthroughs are the spiritual breakthroughs where you have a revelation of the first time that you made the wrong choice. So for instance, we’re all walking on a path that is faded to lead to a fork where I’m faded to make a freewill decision, right? Or left and right is for the better of my soul, my Dharma, what I’m here for. What makes the best use of my talents and the left is what my mentors are whispering into my ears. Um, don’t be so naive. Grow Up, get a job, work for safety, nevermind this like, oh, I like that.

    Dr. Thompson: the path to the right with the Dharma has no visible means of support. My ordinary rational mind cannot understand how I can possibly make a living or have you saved you that way, but the left side has got a clear path of your work for your retirement and you do this whole thing,

    Reena Jadhav: right? It’s a safer route.

    Dr. Thompson: Okay? And whenever you make the just get a job decision, that is the moment when the pain begins. Each time you make the left choice instead of the right, the pain deepens.

    Reena Jadhav: Oh Wow.

    Reena Jadhav: you’re making a direct one to one connection,

    Dr. Thompson: so when you may have this, uh, this spiritual revelation, it was the first time each of us has the first time that we made the left instead of the right decision. And it’s always based on fear because when I look at the right way, how am I going to make that work? I don’t know about not your job to figure that out. It’s the universe’s job to figure that out. Yes, your job just to do the dumbed down decision, right or left, I’m going to choose right for the, for the joy of my assault. Uber’s going to say, here’s the doors opening. Here’s the lights turning green. Here’s the people you need to know supplied by me by saying yes to you. That’s how it works. That’s what the spiritual traditions from every culture on earth that go back to the beginning of time have been saying that, uh, it’s not up here.

    Dr. Thompson: I don’t have the power to understand or know all the details of how it’s going to work. All I can do is follow my heart when it says, this is my joy. And uh, and so, uh, people who had spontaneous remissions from when? One second you’ve had the cancer in the next minute. There’s nothing on the x ray and scratching their heads wondering if they’ve been looking at the wrong records the whole time, right patients. So, um, every one of these people that comes back from this, it’s like the person who had the cancer actually died and the person who survived was a different person born out of those ashes and that person, the person who died was the lie and the person who remained was the truth of themselves with a very clear, powerful understanding of what they’re here for they’re supposed to be doing with their lives. And that was what was missing the whole time. We stepped away from that path and we got a job. Instead, the path of following my heart is the path of following my Dharma to the place that I belonged to in the emperors. And if I’m not doing that, then I’m in pain.

    Reena Jadhav: Well, that is really profound.

    Dr. Thompson: Can I’m saying that science and technology, in my case I’m using sound has stood the test of time and every culture on earth sound has been used to wake up, not necessarily for healing. Healing is the door prize waking up what it’s all about.

    Reena Jadhav: So many of us don’t know the Dharma is right. So many of us struggle to differentiate between the voice in the head saying go light from the voice in the head saying gold left and because I get that question asked a lot, how do you know

    Dr. Thompson: you have to consult your heart as well.

    Reena Jadhav: And again, I think people don’t even know where the heart speaks because we’re so trained to listen to the head

    Dr. Thompson: listening to it. So we have to sit and get quiet or we can use technology.

    Reena Jadhav: And that was my question. We just, yeah, talk a little bit about how, which of your programs would assist someone in listening to the heart and getting clarity on, on which road to take?

    Dr. Thompson: Uh, if you have health issues, there’s Sadik realms with a lot of heavy physical baggage because that’s like being a spiritual bull in a China shop. You get in trouble doing that, but uh, but there’s a. But there’s a series of boosting creativity that gets you in touch with your heart because that’s where

    Reena Jadhav: Okay

    Dr. Thompson: so there’s something called a creative mind system or the healing mind system. Higher dimensions of self awareness. There’s, um, there’s also one called the default mode network. The one, the latest one I’ve just produced those four zones I was talking about. Those four zones come unsynchronized all these conditions, shirts start showing up Alzheimer’s and, uh, add and autism and epilepsy, schizophrenia. But when they’re hyper synchronized, exactly the kind of thing we can do with this idea of binaural beats and the two tones slightly out of tune that create a whole step can entrain your brain waves, forces your hemispheres synchronize. And this way we can force the four zones to synchronize and win four zones, get hyper synchronized. That has been shown in research to be associated with super high states of meditation, cosmic consciousness. So now we can use science to pick the lock of programs in the brain for self awareness that used to take 30 years of meditation to get that same place. Now we’re in Star Trek.

    Reena Jadhav: And Are you able to get people into the epsilon mode as well with out of body experiences?

    Dr. Thompson: Yes. So now we’ve got the science of out of the body. Now we can. So if we can use these medical monitors, we can find out specific brain frequencies for your brain. Where does your brain go? Open the door to your creativity.

    Reena Jadhav: So what am I flying in to see you?

    Dr. Thompson: Uh,

    Reena Jadhav: we’re going to schedule that in because, you know, given I’m on a mission of biohacking, I actually just flew out to Dr Christine Carmella’s lab and did stem cell on myself and I, you know, went out to La and did the hyperbarics and a few other wonderful things like biofeedback with Dr Leary, leering conneely. Um, I’m definitely going to be making a pitstop over to you. And, and, um, hey, for those of you listening in, keep an eye out for when that episode comes out. I’m going to go out and experience everything and then of course share it all with you via a blog post. Sounds, just really thrilling stuff. Now you’re talking about something called a primordial sound. What is that?

    Dr. Thompson: You know, when, when all of us have one thing, a complete common with each other and that is our nine months of experience in the home. So you’re floating in amnionic fluid body temperature water. Okay? So in a float tank, after you close that lid, you’re in the dark, floating weightless in about five minutes of not have no input for your brain to start inventing input.

    Reena Jadhav: Yes, yes. It’s wild.

    Dr. Thompson: Hallucinating things. Right? And you’re there for an hour. What if you were there for nine months? Right? We were all there in a float tank for nine months, floating in body temperature. Amniotic fluid, um, sound travels through water five times better than air. So when you’re at about 16 to 24 weeks when the nervous system is now developed enough that my five senses first come online, right? I’m in the dark, so I’m, my eyes aren’t working. My nose and mouth are filled with fluid. But sound travels through water five times better. So our whole experience for the first nine months of being alive is sound and vibration. The only thing we experience. So I think that’s one of the reasons why sound is such a powerful tool for the deepest level of my unconscious experience and tap the deepest parts of.

    Reena Jadhav: It’s almost like it’s the foundational sensation, isn’t it?

    Dr. Thompson: Foundation sensation. So if I was to scientifically reproduce, what did it sound like to me when I was a fetus? I did that project by the way. That would be the first example of primordial sound says that, uh, anybody who listened to these sounds would have the same experience no matter what race you are, what sex you are, because we all share exactly the same experience. I’m a number two type of primordial sound would be nature sounds because most of our experiences in nature have been good experiences. Vacation, good times, right? So if I was to take nature sounds and start to slow them down, the skies them so that all my unconscious mind was activated by it under the hood, I’d be picking the lock of a program that makes me get open and relaxed and feel safe. I was doing projects with vocalizing.

    Dr. Thompson: Patients were vocalizing their self defeating belief systems and I was playing them backwards to erase it from your unconscious mind and different speeds. So only your unconscious mind is activated by it. And when I that I realized that if I take a recording of you speaking a sentence and I speed it up by a few octaves, I’ve doubled the speed and double the speed it sounds, just like birds keep doubling it. It sounds like crickets. And if I keep doubling, it sounds like dolphins. And so I’m thinking, wait a second, what if I take cricket sounds and slow them down? They sound like words and birdsong sing again. Dolphins slowed down. Sound like people sing it.

    Reena Jadhav: Oh my goodness.

    Dr. Thompson: Same stuff. It’s, that’s the nature of the underlying blueprint of everything. Then I got the, uh, contacted by these guys from NASA and jpl with voyager one and two programs. Sounds from space sounds from the outer planets of the solar system, interactions of the ions, of the solar wind and the ionosphere of the planet’s vibrate within the range of human hearing and what does it sound like? It sounds like dolphins and Christine’s birds and whales and people singing and Tibetan bowls from space. So it’s like your collective unconscious. Just like if I go into my own personal unconscious mind, there’s a and there’s an intelligence that knows how to grow my body up to cells, but if I listen to nature sounds disguised, it awakens a deeper level of my collective unconscious that knows how to grow a planetary ecosystem that my body grows out of. And when I listened to these space sounds, it sounds exactly the same at different speeds than it’s what level of the collective unconscious is that a solar system level of the collective unconscious. A solar system that earth has grown out of. My body runs out of. When you have a Mr Luque sprints, that is your experience that I’ve been fooled by the definitions of things human being, so the naming animals

    Reena Jadhav: and boundaries.

    Dr. Thompson: Every thing has a name and that’s how we make sense of the universe, but the row itself with names in reality, there’s no place where my body ends and yours begins

    Reena Jadhav: exactly the same fabric,

    Dr. Thompson: all of the illusion based on definitions of things. Same thing with health and disease. When somebody comes in and they say, Oh, I’ve got cancer, I had a tumor. Um, no, you’ve got an unimaginable complex and network of physical, emotional, mental and spiritual issues that resulted in this and you can change it and this thing and go away.

    Reena Jadhav: And how do you change it? What’s the secret formula that you have found

    Dr. Thompson: by balancing the core of your autonomic nervous system, which is the center part that tells everything what to do and stress yelling system and where does got a problem? All of the systems that controls got problem. No, normally you can. You can balance that part out through deep states of meditation. Let me just ask you a question for you had the cancer and all these health issues, who were you then versus who are you now and what were you doing with yourself then and what are you doing with yourself now because been exactly what I’ve been telling you know patients that you went to a place in yourself and you stopped yourself in your tracks and you stopped all the activity that you were doing after that point.

    Reena Jadhav: Yes.

    Dr. Thompson: Place in yourself where you could get real and out of that realness, the your life filled into its correct place of importance. Yes, the really important things in life and the rest of it dropped away and you sloughed off the parts of you that were not contributing to your journey here on earth and what you’re here for and

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely

    Dr. Thompson: yourself to what you’re here for and here you are interviewing me. That’s part of what you’re here for.

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely,

    Dr. Thompson: and you are different than you used to be.

    Reena Jadhav: Completely. I’m a completely new person that’s said that over and over again. This isn’t the same person. People knew.

    Reena Jadhav: Absolutely.

    Dr. Thompson: Here you are.

    Reena Jadhav:Absolutely,

    Dr. Thompson: and you’ve got a vitality, you’ve got an excitement, you’ve got you bounce out of bed in the morning to do that.

    Reena Jadhav: Yes

    Dr. Thompson: and that’s the way life should be, and if

    Reena Jadhav: with no coffee and no sugar, yes bouncing out of bed, no coffee, no sugar,

    Dr. Thompson: not if that is not your experience, waking up in the morning. Now you’ve got to find out where it is. What is it that would make that for you and you’ve got to find it. You’ve got to do it and nevermind what people have told you that you won’t be able to make a living and I won’t be able to do this. No, no, no, no universal. Say Yes to you in ways you can’t possibly presuppose. Synchronicities will show up. It’s your relationship to the core of life in the universe that is at stake here, and if you’re not meshed with the life force of the universe flowing through you, your diet and you’re getting sick and you’re in pain and you’re in misery. So really that’s my task is you know a god does the healing and the doctor collects the bill.

    Reena Jadhav: Isn’t that the truth

    Dr. Thompson: healing for anybody, but I do have to bring your system back to allow its own internal physician program to begin to work on it’s list and and get things done from the inside out. That is the job of a healer.

    Reena Jadhav: Well, what’s the timeframe that you’ve seen for an pick pick? Anything you’d I’d love for you to share some case studies. Actually. Maybe you can share an example of someone that came in with something specific as a health concern and what was the timeframe that it took for them using your technologies and your methodologies to heal

    Dr. Thompson: usually takes a few months and that kind of depends on how bad you are and how long has it been going on? Decades has been going on. In other cases I see a lot of chores, so I traditionally my whole practice for 38 years. His kids, kids with a neurodevelopmental problems like that. So I see a lot of cases with autism and epilepsy. So I had this little boy from the parents flew from Denmark so boy had seizures an hour. That’s what every minute. And these were micro seizures would blank out and fall off the chair and hurt himself. So you wear a helmet is on three very powerful anti seizure medications. And so my procedure is we hook him up to this heart rate variability system. We can see the nervous system, the sympathetic parasympathetic, we can tell if is functioning normally. And if it’s not, we can make it function normally with the precisely tuned sound frequency.

    Dr. Thompson: I deliver it through a sound table and headphones and then give it to you as a soundtrack to start using every day. And four days later they flew back to Denmark. And uh, in one week it was six seizures and now instead of And in one more week it was six seizures a week. And then in the third week of they all went away. Oh my goodness.

    Reena Jadhav: It’s remarkable.

    Dr. Thompson: Almost three years and he’s seizure free. And then I got tons of people flying from Denmark And it’s frustrating to me that isn’t really that bad out there. It’s really bad at thousands and thousands and thousands of really good holistic practitioners out there. But people don’t know that that’s the core of things. So in other words, I was in this film, the heal documentary, that film, which was a sellout in every city in the country, and then they were showing it in Europe, sellout, sellout, Salah standing room only.

    Dr. Thompson: And afterwards, uh, those of us that were local to where the film was being shown would come and afterwards to be up on the stage to answer questions. And I remember one guy said to me, um, you know, I’ve heard of holistic health and chiropractors and acupuncturists, nutritionists and stuff like that, but I had no idea that was extensive, so extensive. And so networking is so big and it’s kind of like we’re all, once again, when we buy media, buy in or you see an ad on television for a prescription drug that you can’t possibly buy, what, what the heck is that all about? I mean, we’ll. And the hidden message is subliminal program programming is to do two things. You have happy a happy mother with her happy child on a swing set with beautiful music playing. As you divert into the fast voice list of all the horrible side effects and death and everything else that’s going on while you’ve got happy images with happy music playing, that’s classical reframing of a deep, subliminal programming too, and then there’s see your doctor, so your doctor ask your doctor, so your doctor asks you Dr.

    Dr. Thompson: c Dot Twenty Times, at least in the ad that they add is that of course you’ve got your doctor. Every family should have their doctor, their medical doctor, medical doctor is what we’re trying to establish as the norm. When in reality the norm is not that a norm is what it’s been for 10,000 years, which is to help to wake up the internal inherent healing properties and live a full life instead of get a job and take a pill.

    Reena Jadhav: Exactly. Share with our listeners and our viewers how you got started, how you helped your wife get better. I was fascinated with that case study.

    Dr. Thompson: That’s right. So I’m in practice and I’m making serious money for the first time in my life and I realized I could go and do what I wanted to do and buy the equipment for recording studio and make an album. I was a musician and an artist. I went to art school, I thought it was going to be an artist. I have a bachelor fine arts degree. I put myself through school as a medical illustrator. Um, and so I go check out a loan. I buy a bunch of super cool keyboards and mixing boards and recorders and put them in my spare room. And then my wife is going, can you work on my back? So I popped up my portable table in the spare room like I always do. And I put her on the table and I realized, oh, wait a second, I bet somebody on the table in a recording studio surrounded by sound equipment and my mind is going, I wonder if I could make a chiropractic adjustment with a sound wave.

    Reena Jadhav: Such a cool. Connecting the dots.

    Dr. Thompson: You mean each verb is a different shape. Density in mass. Like a bunch of wine glasses, so I should be able to test for the fifth lumbar and resonate just the fifth lumbar and make it float in vibration and disconnected from the bone above and below and I just made a car back. I put a speaker on her back, found the freak out to put a speaker on the back and played it for a few minutes and then she was fine. stout and I’m thinking, oh my God, it’s little decision. A decision like that and everything changed my life. Completely changed in that moment was like, oh my God. That’s like I brought that to the clinic, started experimenting with it and nine years later I sold the whole thing. I came to California, ended up full time because I’m thinking, nobody’s doing this stuff. This is amazing.

    Reena Jadhav: Have you figured out frequencies to normalize every organ? Because we’ve got, you know, kidneys have different issues and livers of different issues.

    Dr. Thompson: What thought if I can make an adjustment of the Vertebra, could I do it with an Oregon and then I had a blood lab in my clinic. I could test for liver enzymes and tree sound waves and see it work, and so at a certain point it’s like, what about acupuncture points? Yeah. What about the brain? That’s an Oregon and it’s job is to tell all the organs what to do. If I could do the brain, I wouldn’t have to do each organ sacrificing brand could do it. When I sort of experimented with that, that’s when I sold everything and moved to California and that is what I call bio tuning because the heart rate group is looking at the core center in the brain that tells all the systems what to do. It’s the master control system that tells everybody what to do. So in reality, if you’ve got a thyroid problem or a gut problem or a low back problem, it’s not their fault. They’re only doing what central command tells them to do.

    Reena Jadhav: No central commands asleep at the wheel, so you’re

    Dr. Thompson: how to get the central command directly to reprogram it. They’re sort of stuck out on the periphery trying to communicate it to it through doing therapies on individual organs and glands and body parts. This now we go straight to the brain like balanced and it sends a set the correct signals out to all those parts and some from the inside out and we just stand back and watch it happen.

    Reena Jadhav: That’s incredible. That’s incredible.

    Dr. Thompson: And then we do with your voice, so now we’re going to have a. We take three d microphones and record your voice singing that tone and then we slow your voice down so only your unconscious can recognize the unique harmonics of the fingerprints and play that through your body and play that the headphones and so now it’s kind of like more of what I’m familiar with from esoteric science from the Far East, which is the mantra. The mantra is my voice singing a frequency that balances me to my core and awakens me backup to communication with the part of me that knows how to grow my body out of two cells and grow my vocal cords and do it with harmonic series in my tissues that’s recognizable as the Tambour of my voice. Why my voice sounds like me.

    Reena Jadhav: To recap for those of our listeners as well as for myself, you have different modalities where one could be just music, you’re streaming through the house through an Alexa or some kind of a system and it’s still working on the entire family, and then you’ve got another modality where it’s something like the binaural beats where you’ve got to have headphones on in order to sync up the two sides, but the outcome of both of those is exactly the same.

    Dr. Thompson: Creative beat, some brain wave speed and then praying you through speakers, but if you put headphones on, it forced the synchronicity of the hemispheres. Also, the hemispheres is good stuff because that’s where the brand goes. When I get my opinion, that’s where the problem gets solved. That’s the spiritual revelation, happens, hemispheres synchronized, and we can float the brain in that state. So when we’re in that state, catherine contact with the intuition, with the voice on the insight that we’ve lost. By synchronizing up and silencing the mind with sound technology, we can accomplish what it usually takes. Twenty, 30 years of meditation to do. Immediately we take the brain out of the picture and we get to our core and now it can spend all the time in the good stuff.

    Reena Jadhav: If sound can heal, then sound can also hurt?

    Dr. Thompson: Yes. So there was research done by a psychiatrist years ago named John Diamond. He based a lot of history research on, uh, the body exhibiting stress responses that it felt were harming it. Also testing right at the moment, stress response. All your muscles get weak. He did. He wrote a couple of books, one of them particularly on music and ennis effect, and he, he did muscle testing of audiences in major composers and symphonies. And you started a catalog in which type of classical music caused a healing response, which causes the stress response, which kind of music in general, kind of class of heavy metal rock music that caused all your systems to blow out and get weak. The drum beat was the key. Drum beat is a, uh, from this other experiment he did with, with a waltz was the most healing kind of music because it’s got a heartbeat data dump from heartbeat most healing.

    Dr. Thompson: So he started to experiment with recordings of heartbeats if he played a recording of a heartbeat to somebody, it would start to strengthen them up and heal them, but if it was a recording of a diseased heart would stress you out and caused disease. And then he realized that if you took a recording of a healthy heartbeat and played it backwards, it was the most devastating imbalances in your central nervous system I had ever seen logical switching. And then he realized that he recognized that backwards heartbeat as the drum beat in this particular type of heavy metal rock music that was causing teenagers to commit suicide. And one of those rock groups actually got sued in court because they thought it was subliminal messages, you know, to kill yourself. But there weren’t, it was just this anti heartbeat thing going and it was an training you into reversing all neurological switching is where everything goes inside out, backwards and the things that love and nurture you are rejected and the things that destroy you are accepted and you’ll usually have capitalism is devil worship things on the album cover.

    Dr. Thompson: Yeah. Alright. Very strange. So the world is shifting at a good way. New Young medical doctors are much more holistic. There’s an organization called the holistic medical, uh, the American Holistic Medical Association. I belong to that. I’ve lectured there. That is an organization nationwide that is, Whoa, that is holistic minded mds. So as a transition, that’s the first thing you should do is find a, I’ll say, a holistic family chiropractor who can work on your children and you and who can link you in with a holistic md to handle the removal of the medications you’re taking because ordinary mps won’t do it. You have to take it for life. You need a holistic md to help you to go off the medication because when I work on you and you start getting better, you start feeling worse because of the side effects of your medication is now you’re on the medications you don’t need and it’s illegal for me to advise you on removing your medications. So I have to refer you to a holistic md who will do so otherwise you’re on your own to remove it yourself. The littlest tiny piece at a time, sit back and wait. Then nothing back awake. You know? That’s what the parents from Denmark had to do that none of the doctors who had listened to them, oh, this child has to take that the rest of their life. There is no cure, but there’s only no cure in your world. The rest of the world of holistic therapists have cures for all kinds of things so

    Reena Jadhav: well because like you said, the body heals itself. Body healing, holistic doctors. Practitioners just help you with the tools that you need to help your body heal. The body can heal from anything.

    Dr. Thompson: I believe that from anything so stage four cancer, you’re gonna die spontaneously. Mission has gone tomorrow and so if you can do that with cancer, why can’t you do that with the misery of your present circumstances of your life? You can do with cancer. You could do it with your job, you could do it with your toxic relationship

    Reena Jadhav: like that, right? Tony Robbins says that you can change like that. The healthy, it took me 15 months, but you know what? In the scheme of things, right, so I’m 47, what’s 15 months? It’s nothing for me to now live in another maybe 40 years in incredible health versus what would my 40 years of look like on pregnazone and antidepressants. It would have been held. So it’s a quality of life decision and and again, people are like 14, 15 months, you know, you didn’t want for 15 months. I’m like, it’s nothing. A drop in the bucket. Mine was, I was almost dead. It took me 15 months. If you’ve got something smaller, it could be three months and you’d be healed. You’re done.

    Dr. Thompson: That’s part of the fallacy that we’ve been brainwashed by the medical system. The quick fix is where it’s at. If you’ve got a symptom, take this pill, it’ll go away. But if you want to heal, it’s going to take time and people would go a whole year. Excuse me, but you’re comparing that to the pill that doesn’t actually do anything for you. It silences the symptoms while you continue to get worse under the hood. So,

    Reena Jadhav: and how long did it take for you to get sick? Right. That’s what they kept feeding into me, like every time I would see and I saw it and another 18 holistic practitioners and they kept saying that because I’d say the same thing another year, oh my God, how much longer is this going to take? And they’re like, well, let’s, let’s do some math here. How long have you been harboring? These thoughts are been working like a crazy person or not sleeping nights, right? Twenty years. How long do you think it’s reasonable to expect your body to take to recover? And when they phrased it that way was like, well I guess, you know, 10 percent of my life makes kind of sense. If I spent 20 years getting sick, it’s, I guess I should expect to pay one year as, as my dues.

    Dr. Thompson: That is the new pace, the new pace of the 21st century. The ability to put the phone aside and to go for a long walk in the woods out that be entertaining. Right? So here are the silence and to dwell there and to know that that’s something incredible

    Reena Jadhav: and it’s the most beautiful experience when you do it. I’d never experienced it until I was forced to go take walks in the forest with my phone off. I had never experienced that. But I will tell you, doing that at five in the morning and watching the sunrise, it resets your brain, your mind, your soul, your spirit in a way that’s an unexplainable.

    Dr. Thompson: Don’t really, you know, we have to come back in touch with the fact that it’s not what appears to be. This is not just cars and highways and jobs and television and politics, cosmic journey of star beings in physical bodies for a short time to learn lessons and do things and move on. It’s a magical journey. That’s cosmic. It’s not peyton place with commercials. Reality to reality. That’s magical and heroic and the Odyssey and the Iliad, you know, it’s, um, it’s big. It’s huge. It’s cosmic and you’re in it and you belong in it. And once you walk down that path and you start opening up the purpose of your soul, all that magic starts to show up and the, that the university communicates to you. Just like, okay, I don’t exactly know what to do. I’m surfing the moment.

    Dr. Thompson: I’m looking for where the universe is opening the doors for me because I, this part up here has no power. If I want to change my reality, it happens under the hood part, understands the concept, but doesn’t have the power to change it. It’s God grants all prayers and my present experience, what I prayed for in the past, but per happens before a thought. It happens in this sewn underneath where I’m connected heavily into the core of the universe. When I, uh, when I experienced that part of me, that part of me is ancient and connected and participated in the creation of the universe that I think is out there. But no, I’m connected to it. I belong here. I’m not a visitor from outer space. And it’s like I’m grown out of the universe like a leaf on a tree. It’s like a and went and I need to bring that magic back in my life and see that that is not ordinary. There’s nothing ordinary about any of this.

    Reena Jadhav: So beautifully said. So we definitely set with that said, what is the one parting advice that you would share with those of our listeners that are trying to heal? Um, other than of course subscribing to your sound, your wonderful sound healing modalities. What’s the one thing someone can start doing right now to get on that journey to healing?

    Dr. Thompson: Check 30 minutes every day for yourself and do nothing. All the electronics shut off. You go out. Commune with nature. I’m saying every day, 30 minutes, you and the universe, that’s it. Even if it’s just your backyard with a tree and some grass, take your shoes off, take your socks off, stand on the grass and connect back to mother earth. Surprise what happens just from a grounding standpoint, but reconnecting to the universe that you’re part of them being constantly separated in boxes, house boxes, boxes, cubicle boxes, boxes of belief systems in your mind. That’s what gets us in trouble. That’s what makes us sick. We’re disconnected, we’re just connected from who we are at our deepest part. That’s reflected in the universe as a whole.

    Reena Jadhav: Beautifully said. It’s reflecting in our house. We’re a $100 million, very sick people and I’m 30 minutes a day without technology out in the sun. Communing with nature is truly one of the most brilliant and easy and free and simple ways. You can start today,

    Dr. Thompson: three and. right there. I mean you don’t have to go to Yosemite to go out.

    Reena Jadhav: No. You just step outside. Hug a tree. I do it every day. I’m sure people driving by think I’m completely nuts, but

    Dr. Thompson: magnifying glass and go out on back yard and look down between the grass blades world down there, this little bugs crawling around. It’s an alien universe there. They’re all alive. They’re all doing stuff and they’re all right and they’ll patch of grass 15 feet from where we’re sitting right now.

    Reena Jadhav: I’m going to do that. I’ve never done that. Learn something new. Every time I interview someone else using like you. That’s what I’m going to do with my 13 year old done.

    Dr. Thompson: God, you should be the trip master. That’s what’s. That’s what teachers should be. It’s like the kid goes, kids are natural explorers and scientists are out there looking at the leaves on the tree and the flower. You say, why would you think that it’s cool? Look through this magnifying glass that you know, that all of those little veins in the leaf, I’ve got all these little textures and let’s bring that leaf back in. I, I just bought you a microscope telescope and look at the stars at night. I mean, I dunno. It’s all around us. It’s beautiful.

    Reena Jadhav: It is. And it’s throbbing with music. So I meditate. I meditate every single day. Um, and I, I’m started meditating in order to get my health back. It was a very specific meditation. It was a, I’m not the body, I’m not even the mind. And it was most brilliant of what I needed because at that point I was freaking out. But my 20th symptoms, including of course heavy duty rashes and hives on my face and in everywhere else. So I needed to disassociate myself from what was happening on the outside. The outcome of those meditations was so profound that I sort of became addicted to meditating in the morning and then I followed several rooms, series of meditations, and I continue to do one of his meditation is incredibly powerful. Every time I do have a unique experience. Recently I had a experience where at the end of the meditation I felt like I was surrounded with sound. I couldn’t hear it and I wanted so badly to hear it. I tried so hard to hear it. I knew there was sound and that we were going to get misty eyed again, that we were literally surrounded with beautiful music. What does that. How do you explain that?

    Dr. Thompson: Sound is unique. In science class we learn the total electromagnetic spectrum, right? Where you’ve got a brain waves and then a radio waves and television waves and x rays and gamma rays and cosmic rays. And up here, someplace is color, right? The total electromagnetic spectrum sound is not on the electromagnetic spectrum thing in the universe that has different mechanical energy way of appear energy moving through a medium, so the and is in all kinds of different frequencies, a narrow little range of those frequencies. We can hear with our ir that we invented 20 to 20 hertz, but vibrations below that, we feel it in our body. And the universe is filled with vibrations, right when you split all these different atoms apart and you know, people are made of cells, made of compounds, made of atoms, made of protons, electrons and neutrons and quarks and Leptons and smash, smallest particle open.

    Dr. Thompson: There is nothing inside its energy pattern. Relationships, interesting. An infinite sea of all possible vibrations. The problem is nobody can measure what’s vibrating. Something’s vibrating, but nobody knows what it is because can’t be measured. So they call it dark matter. They used to call. It’s an infused, something that’s resonating and it makes up 80 percent of the universe seen those, uh, the metal plate with the sand on it. That’s vibrating with the sound, right? Have you ever seen. So when you shift the frequency, the sand forms of pattern, you shift the frequency of. We shift the frequency forms another pattern. That’s what it’s like at the quantum field, except us not sand. This vibrating is every possible substance in a state of residence, performing standing wave patterns that are all interwoven together in a tapestry of what we considered to be reality in a hyper three-dimensional movie and the mind of God that’s got a pixel size of a quantum.

    Dr. Thompson: Well, right? It’s a three dimensional hyperdimensional movie in the mind of God that’s happening right now. And that goes straight back to the Betas. Wow shots. That’s the sutras of Patanjali, 6,000 year old talking about the fact that this all is born out of an idea in the mind of God and it has no more substance than that. I call it a dream with teeth and the same sub that’s making all of this happened moment by moment and creating it under the hood before our thought is who I am. We’re all creating this. We’re deciding what the next moment is kind of be, and if enough of us dwell in the same conscious space, we can create the tipping point that the next moment is anything we want it to be, so if that’s true, why are we creating this story that we’re experiencing?

    Reena Jadhav: Right? Agreed. Why are we creating sickness? Why are we creating violence? Agreed.

    Dr. Thompson: Where are we creating this world? We’re living a life of misery. When we could have utopia, if we decided to have that and so that’s where this needs to go and that’s where in treatment, so we could create those tipping points by aligning through couple oscillator connections. Larger and larger groups of people buy in, training their brainwaves to exactly the same place. It’s never been possible before. You got the tools to make it happen. Now people through the Internet and trained to the same place to make a trip, a tipping point, no problem. We just got to get. We’ve just got to get it to happen.

    Reena Jadhav: Just got to get the critical mass,

    Dr. Thompson: the critical mass, so 100th monkey thing.

    Reena Jadhav: It is, it is. We just need critical mass and they’ve done these experiments before where they were able to show impact between x number of people meditating in the stock market.

    Dr. Thompson: Rishi.

    Reena Jadhav: That’s right.

    Dr. Thompson: One mile down from where I was going to school in Iowa. That happened. 7,000 men show up on the front lawn of the Maharishi College in Iowa. Stock market changed and accidents changed and

    Reena Jadhav: that’s right. That’s right. So the question is why aren’t we doing this as a society to create a more beautiful future for our children, for our grandchildren?

    Dr. Thompson: Just a timing thing. So I’ve got the tools to make that happen within training. I need the correct people to link it together through the Internet that could pull that off.

    Reena Jadhav: Well, let’s do it. Let’s do it. For those of you who are listening to this, you know what you need to do. We’ve empowered you today to change your life like that. Whether it’s through a combination of the beautiful meditations and modalities that the Dr. Jeff here has an and we’re going to ask you to share some information in just a moment about your website. Of course, we’re going to have all of this in our show notes as well, but you also can make a huge change right now, this very moment, and that is to decide to be healthy. Make that as a decision, commit to it, and start changing your life tomorrow because it’s just around the corner. A happier, healthier, more joyful, longer life without the pain, without the meds, without the terrible moods you can do it, and the other big breakthrough I hope you’ve had today as Dr Thompson’s empowered you to make the choice towards where your heart lies.

    Reena Jadhav: So if you’re doing everything on a daily basis that makes you sad, that makes you depressed, it makes you, makes it harder for you to get out of bed. Change it. You are in control. Don’t listen to what everybody else is telling you. You are in control and so beautifully, like you said, the universe will support you if you make the right choice. We made the right decision. The universe will support you. Don’t worry about how it’s going to happen. It will happen. Just make the decision with one foot forward and go find your path to joy and health. Thank you so much Dr Thompson. Thank you again so much. Share the url for your website again, please.

    Dr. Thompson: Uh, the website is scientific sounds with an s.com.

    Reena Jadhav: Beautiful. And of course we’re going to have that on our show notes and keep an eye out. We are going to be hopefully working here with Dr Thompson and incorporating some of his work into our health bootcamp. So if you’ve joined one of the health bootcamps, keep an eye out. If not, this might be the right time for you to join. He’ll smile. I’ll see you on another podcast. Take care

     

     

    KEY LINKS:

    CONTACT:
    Jeffrey D. Thompson, DC, BFA
    Address: 888 Loker Avenue East, Suite 106,
    Carlsbad CA 92010-6683
    Tel: 1-760-931-5333
    Email: cnr@neuroacoustic.com

    WEBSITE:
    scientificsounds.com

    SOCIAL MEDIA:
    https://www.facebook.com/drjeffreydthompson
    https://www.instagram.com/drjeffreythompson
    https://twitter.com/drthompsondc
    https://twitter.com/cnrdrjeff
    https://www.facebook.com/CenterforNeuroacousticResearch
    https://www.instagram.com/scientificsounds

    Liked what you heard? Love what I am doing with my mission of spreading the truth about how we can live healthier, happier and longer?

    Then please SUBSCRIBE, RATE AND SHARE with your loved ones!! They will thank you for it 🙂

    Till next time, wishing you health, love, and joy!